forked from WycliffeAssociates/en_tn
See in Reader
For Hosea PDF
This commit is contained in:
parent
e0c5d70027
commit
de401d4f9b
|
|
@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Hosea the prophet is speaking about Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
# false scales
|
||||
# The merchants have deceitful scales in their hands
|
||||
|
||||
The merchants use scales that do not accurately measure the weight of the money or products they are buying or selling.
|
||||
The phrase "deceitful scales" is a metonym for the merchants who use scales that do not accurately measure the weight of the money or products they are buying or selling so that they can get higher prices for what they sell and lower prices for what they buy. Alternate translation: "These deceitful merchants use the scales in their hands to deceive people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
# they love to defraud
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
|||
# Jacob fled to the land of Aram; Israel worked in order to get a wife
|
||||
# Jacob fled to the land of Aram; Israel labored in order to get a wife
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Jacob" and "Israel" refer to the same person. Jacob's name became Israel later in his life.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Here Yahweh speaks of the suffering the people of Israel will suffer as if it were the pains of child birth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
# but he is an unwise son, for when it is time to be born, he does not come out of the womb
|
||||
# but he is not a wise son, for when it is time to be born, he does not come out of the womb
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh now describes the people of Israel as the baby to which the mother is giving birth. The baby is unwise because it does not want to be born. The people do not want to repent and obey Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
Hosea the prophet is speaking.
|
||||
|
||||
# for you have fallen because of your iniquity
|
||||
# for you have stumbled because of your iniquity
|
||||
|
||||
Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
The people sinning is spoken of here as if they were stumbling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Hosea is speaking
|
|||
|
||||
Here people are represented by their "hands" to refer to the people making things. Alternate translation: "to the idols we made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
# the fatherless person
|
||||
# the orphan
|
||||
|
||||
This expression stands perhaps for the entire nation. It indicates God's enormous compassion for his people.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 1
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Adam ... Seth ... Enosh
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Kenan ... Mahalalel ... Jared
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Enoch ... Methuselah ... Lamech
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:4
|
||||
|
||||
### The sons of Noah were Shem, Ham, and Japheth
|
||||
|
||||
Some versions, including the ULB and UDB, include "The sons of" in order to make it clear that Shem, Ham, and Japheth were brothers to each other and sons of Noah. Otherwise, the reader would assume that each person represented one generation farther away from Noah, their ancestor.
|
||||
|
||||
### Noah
|
||||
|
||||
Noah was Lamech's son. Alternate translation: "Lamech's son Noah"
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Gomer ... Magog ... Madai ... Javan ... Tubal ... Meshech ... Tiras
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Ashkenaz ... Riphath ... Togarmah
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Elishah ... Tarshish
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kittites ... Rodanites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Rodanites
|
||||
|
||||
This name is sometimes spelled "Dodanites." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Ludites ... Anamites ... Lehabites ... Naphtuhites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Pathrusites ... Kasluhites ... Philistines ... Caphtorites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from whom the Philistines came
|
||||
|
||||
"the ancestors of the Philistines"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Canaan ... Sidon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hittites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Jebusites ... Amorites ... Girgashites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Hivites ... Arkites ... Sinites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Arvadites ... Zemarites ... Hamathites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:31
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except for Keturah are names of men. Keturah is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except for Keturah are names of men. Keturah is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:36
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:37
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:38
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names in this verse are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men, execpt for Timna. Timna is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:40
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:42
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:43
|
||||
|
||||
### Edom ... Dinhabah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bela ... Beor
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:44
|
||||
|
||||
### Bela ... Jobab ... Zerah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bozrah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:45
|
||||
|
||||
### Jobab ... Husham
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Husham of the land of the Temanites reigned in his place
|
||||
|
||||
"Husham, from the land where Teman's descendants lived, reigned after him"
|
||||
|
||||
### Temanites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:46
|
||||
|
||||
### Husham ... Hadad ... Bedad
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Avith
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:47
|
||||
|
||||
### Hadad ... Samlah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Masrekah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:48
|
||||
|
||||
### Samlah ... Shaul
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Rehoboth
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:49
|
||||
|
||||
### Shaul ... Baal-Hanan ... Akbor
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Baal-Hanan ... Akbor ... Hadad ... Me-Zahab
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Pau
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mehetabel ... Matred
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:51
|
||||
|
||||
### Hadad ... Timna ... Alvah ... Jetheth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Edom
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:52
|
||||
|
||||
### Oholibamah ... Elah ... Pinon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:53
|
||||
|
||||
### Kenaz ... Teman ... Mibzar
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 1:54
|
||||
|
||||
### Magdiel ... Iram
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Edom
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,467 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 2
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Er ... Onan ... Shelah ... Shua ... Judah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who were born to him by Shua's daughter, a Canaanite woman
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "his sons whom Shua's daughter, a Canaanite woman, bore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
|
||||
### in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents his judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "as Yahweh judged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh killed him
|
||||
|
||||
The reader should understand that Yahweh may have had a person kill Er. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Tamar
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### daughter-in-law
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the wife of his son.
|
||||
|
||||
### Perez ... Zerah ... Judah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bore him Perez and Zerah
|
||||
|
||||
"gave birth to his sons Perez and Zerah"
|
||||
|
||||
### five sons
|
||||
|
||||
"5 sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Perez ... Hezron ... Hamul
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Zerah ... Zimri ... Ethan ... Heman ... Kalkol ... Darda
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Karmi ... Achar
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what was reserved for God
|
||||
|
||||
what God had said he wanted the people to destroy
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Ethan ... Azariah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Hezron ... Jerahmeel ... Ram ... Caleb
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Ram ... Amminadab ... Nahshon ... Judah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Nahshon ... Salmon ... Boaz
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Boaz ... Obed ... Jesse
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the second ... the third
|
||||
|
||||
The word "son" is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: "the second son ... the third son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Nethanel ... Raddai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the fourth ... the fifth
|
||||
|
||||
The word "son" is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: "the fourth son ... the fifth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Ozem ... David
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the sixth ... the seventh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "son" is understood. Also, the numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: "the sixth son ... the seventh son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All names here except Zeruiah and Abigail are the names of men. Zeruiah and Abigail are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Amasa ... Jether
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jether the Ishmaelite
|
||||
|
||||
"Jether, a descendant of Ishmael"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Caleb ... Hezron ... Jesher ... Shobab ... Ardon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Azubah ... Jerioth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Caleb ... Hur
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Azubah ... Ephrath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Hur ... Uri ... Bezalel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bore him
|
||||
|
||||
"gave birth to"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Segub ... Jair
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### land of Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
People gave the land the name of the man.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Geshur ... Aram
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups named after ancestors. Translate "Aram" as in [1 Chronicles 1:17](../01/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Havvoth Jair and Kenath
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Makir ... Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Hezron ... Caleb ... Ashhur ... Tekoa
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Caleb went in to Ephrathah
|
||||
|
||||
This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: "Caleb had sexual relations with Ephrathah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ephrathah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bore him
|
||||
|
||||
"gave birth to his son"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Jerahmeel ... Hezron ... Ram ... Bunah, Oren, Ozem, and Ahijah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Jerahmeel ... Onam
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Atarah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Ram ... Jerahmeel ... Maaz, Jamin, and Eker
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Onam ... Shammai ... Jada ... Nadab ... Abishur
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishur ... Ahban ... Molid
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Abihail
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Nadab ... Seled ... Appaim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Appaim ... Ishi ... Sheshan ... Ahlai
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Jada ... Shammai ... Jether ... Jonathan
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan ... Peleth ... Zaza ... Jerahmeel
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Sheshan ... Jarha
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Sheshan ... Jarha ... Attai
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bore him
|
||||
"gave birth to his son"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Attai ... Nathan ... Zabad
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Zabad ... Ephlal ... Obed
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:38
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed ... Jehu ... Azariah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Azariah ... Helez ... Eleasah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Eleasah ... Sismai ... Shallum
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:41
|
||||
|
||||
### Shallum ... Jekamiah ... Elishama
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:42
|
||||
|
||||
### Caleb ... Jerahmeel ... Mesha ... Ziph ... Mareshah ... Hebron
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the father of Hebron
|
||||
|
||||
Some versions read, "the founder of the clan of Hebron"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:43
|
||||
|
||||
### Hebron ... Korah, Tappuah, Rekem, and Shema
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:44
|
||||
|
||||
### Shema ... Raham ... Jorkeam ... Rekem ... Shammai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the father of Raham, the father of Jorkeam ... the father of Shammai
|
||||
|
||||
Some versions read, "the founder of the clan of Hebron ... the founder of the clan of Raham, the founder of the clan of Jorkeam ... the founder of the clan of Shammai."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:45
|
||||
|
||||
### Shammai ... Maon ... Beth Zur
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:46
|
||||
|
||||
### Caleb ... Haran ... Moza ... Gazez
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ephah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:47
|
||||
|
||||
### Jahdai ... Regem, Jotham, Geshan, Pelet, Ephah, and Shaaph
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:48
|
||||
|
||||
### Caleb ... Sheber ... Tirhanah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:49
|
||||
|
||||
### She also bore
|
||||
"She also gave birth to"
|
||||
|
||||
### Shaaph ... Madmannah ... Sheva ... Makbenah ... Gibea ... Caleb
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Aksah
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Hur ... Shobal
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ephrathah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### father of Kiriath Jearim
|
||||
|
||||
Kiriath Jearim is the name of a town. The name of the town is a metonym for the people who live in the town. Alternate translation: "founder of Kiriath Jearim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:51
|
||||
|
||||
### Salma ... Hareph
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### father of Bethlehem ... father of Beth Gader
|
||||
|
||||
Bethlehem and Beth Gader are the names of towns. The names of the towns are metonyms for the people who live in the towns. Alternate translation: "founder of Bethlehem ... founder of Beth Gader" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:52
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]]
|
||||
|
||||
### Shobal the father of Kiriath Jearim
|
||||
|
||||
Shobal is the name of a man, and Kiriath Jearim is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 2:50](../02/50.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Manahathites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a clan.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:53
|
||||
|
||||
### Ithrites, Puthites, Shumathites ... Mishraites ... Zorathites ... Eshtaolites
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of clans.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:54
|
||||
|
||||
### Salma
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bethlehem
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town where Salma's descendants settled and represents the people living in that town. Alternate translation: "the people of Bethlehem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Netophathites ... Atroth Beth Joab ... Manahathites ... Zorites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 2:55
|
||||
|
||||
### Jabez
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirathites ... Shimeathites ... Sucathites ... Kenites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Kenites who came from Hammath
|
||||
|
||||
"the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
|
||||
|
||||
### Hammath ... Rekab
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 3
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:1
|
||||
|
||||
### David
|
||||
|
||||
David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahinoam ... Abigail
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of women who were David's wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Daniel
|
||||
|
||||
This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakah ... Haggith
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of women who were David's wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Talmai
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Abital ... Eglah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of women who were David's wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shephatiah ... Ithream
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:4
|
||||
|
||||
### where he reigned seven years and six months
|
||||
|
||||
This can also be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "David reigned there seven years and six months"
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-three years
|
||||
|
||||
"33 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Ammiel ... Shammua ... Shobab ... Nathan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Ibhar, Elishua, Eliphelet
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Nogah, Nepheg, Japhia
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Elishama ... Eliada ... Eliphelet
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Tamar
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This is the beginning of the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon's son was Rehoboam. Rehoboam's son was Abijah
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon had more than one son. The same is true of other men in the list. Alternate translation: "Solomon was the father of Rehoboam. Rehoboam was the father of Abijah"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. Form these sentences as you did starting in [1 Chronicles 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. Form these sentences as you did starting in [1 Chronicles 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Azariah
|
||||
|
||||
This was another name for Uzziah, the better-known name for this king. Translators may decide to use "Uzziah" everywhere for this king.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. Form these sentences as you did starting in [1 Chronicles 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. Form these sentences as you did starting in [1 Chronicles 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. Form these sentences as you did starting in [1 Chronicles 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's descendants who became king. All of the names in this list are the names of men. Form these sentences as you did starting in [1 Chronicles 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehoiachin ... Shealtiel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehoiachin
|
||||
|
||||
Some versions have "Jeconiah," which is a variation of "Jehoiachin."
|
||||
|
||||
### the captive
|
||||
|
||||
This may be a title that was given to Jehoiachin because he was taken into captivity. However, some versions regard the word as "Assir," the name of one of his sons.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names in this list except Shelomith are the names of men. Shelomith is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Obadiah
|
||||
|
||||
This man has the same name as the prophet Obadiah but is a different person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### further descendants were Arnan, Obadiah, and Shekaniah
|
||||
|
||||
Different versions put these people into different relationships with each other because the Hebrew is not very clear about them.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 3:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 4
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Jezreel ... Ishma ... Idbash
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hazzelelponi
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Gedor ... Hushah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Peniel ... Ezer ... Hur
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### These were descendants of Hur
|
||||
|
||||
"Peniel and Ezer were descendants of Hur." This points forward to the list that will follow.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ephrathah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 2:50](../02/50.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Ashhur ... Tekoa
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 2:24](../02/24.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Helah ... Naarah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:6
|
||||
|
||||
### bore him
|
||||
|
||||
"gave birth to his sons"
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahuzzam ... Hepher
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Temeni ... Haahashtari
|
||||
|
||||
These are understood here as the names of men. However, some versions understand them as the names of clans that were begun by the sons of Ashhur.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Zereth ... Zohar ... Ethnan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Koz ... Anub ... Hazzobebah ... Aharhel ... Harum
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### and of the clans descended from Aharhel son of Harum
|
||||
|
||||
A new sentence can start here. "Koz also became the ancestor of Harum and the clans that descended from Harum's son Aharhel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Jabez
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:10
|
||||
|
||||
### expand my territory
|
||||
|
||||
"give me more land"
|
||||
|
||||
### your hand will be with me
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are that God's hand is 1) a metonym for his guidance, his power, or his protection. Alternate translation: "you will guide me" or "you will make me prosper" or "you will protect me" or 2) a synecdoche for himself. Alternate translation: "you will be with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### granted him his prayer
|
||||
|
||||
The words "his prayer" are a metonym for what Jabez asked in the prayer. Alternate translation: "did what Jabez had asked him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Kelub ... Shuhah ... Mehir ... Eshton
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Eshton ... Beth Rapha ... Paseah ... Tehinnah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Tehinnah, the father of Ir Nahash
|
||||
|
||||
It apprears that Ir Nahash may have been a city. Alternate translation: "Tehinnah, the founder of the city of Nahash" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Nahash ... Rekah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
It may be helpful to create a verse bridge and to put verse 15 together with verse 13 since Kenaz was a descendant of Jephunneh and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kenaz ... Othniel ... Seraiah ... Hathath ... Meonothai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Meonothai ... Ophrah ... Joab
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ge Harashim, whose people were craftsmen
|
||||
|
||||
Ge Harashim means "Valley of Craftsmen." This can be made explicit with an explanation. Alternate translation: "Ge Harashim, which means 'Craftsmen's Valley.' It was called this because its people were craftsmen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### craftsmen
|
||||
|
||||
people skilled at making or building things
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Jephunneh ... Iru ... Elah ... Naam ... Kenaz
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehallelel ... Ziph ... Ziphah ... Tiria ... Asarel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Ezrah ... Jether ... Mered ... Epher ... Jalon ... Miriam ... Shammai ... Ishbah ... Eshtemoa
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:18
|
||||
|
||||
### These were the sons of Bithiah
|
||||
|
||||
The word "these" refers to Miriam, Shammai, and Ishbah. They were the sons Bithiah bore for her husband Mered.
|
||||
|
||||
### Bithiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman.
|
||||
|
||||
### Mered's Judahite wife
|
||||
|
||||
The Hebrew text says, "His Judahite wife," but most versions understand "his" to refer to Mered. This refers to a different wife of Mered, in addition to Bithiah.
|
||||
|
||||
### Jered ... Gedor ... Heber ... Soko ... Jekuthiel ... Zanoah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Hodiah ... Naham ... Keilah ... Eshtemoa
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Garmite
|
||||
|
||||
someone from the Gar people group (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakathite
|
||||
|
||||
someone from the region of Maacah, which is also called Maacath (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimon ... Amnon ... Rinnah ... Ben-Hanan ... Tilon ... Ishi ... Zoheth ... Ben-Zoheth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Shelah ... Er ... Laadah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Lekah ... Mareshah ... Beth Ashbea
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### linen workers
|
||||
|
||||
people who made clothing out of a fabric made from crushed reeds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Jokim ... Joash ... Saraph
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kozeba ... Jashubi Lehem
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:23
|
||||
|
||||
### the potters
|
||||
|
||||
the people who make containers out of clay
|
||||
|
||||
### Netaim ... Gederah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Nemuel ... Jamin ... Jarib ... Zerah ... Shaul
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Shallum ... Mibsam ... Mishma
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Mishma ... Hammuel ... Zakkur ... Shimei
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zakkur his grandson
|
||||
|
||||
the son of Mishma's son
|
||||
|
||||
### great-grandson
|
||||
|
||||
the son of Mishma's grandson
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:27
|
||||
|
||||
### sixteen sons and six daughters
|
||||
|
||||
"16 sons and 6 daughters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Moladah ... Hazar Shual
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of the cities where Simeon's descendants lived continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Bilhah ... Ezem ... Tolad
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Bethuel ... Hormah ... Ziklag
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Beth Markaboth ... Hazar Susim ... Beth Biri ... Shaaraim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of places where Simeon's descendants lived continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Etam ... Ain ... Rimmon ... Token ... Ashan
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of villages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:33
|
||||
|
||||
### outlying villages
|
||||
|
||||
the villages that were near but outside the main town
|
||||
|
||||
### Baalath
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Meshobab ... Jamlech ... Joshah ... Amaziah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Joel ... Jehu ... Joshibiah ... Seraiah ... Asiel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Elioenai ... Jaakobah ... Jeshohaiah ... Asaiah ... Adiel ... Jesimiel ... Benaiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Ziza ... Shiphi ... Allon ... Jedaiah ... Shimri ... Shemaiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:38
|
||||
|
||||
### These mentioned by name were leaders
|
||||
|
||||
"These men were leaders"
|
||||
|
||||
### their clans increased greatly
|
||||
|
||||
The clan is a metonym for the people in the clan. Alternate translation: "the number of people in their clans increased greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Gedor
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### pasture for their flocks
|
||||
|
||||
an area of land where their flocks could feed on the grass
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:40
|
||||
|
||||
### abundant and good pasture
|
||||
|
||||
"pastures with much good food for their animals"
|
||||
|
||||
### Hamites
|
||||
|
||||
a people group, descendants of Ham
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:41
|
||||
|
||||
### Meunites
|
||||
|
||||
a people group. Alternate translation: "descendants of Meun" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:42
|
||||
|
||||
### five hundred men
|
||||
|
||||
"500 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Pelatiah ... Neariah ... Rephaiah ... Uzziel ... Ishi
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 4:43
|
||||
|
||||
### the rest of the Amalekite refugees
|
||||
|
||||
"the remaining Amalekite refugees"
|
||||
|
||||
### refugees
|
||||
|
||||
people who are forced to leave their home country
|
||||
|
||||
### to this day
|
||||
|
||||
"from then until now." This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 5
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:1
|
||||
|
||||
### now Reuben
|
||||
|
||||
The word "now" is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but Israel gave Reuben's birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel's sons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Reuben had defiled his father's couch
|
||||
|
||||
This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father's secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### So he is not recorded as being the oldest son
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the family history does not list Reuben as the oldest son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
This verse finishes the background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Hanok ... Pallu ... Hezron ... Karmi
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Joel ... Shemaiah ... Gog ... Shimei
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimei ... Micah ... Reaiah ... Baal
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Baal ... Beerah ... Tiglath-Pileser
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:7
|
||||
|
||||
### listed according to their genealogical records
|
||||
|
||||
This can start a new sentence: "Their genealogical records list them as" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### genealogical records
|
||||
|
||||
records that show how people in a family are related to each other
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeiel ... Zechariah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Bela ... Azaz ... Shema
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Aroer ... Nebo ... Baal Meon
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the Hagrites
|
||||
|
||||
This is a name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### lived in the Hagrites' tents
|
||||
|
||||
The tents are a synecdoche for the land and the buildings on the land. Alternate translation: "took over all the Hagrites' land and buildings" or "lived in all the Hagrite territory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Salekah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Joel ... Shapham ... Janai ... Shaphat
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Michael ... Meshullam ... Sheba ... Jorai ... Jakan ... Zia ... Eber
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Abihail ... Huri ... Jaroah ... Gilead ... Michael ... Jeshishai ... Jahdo ... Buz
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahi ... Abdiel ... Guni
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:16
|
||||
|
||||
### They lived
|
||||
|
||||
"The tribe of Gad lived"
|
||||
|
||||
### the pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the areas of land where animals feed on grass
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:17
|
||||
|
||||
### All these were listed by genealogical records
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Genealogical records listed them all" or "The records of their family's ancestry listed them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### All these
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear how many of the preceding people this refers to.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Reubenites
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the people from the tribe of Rueben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gadites
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the people from the tribe of Gad.
|
||||
|
||||
### 44,760 soldiers
|
||||
|
||||
"forty-four thousand seven hundred and sixty soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who carried shield and sword, and who drew the bow
|
||||
|
||||
The soldiers are described as skilled in warfare by the weapons they carried. Alternate translation: "who were all trained to fight well in battles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Hagrites ... Jetur ... Naphish ... Nodab
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of people groups.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:20
|
||||
|
||||
### the Israelites cried out to God
|
||||
|
||||
"the Israelites prayed to God for help"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:21
|
||||
|
||||
### They captured their animals
|
||||
|
||||
"The Israelites captured the Hagrites' animals"
|
||||
|
||||
### fifty thousand camels
|
||||
|
||||
"50,000 camels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 250,000 sheep
|
||||
|
||||
"two hundred and fifty thousand sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two thousand donkeys
|
||||
|
||||
"2,000 donkeys" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 100,000 men
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred thousand men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the battle was from God
|
||||
|
||||
God's help in battle is described as if he were the one who caused the battle. Alternate translation: "God helped them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Baal Hermon ... Senir
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of mountains. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Epher ... Ishi ... Eliel ... Azriel ... Jeremiah ... Hodaviah ... Jahdiel
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 5:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Pul ... Tiglath-Pileser
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Reubenites ... Gadites
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Halah ... Habor ... Hara
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gozan
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to this day
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,637 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 6
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershon ... Kohath ... Merari
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Kohath ... Amram ... Izhar ... Hebron ... Uzziel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Amram ... Nadab ... Abihu ... Eleazar ... Ithamar
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Eleazar ... Abishua
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishua ... Bukki ... Uzzi
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Uzzi ... Zerahiah ... Meraioth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Meraioth ... Amariah ... Ahitub
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahitub ... Zadok ... Ahimaaz
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimaaz ... Johanan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon built
|
||||
|
||||
The reader should understand that Solomon probably hired workers to do the work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Amariah ... Ahitub
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahitub ... Zadok ... Shallum
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Hilkiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Seraiah ... Jozadak
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:15
|
||||
|
||||
### exiled Judah and Jerusalem by the hand of Nebuchadnezzar
|
||||
|
||||
The power Nebuchadnezzar has through his army is described as the part of his body ("hand") he uses to direct his army. Alternate translation: "allowed Nebuchadnezzar's army to defeat the armies of Judah and Jerusalem and take the people into captivity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershon ... Kohath ... Merari
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Libni ... Shimei
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Amram ... Izhar ... Hebron ... Uzziel
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:2](../06/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari ... Mahli ... Mushi
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Libni ... Jahath ... Zimmah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Joah ... Iddo ... Zerah ... Jeatherai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Amminadab ... Korah ... Assir
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah ... Ebiasaph ... Assir
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Tahath ... Uriel ... Uzziah ... Shaul
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah ... Amasai ... Ahimoth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah ... Zophai ... Nahath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliab ... Jeroham ... Elkanah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Joel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### second-born
|
||||
|
||||
the second son
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari ... Mahli ... Libni ... Shimei ... Uzzah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimea ... Haggiah ... Asaiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:31
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"where people met with Yahweh" This was a tent in David's time.
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark came to rest there
|
||||
|
||||
"the people of Israel placed the ark there"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:32
|
||||
|
||||
### the tabernacle, the tent of meeting
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) that "the tent of meeting" and "the tabernacle" are two names for the same thing or 2) the tabernacle is part of the tent of meeting, "the sanctuary of the tent of meeting"
|
||||
|
||||
### They fulfilled their duties
|
||||
|
||||
"They did their work" or "They did their various kinds of work"
|
||||
|
||||
### according to the instructions given to them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to the instructions that David gave them" or "according to the instructions they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:33
|
||||
|
||||
### These were those
|
||||
|
||||
"These were the musicians"
|
||||
|
||||
### Kohathites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group, the descendants of Kohath ([1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### going back in time
|
||||
|
||||
This means the list is going in order from the most recent to the oldest.
|
||||
|
||||
### Heman
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeroham ... Eliel ... Toah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 6:25](../06/25.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Toah ... Zuph ... Mahath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah ... Amasai
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 6:25](../06/25.md).
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Amasai ... Elkanah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 6:25](../06/25.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Joel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Tahath ... Assir ... Ebiasaph
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:38
|
||||
|
||||
### Izhar ... Kohath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Heman's colleague
|
||||
|
||||
"Heman's fellow worker"
|
||||
|
||||
### who stood at his right hand
|
||||
|
||||
The authority of a person is described by where they stand. The right side of a person is the place where the person with the most authority stands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Berekiah ... Shimea
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimea ... Michael ... Baaseiah ... Malkijah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:41
|
||||
|
||||
### Malkijah ... Ethni ... Zerah ... Adaiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:42
|
||||
|
||||
### Adaiah ... Ethan ... Zimmah ... Shimei
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:43
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimei ... Jahath ... Gershon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:44
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]]
|
||||
|
||||
### At Heman's left hand
|
||||
|
||||
"Standing on Heman's left side"
|
||||
|
||||
### his colleagues
|
||||
|
||||
"his fellow workers"
|
||||
|
||||
### Heman ... Ethan
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Kishi ... Abdi ... Malluk
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:45
|
||||
|
||||
### Malluk ... Hashabiah ... Amaziah ... Hilkiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:46
|
||||
|
||||
### Hilkiah ... Amzi ... Bani ... Shemer
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:47
|
||||
|
||||
### Mahli ... Mushi
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 6:19](../06/19.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:48
|
||||
|
||||
### Their associates, the Levites, were assigned to do
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God had assigned their associates, the Levites, to do" or "It was the duty of their fellow workers, the Levites, to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:49
|
||||
|
||||
### These offerings made atonement for Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"They offered these things to make atonement for the sins of the people of Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Aaron's descendants are reckoned as follows
|
||||
|
||||
"These were the descendants of Aaron"
|
||||
|
||||
### Eleazar ... Abishua
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:51
|
||||
|
||||
### Bukki ... Uzzi ... Zerahiah
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:52
|
||||
|
||||
### Meraioth ... Amariah ... Ahitub
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:53
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimaaz
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:54
|
||||
|
||||
### These are the locations where Aaron's descendants were assigned to live
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "These are the places where God assigned Aaron's descendants to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the descendants of Aaron ... Kohathites
|
||||
|
||||
"where the descendants of Aaron ... Kohathites were to live"
|
||||
|
||||
### Kohathites (the first lot was theirs)
|
||||
|
||||
The Israelites drew lots to decide where people would live. Alternate translation: "Kohathites. The first lot that they drew was theirs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kohathites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group, the descendants of Kohath ([1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md)). See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 6:33](./33.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:55
|
||||
|
||||
### To them they gave Hebron
|
||||
|
||||
"They gave Hebron to the Kohathites"
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:56
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:57
|
||||
|
||||
### Hebron ... Libnah ... Jattir ... Eshtemoa
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:58
|
||||
|
||||
### Hilen ... Debir
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:59
|
||||
|
||||
### Ashan ... Juttah ... Beth Shemesh
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:60
|
||||
|
||||
### Geba ... Alemeth ... Anathoth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:61
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:62
|
||||
|
||||
### To Gershon's descendants in their various clans were given thirteen cities
|
||||
|
||||
"The clans of Gershon's descendants gained 13 cities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:63
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:64
|
||||
|
||||
### their pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:65
|
||||
|
||||
### the towns mentioned earlier
|
||||
|
||||
The towns mentioned in [1 Chronicles 6:55](../06/55.md) and [1 Chronicles 6:60](./60.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:66
|
||||
|
||||
### Kohathites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group, the descendants of Kohath ([1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md)). See how you translated this family name in [1 Chronicles 6:33](./33.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:67
|
||||
|
||||
### Shechem ... Gezer
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:68
|
||||
|
||||
### Jokmeam ... Beth Horon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:69
|
||||
|
||||
### Aijalon ... Gath Rimmon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:70
|
||||
|
||||
### Aner ... Bileam
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:71
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershon
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Golan ... Ashtaroth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:72
|
||||
|
||||
### Kedesh ... Daberath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:73
|
||||
|
||||
### Ramoth ... Anem
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:74
|
||||
|
||||
### Issachar received from the tribe of Asher
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The tribe of Asher gave Issachar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mashal ... Abdon
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:75
|
||||
|
||||
### Hukok ... Rehob
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:76
|
||||
|
||||
### They received from the tribe of Naphtali
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The tribe of Naphtali gave them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kedesh ... Hammon ... Kiriathaim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:77
|
||||
|
||||
### The rest ... descendants received from the tribe of Zebulun
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The tribe of Zebulun gave the rest ... descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari's
|
||||
|
||||
Translate "Merari" as in [1 Chronicles 6:1](../06/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Jokneam ... Kartah ... Rimmono ... Tabor
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:78
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The information in 1 Chronicles 6:78-79 can be rearranged as in the UDB so its meaning can be more easily understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from the tribe of Reuben, across ... Jericho, they received
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the tribe of Reuben, across ... Jericho, gave them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bezer ... Jahzah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:79
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The information in 1 Chronicles 6:78-79 can be rearranged as in the UDB so its meaning can be more easily understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kedemoth ... Mephaath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:80
|
||||
|
||||
### The Levites received from the tribe of Gad
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The tribe of Gad gave the Levites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ramoth ... Mahanaim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its pasturelands
|
||||
|
||||
the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 6:81
|
||||
|
||||
### Heshbon ... Jazer
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 7
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Issachar ... Tola, Puah, Jashub ... Shimron
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### heads of their fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
The words "father's houses" refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans."
|
||||
|
||||
### They numbered 22,600
|
||||
|
||||
"They numbered twenty-two thousand six hundred" or "There were 22,600 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the days of David
|
||||
|
||||
"during David's life" or "while David was alive"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Along with them they had
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is "Among them were."
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-six thousand troops for battle
|
||||
|
||||
"36,000 soldiers who were ready for battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:5
|
||||
|
||||
### eighty-seven thousand fighting men
|
||||
|
||||
"87,000 fighting men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Bela ... Beker ... Jediael
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 22,034 fighting men
|
||||
|
||||
"twenty-two thousand and thirty-four" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:9
|
||||
|
||||
### 20,200 heads of their fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
"twenty thousand two hundred family leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Jediael
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Listed in their clan lists were 17,200
|
||||
|
||||
"The clan lists contained 17,200"
|
||||
|
||||
### 17,200 heads of houses
|
||||
|
||||
"seventeen thousand two hundred heads of houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Ir ... Aher
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shuppites ... Huppites ... Hushites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of clans of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Jahziel, Guni, Jezer, and Shillem
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bilhah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Asriel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### descendant through his Aramean concubine
|
||||
|
||||
"descendant, to whom his Aramean concubine gave birth"
|
||||
|
||||
### Makir ... Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. See how you translated "Makir, father of Gilead" in [1 Chronicles 2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Makir ... Zelophehad
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Huppites ... Shuppites
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these names in [1 Chronicles 7:12](../07/12.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakah, wife of Makir
|
||||
|
||||
This woman is different from Makir's sister Maakah [verse 15](../15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Makir ... Peresh ... Sheresh ... Ulam ... Rakem
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except Hammoleketh are names of men. Hammoleketh is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except Gath are names of men. Gath is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ezer and Elead were killed by men of Gath, natives in the land
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Men of Gath, the natives in the land, killed Ezer and Elead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they went to steal their livestock
|
||||
|
||||
"the brothers went to steal the livestock from the people of Gath"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:23
|
||||
|
||||
### He went in to his wife
|
||||
|
||||
This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: "he had sexual relations with his wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### She conceived and bore a son
|
||||
|
||||
"She became pregnant and gave birth to a son"
|
||||
|
||||
### Ephraim ... Beriah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### called him
|
||||
|
||||
"named him"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Sheerah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Upper Beth Horon ... Uzzen Sheerah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Nun
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names listed here are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Their possessions and residences were Bethel ... villages
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract nouns "possessions" and "residences" can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "They possessed and resided in Bethel ... villages" or "They owned and lived in Bethel ... villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Beth Shan ... Taanach ... Megiddo ... Dor
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### In these towns the descendants of Joseph son of Israel lived
|
||||
|
||||
"The descendants of Joseph, son of Israel, lived in these towns"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except Serah are names of men. Serah is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:31
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except Shua are names of men. Shua is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:36
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:37
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:38
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 7:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Asher
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
### distinguished men
|
||||
|
||||
"important men"
|
||||
|
||||
### There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists
|
||||
|
||||
"According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,287 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 8
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Nohah ... Rapha
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Bela ... Addar, Gera, Abihud
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishua, Naaman, Ahoah
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Gera, Shephuphan ... Huram
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Ehud
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
### Geba ... Manahath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### were compelled to move
|
||||
|
||||
"needed to move" or "had to move"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Shaharaim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hushim ... Baara
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Shaharaim ... Jobab ... Zibia ... Mesha ... Malkam
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### By his wife Hodesh, Shaharaim became the father of
|
||||
|
||||
"Shaharaim and his wife Hodesh had the following sons:"
|
||||
|
||||
### Hodesh
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeuz ... Sakia ... Mirmah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Abitub ... Elpaal
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hushim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Elpaal ... Eber ... Misham ... Shemed
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ono ... Lod
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Beriah ... Shema
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
### Aijalon ... Gath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-versebridge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:28
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:29
|
||||
|
||||
### The father of Gibeon, Jeiel, whose wife's name was Maakah, lived in Gibeon
|
||||
|
||||
Here "father of" refers to Jeiel's status as the leading person in the city of Gibeon. Alternate translation: "Jeiel, the leader of Gibeon, lived in Gibeon. His wife's name was Maakah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeiel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:30
|
||||
|
||||
### His firstborn
|
||||
|
||||
"Jeiel's first son"
|
||||
|
||||
### Abdon ... Zur ... Kish ... Baal ... Nadab
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Gedor ... Ahio ... Zeker
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeiel ... Mikloth ... Shimeah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan ... Merib-Baal ... Micah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:36
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:37
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:38
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third
|
||||
|
||||
"Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 8:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Ulam
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### many sons and grandsons, a total of 150
|
||||
|
||||
"a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 9
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:1
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel was recorded in genealogies
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: "The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### genealogies
|
||||
|
||||
family records that name ancestors and descendants
|
||||
|
||||
### They were recorded in the book ... Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "They wrote the names in the book ... Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the book of the kings of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
|
||||
### they were carried away in exile
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Babylonians carried them away in exile" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Shelanites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group descended from Shelah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Asaiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Zerah ... Jeuel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### numbered 690
|
||||
|
||||
"numbered six hundred ninety people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:9
|
||||
|
||||
### heads of fathers' houses for their fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
"leaders of their extended families." Extended families are people related to each other who usually live in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of God
|
||||
|
||||
the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:13
|
||||
|
||||
### They were very capable men in the work
|
||||
|
||||
"These capable men worked"
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of God
|
||||
|
||||
the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, clans
|
||||
|
||||
### numbered 1,760
|
||||
|
||||
"numbered one thousand and sixty priests" or "numbered seventeen hundred and sixty priests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### among the descendants
|
||||
|
||||
"one of the descendants"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here except "Netophathites" are the names of men. The Netophathites were a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:17
|
||||
|
||||
### The doorkeepers were
|
||||
|
||||
"The guards were" or "The gatekeepers were"
|
||||
|
||||
### Shallum ... Akkub ... Talmon ... Ahiman
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:18
|
||||
|
||||
### they stood guard at the king's gate on the east side for the camp of Levi's descendants
|
||||
|
||||
"Levi's descendants guarded the king's gate on the east side of their camp"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Shallum ... Kore ... Ebiasaph
|
||||
|
||||
These are all the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Korahites
|
||||
|
||||
descendants of Korah (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the door to the tent ... the entrance
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases both refer to the entrance of the tent of meeting, or the tabernacle.
|
||||
|
||||
### the tent
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metonym for the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Eleazar
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in charge of them
|
||||
|
||||
"in charge of the Korahites" ([1 Chronicles 9:19](../09/19.md))
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Meshelemiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the tent of meeting
|
||||
|
||||
The building where the Israelites prayed and offered sacrifices to God was sometimes called "the tent of meeting" in memory of the tent where Moses met with God when he and the Israelites were in the wilderness many years before this. Alternate translation: "the tent of meeting, that is, the temple"
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]]).
|
||||
|
||||
### who were chosen as gatekeepers
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear who chose these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language's most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: "whom they had chosen to be gatekeepers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### numbered 212
|
||||
|
||||
"numbered two hundred and twelve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Their names were recorded in the people's records in their villages
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "The records in peoples' villages included the names of these men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:24
|
||||
|
||||
### gatekeepers were posted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "men guarded the entrances" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on all four sides, toward the east, west, north, and south
|
||||
|
||||
The words "east, west, north, and south" explain the words "all four sides."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Their brothers
|
||||
|
||||
"The guards' brothers"
|
||||
|
||||
### came in for seven-day rotations, in turn
|
||||
|
||||
"would come to help for 7-day periods, taking turns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:26
|
||||
|
||||
### the four leaders ... were assigned to guard the rooms
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear who assigned these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language's most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: "they assigned the four leaders ... to guard the rooms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of God
|
||||
|
||||
the second temple, which the people built after they returned from Babylon
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Some of them
|
||||
|
||||
"Some of the guards"
|
||||
|
||||
### they counted the articles when they were brought in and when they were taken out
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "they counted the articles that people took out to use, and they counted the articles when people brought them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Some of them also were assigned to take care of
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear who assigned these men, so if you have to translate in active form, use your language's most general way of doing so. Alternate translation: "The leaders also assigned some of them to take care of" or "Some of them also took care of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Mattithiah ... Shallum
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Korahite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Kohathites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bread of the presence
|
||||
|
||||
See the translationWord page about "bread" for the specific definition of "bread of the presence."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:33
|
||||
|
||||
### they were free from work
|
||||
|
||||
"they did not have to do other work"
|
||||
|
||||
### carry out their assigned tasks
|
||||
|
||||
"complete the tasks they needed to do"
|
||||
|
||||
### day and night
|
||||
|
||||
This means "at all times" and can be translated using a phrase or word from your language or culture that gives the same meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:34
|
||||
|
||||
### These were leaders of fathers' houses among the Levites, as listed in their genealogical records
|
||||
|
||||
"The family history lists included the names of these Levite family leaders"
|
||||
|
||||
### fathers' houses
|
||||
|
||||
extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UDB calls "clans"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeon ... Gibeon
|
||||
|
||||
"the man Gibeon ... the town of Gibeon"
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeiel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Maakah
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:36
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:37
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:38
|
||||
|
||||
### Mikloth ... Shimeam
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:40
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:42
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 9:44
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 10
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: "The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Every man of Israel ... fell down dead
|
||||
|
||||
This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: "Every man of Israel ... most of them died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Abinadab ... Malki-Shua
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:4
|
||||
|
||||
### thrust me through with it
|
||||
|
||||
The action of stabbing is a metonym for the result, death. Alternate translation: "kill me with it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### these uncircumcised will come
|
||||
|
||||
The nominal adjective "uncircumcised" can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "these people who are uncircumcised will come" or "these uncircumcised people will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
||||
### these uncircumcised
|
||||
|
||||
Here "uncircumcised" represents people who do not belong to Yahweh. Alternate translation: "these people who do not belong to Yahweh" or "these heathen Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fell on it
|
||||
|
||||
Saul probably stuck the handle into the ground and leaned on the point so the sword would go through his body as he fell down. The action is a metonym for the result, death. Alternate translation: "killed himself with it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:5
|
||||
|
||||
### fell on his sword
|
||||
|
||||
He probably stuck the handle into the ground and leaned on the point so the sword would go through his body as he fell down. The action is a metonym for the result, death. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: "killed himself with his sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:6
|
||||
|
||||
### and his three sons
|
||||
|
||||
The word "died" is understood from the previous phrase. It can be repeated. Alternate translation: "and his 3 sons died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:7
|
||||
|
||||
### When all the men of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is probably a generalization. Alternate translation: "When the men of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they had fled
|
||||
|
||||
"the Israelite soldiers had fled"
|
||||
|
||||
### the Philistines came and lived in them
|
||||
|
||||
"the Philistines came and lived in the cities from which the Israelites had fled." This probably happened after the events in verses 8-12.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:8
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### to strip the dead
|
||||
|
||||
"to take everything of value off of the dead bodies"
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul and his sons fallen
|
||||
|
||||
Here "fallen" is a polite way to refer to someone who died in battle. Alternate translation: "Saul and his sons dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:9
|
||||
|
||||
### They stripped him
|
||||
|
||||
"The Philistines removed everything from Saul's body"
|
||||
|
||||
### to carry the news to their idols and to the people
|
||||
|
||||
They told the people what had happened and praised their idols in prayer.
|
||||
|
||||
### to carry the news
|
||||
|
||||
A person telling others about something that has happened is spoken of as if the person were carrying a solid object and giving it to those other people. Alternate translation: "to tell what had happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:10
|
||||
|
||||
### They put his armor
|
||||
|
||||
"The Philistines put Saul's armor"
|
||||
|
||||
### Dagon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a false god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:11
|
||||
|
||||
### When all Jabesh Gilead heard of all that the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
Both instances of the word "all" are generalizations. The name of the town is a metonym for the people who live in the town, and the people group name is a metonym for that people group's soldiers. Alternate translation: "When the people of Jabesh Gilead heard what the soldiers of the Philistine army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jabesh Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:12
|
||||
|
||||
### their bones
|
||||
|
||||
The bones are a synecdoche for the dead bodies. Alternate translation: "their bodies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seven days
|
||||
|
||||
"7 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 10:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### did not seek guidance from Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"did not ask Yahweh to guide him"
|
||||
|
||||
### turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse
|
||||
|
||||
Here "turned over the kingdom" is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: "made David, son of Jesse, king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 11
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:1
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel came to David
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: "people from throughout Israel came to David" or "people from every tribe in Israel came to David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we are your flesh and bone
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: "we are your relatives" or "we have the same ancestors as you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:2
|
||||
|
||||
### In the recent past
|
||||
|
||||
This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You will shepherd my people Israel, and you will become a ruler over my people Israel
|
||||
|
||||
These two clauses mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh had chosen David to be king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You will shepherd my people Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here ruling over the people is spoken of as shepherding them. Alternate translation: "'You will care for my people Israel" or "You will lead my people Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:3
|
||||
|
||||
### They anointed David king over Israel
|
||||
|
||||
To "anoint" is a symbolic act to show that they recognized that God had chosen David as king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh that had been declared by Samuel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the word of Yahweh that Samuel had declared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:4
|
||||
|
||||
### David and all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the phrase "all Israel" represents the entire Israelite army. Alternate translation: "David and all the Israelite army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Now the Jebusites ... were there
|
||||
|
||||
The word "now" is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells background information about Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:5
|
||||
|
||||
### David took the stronghold of Zion
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "took" is an idiom that means "captured" or "conquered." Since David led the army, his name here is a synecdoche for the whole army who attacked the city. Alternate translation: "David captured the stronghold of Zion" or "David and the Israelite army captured the stronghold of Zion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the stronghold of Zion ... the city of David
|
||||
|
||||
Both of these names refer to Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Zeruiah
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so he was made the chief
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so David made Joab the chief" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:8
|
||||
|
||||
### He built the city all around ... Joab restored the rest of the city
|
||||
|
||||
The word "he" refers to David. The reader should understand that David and Joab were probably in charge of other men who made the fortifications. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Millo
|
||||
|
||||
This likely refers to a terraced structure that consisted of retaining walls with dirt filled in behind them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:10
|
||||
|
||||
### These were the leaders David had
|
||||
|
||||
"These were the leaders of David's warriors"
|
||||
|
||||
### who showed themselves strong with him in his kingdom ... to make him king
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase means that both the leaders of David's army, and the full army, helped David to establish himself as king over Israel. Alternate translation: "who strongly supported David's kingdom ... to make him king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Jashobeam
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a Hachmonite
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a person from the Hachmon clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on one occasion
|
||||
|
||||
"in one battle"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:12
|
||||
|
||||
### After him
|
||||
|
||||
"After Jashobeam"
|
||||
|
||||
### Eleazar ... Dodo
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Ahohite
|
||||
|
||||
The "Ahohites" is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Pas Dammim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:14
|
||||
|
||||
### They stood in the middle of the field
|
||||
|
||||
"David and Eleazar stood in the middle of the field"
|
||||
|
||||
### cut down the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
This means that they killed the Philistine soldiers with their swords. Alternate translation: "killed the Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:15
|
||||
|
||||
### three of the thirty
|
||||
|
||||
"3 of the 30" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the cave of Adullam
|
||||
|
||||
"the cave near the town of Adullam." Adullam is near Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Valley of Rephaim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:16
|
||||
|
||||
### in his stronghold, a cave
|
||||
|
||||
"in his safe place in a cave"
|
||||
|
||||
### the Philistines had established their camp at Bethlehem
|
||||
|
||||
"the Philistines had stationed soldiers in Bethlehem"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the well at Bethlehem, the well that is by the gate
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases refer to the same well. The second specifies which well in Bethlehem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:18
|
||||
|
||||
### three mighty men
|
||||
|
||||
"3 mighty men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### broke through the army of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
"fought their way through the army of the Philistines"
|
||||
|
||||
### the well of Bethlehem, the well at the gate
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases refer to the same well. The second specifies which well in Bethlehem. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Chronicles 11:17](../11/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he poured it out to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This means that he poured out the water as an offering to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:19
|
||||
|
||||
### May it be that I should never do this!
|
||||
|
||||
"May I never do something like this!" or "This is something I should never do!"
|
||||
|
||||
### Should I drink the blood of these men who have risked their lives?
|
||||
|
||||
David speaks of the water as if it were blood because the men risked their lives to bring the water to him. He uses a question to emphasize this. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I should not drink this water, which would be like drinking the blood of these men who have risked their lives to bring it to me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishai
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 2:16](../02/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### captain over the Three
|
||||
|
||||
This means Abishai was the leader of the three men who went and got water for David.
|
||||
|
||||
### three hundred
|
||||
|
||||
"300 men" or "300 warriors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He is mentioned along with the Three
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People often mentioned him when they spoke of the Three" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Of the Three, he was given double honor and became
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) that he received double the honor that the Three received. Alternate translation: "People gave him twice as much honor as they gave the Three and he became" or 2) the Three honored him more than they honored others. Alternate translation: "The Three honored him more than they honored others and he became" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Benaiah ... Jehoiada ... Ariel
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kabzeel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:23
|
||||
|
||||
### five cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A "cubit" is a unit of measurement equal to 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "2.3 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a spear like a weaver's beam
|
||||
|
||||
This compares the size of the spear with the size of a weaver's beam. Alternate translation: "a spear the size of a weaver's beam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he went down to him
|
||||
|
||||
"Benaiah went down to the Egyptian." This idiom means that he met him in battle. Alternate translation: "he attacked him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:24
|
||||
|
||||
### did these feats
|
||||
|
||||
"did these mighty deeds"
|
||||
|
||||
### he was named alongside the three mighty men
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people praised him like they praised the three mighty men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:25
|
||||
|
||||
### He was more highly regarded than the thirty soldiers in general, but he was not regarded quite as highly as the three mighty men
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The people respected him more than the 30 soldiers, but not as much as the 3 most elite soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his bodyguard
|
||||
|
||||
the group of people responsible for protecting David
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of David's thirty most important warriors. The list contains the names of the men and the clans to which they belonged. The list continues through [1 Chronicles 11:47](../11/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:38
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:41
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:42
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty with him
|
||||
|
||||
"30 men with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:43
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:44
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:45
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This concludes the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:46
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 11:47
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of David's thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 12
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:1
|
||||
|
||||
### while he was still banished from the presence of
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "during the time when he could not be in the presence of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:2
|
||||
|
||||
### could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows
|
||||
|
||||
"could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows"
|
||||
|
||||
### slinging stones
|
||||
|
||||
The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the thirty
|
||||
|
||||
"the 30 soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of the men from the tribe of Benjamin who joined David at Ziklag. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of the men from the tribe of Gad who joined David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### whose faces were as fierce as the faces of lions
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "faces" represents the men and the lions. Their faces express the fierceness with which they fight battles. Alternate translation: "who were as fierce in battle as lions hunting prey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### They were as swift as gazelles on the mountains
|
||||
|
||||
This hyperbole compares how swiftly these men were able to run with how swiftly gazelles are able to run over rugged mountain terrain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### gazelles
|
||||
|
||||
animals similar to deer that can run quickly over hills and rough ground
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Ezer the leader, Obadiah the second, Eliab the third
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of the men from the tribe of Gad who joined David, in order of their importance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Mishmannah the fourth, Jeremiah the fifth
|
||||
|
||||
This continues a list of the men from the tribe of Gad who joined David, in order of their importance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Attai the sixth, Eliel the seventh
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the men from the tribe of Gad who joined David, in order of their importance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Johanan the eighth, Elzabad the ninth
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the men from the tribe of Gad who joined David, in order of their importance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeremiah the tenth, Makbannai the eleventh
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of the men from the tribe of Gad who joined David, in order of their importance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:14
|
||||
|
||||
### The least led a hundred
|
||||
|
||||
The least of the sons led groups of one hundred soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the greatest led a thousand
|
||||
|
||||
The greatest of the sons led groups of a thousand soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The least ... the greatest
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are "The youngest sons ... the oldest sons," "The weakest sons ... the strongest sons," or "The most important sons ... the least important sons"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:15
|
||||
|
||||
### first month
|
||||
|
||||
This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It is at the beginning of the spring season when the late rains come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### when it overflowed its banks
|
||||
|
||||
"when the Jordan overflowed its banks"
|
||||
|
||||
### chased away all those living in the valleys
|
||||
|
||||
"they chased away all those living in the valleys"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:16
|
||||
|
||||
### men of Benjamin and Judah
|
||||
|
||||
"men from the tribes of Benjamin and Judah"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:17
|
||||
|
||||
### may the God of our ancestors see
|
||||
|
||||
What God will see may be supplied in translation. Alternate translation: "may the God of our ancestors see what you intend to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:18
|
||||
|
||||
### the Spirit came on Amasai
|
||||
|
||||
The Spirit empowering Amasai is spoken of as if the Spirit came on him. Alternate translation: "the Spirit empowered Amasai" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Amasai
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the thirty
|
||||
|
||||
"the 30 soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### We are yours, David. We are on your side, son of Jesse
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases share similar meanings. The idioms "we are yours" and "we are on your side" both mean that the men support David. Alternate translation: "We are devoted to you, David. We support you, son of Jesse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Peace, may peace be to whoever helps you
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "peace" refers to prosperity and well-being. The word is repeated to emphasize great prosperity. Alternate translation: "May whoever helps you greatly prosper" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:19
|
||||
|
||||
### deserted to
|
||||
|
||||
"left their leaders to join"
|
||||
|
||||
### He will desert to his master Saul
|
||||
|
||||
"He will stop fighting with us and fight for his master Saul"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Ziklag
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Adnah, Jozabad, Jediael, Michael, Jozabad, Elihu, and Zillethai
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### captains over thousands of Manasseh
|
||||
|
||||
This means that each of these men led groups of a thousand soldiers in the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: "each a captain over 1,000 men in the tribe of Manasseh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:21
|
||||
|
||||
### the roving bands
|
||||
|
||||
"the groups of robbers." This refers to groups of people who robbed people traveling through the countryside.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Day after day
|
||||
|
||||
"Each day"
|
||||
|
||||
### a great army, like the army of God
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the phrase "like the army of God" means "like an army that God assembled" or 2) the word "God" is used as an idiom that refers to the great size of the army. Alternate translation: "a very large army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to turn the kingdom of Saul over to him
|
||||
|
||||
The men making David king in place of Saul is spoken of as if they gave possession of Saul's kingdom to David. Alternate translation: "to make David king in place of Saul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### carried out Yahweh's word
|
||||
|
||||
"made Yahweh's word true" or "fulfilled Yahweh's word"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 6,800, armed for war
|
||||
|
||||
"six thousand eight hundred, armed for war" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### From the Simeonites
|
||||
|
||||
"From Simeon" or "From the tribe of Simeon"
|
||||
|
||||
### 7,100 fighting men
|
||||
|
||||
"seven thousand one hundred fighting men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 4,600 fighting men
|
||||
|
||||
"four thousand six hundred fighting men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehoiada
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### with him were 3,700
|
||||
|
||||
"with him were three thousand seven hundred" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-two leaders
|
||||
|
||||
"22 leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### From Benjamin, Saul's tribe
|
||||
|
||||
"From Benjamin, the tribe to which Saul belonged"
|
||||
|
||||
### three thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"3,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 20,800 fighting men
|
||||
|
||||
"twenty thousand eight hundred fighting men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### From the Ephraimites
|
||||
|
||||
"From Ephraim" or "From the tribe of Ephraim"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### eighteen thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"18,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two hundred
|
||||
|
||||
"200" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who had understanding of the times
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) these men knew the right time to act or 2) these men had a good understanding of current political events within Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fifty thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"50,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### ready to give undivided loyalty
|
||||
|
||||
It is implicit that they would give loyalty to David. Alternate translation: "ready to give undivided loyalty to David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### one thousand ... thirty-seven thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"1,000 ... 37,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### From the Danites
|
||||
|
||||
"From Dan" or "From the tribe of Dan"
|
||||
|
||||
### 28,600 men
|
||||
|
||||
"twenty-eight thousand six hundred men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### forty thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"40,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of the number of men who joined David from each tribe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Reubenites, Gadites
|
||||
|
||||
"Reuben, Gad" or "the tribe of Reuben, the tribe of Gad"
|
||||
|
||||
### 120,000 men
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred twenty thousand men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:38
|
||||
|
||||
### with firm intentions to make David king
|
||||
|
||||
"determined to make David king"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:39
|
||||
|
||||
### They were there with David
|
||||
|
||||
"These soldiers were there with David"
|
||||
|
||||
### three days
|
||||
|
||||
"3 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 12:40
|
||||
|
||||
### there was joy in Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The people of Israel were very happy.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 13
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:1
|
||||
|
||||
### the commanders of thousands and of hundreds
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the words translated as "thousands" and "hundreds" do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: "the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:2
|
||||
|
||||
### all the assembly of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: "all of the Israelites who were assembled there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### if this comes from Yahweh our God
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: "if this is something that Yahweh our God approves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Let them be told to join us
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Let messengers tell them to join us" or "Let them join us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:4
|
||||
|
||||
### they seemed right in the eyes of all the people
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "eyes" represents seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "all the people considered these things to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:5
|
||||
|
||||
### David assembled all Israel together
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "all" is a generalization. The phrase means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: "David assembled people together from all Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Lebo Hamath ... Kiriath Jearim
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Baalah ... Kiriath Jearim
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. "Baalah" is another name for Kiriath Jearim. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### which belongs to Judah
|
||||
|
||||
"which is in Judah"
|
||||
|
||||
### to bring up from there the ark of God
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that they are taking the ark to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "to take to Jerusalem the ark of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to bring up from there
|
||||
|
||||
Jerusalem is higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
|
||||
### which is called by Yahweh's name
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) the idiom "called by ... name" refers to a person owning the thing. Alternate translation: "which belongs to Yahweh" or 2) the ark has Yahweh's name written on it. Alternate translation: "which bears Yahweh's name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who sits enthroned over the cherubim
|
||||
|
||||
You may need to make explicit that the cherubim are those on the lid of the ark of the covenant. The biblical writers often spoke of the ark of the covenant as if it were Yahweh's footstool upon which he rested his feet as he sat on his throne in heaven above. Alternate translation: "who sits on his throne above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Abinadab ... Uzzah ... Ahio
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:8
|
||||
|
||||
### David and all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "David and all of the Israelites who were present" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### singing with harps and lutes
|
||||
|
||||
"singing while playing harps and lutes"
|
||||
|
||||
### tambourines
|
||||
|
||||
hand drums with pieces of metal around the side that sound when the instruments are shaken (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Kidon ... Uzzah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the anger of Yahweh burned against Uzzah
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh's anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that burned the one with whom Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: "Yahweh was very angry with Uzzah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### before God
|
||||
|
||||
"in the presence of God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:11
|
||||
|
||||
### That place is called
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People call that place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Perez Uzzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. Translator may add a footnote that says, "The name 'Perez Uzzah' means 'the punishment of Uzzah.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to this day
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:12
|
||||
|
||||
### How can I bring the ark of God home to me?
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this question to emphasize that he is afraid to take the ark to Jerusalem. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I am too afraid to bring the ark of Yahweh with me to Jerusalem." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed Edom the Gittite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. A "Gittite" is a person from the city of Gath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 13:14
|
||||
|
||||
### in Obed Edom's household in his house
|
||||
|
||||
"with Obed Edom's family in his house"
|
||||
|
||||
### three months
|
||||
|
||||
"3 months" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh blessed his house
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "house" is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: "Yahweh blessed his family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 14
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Hiram
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### carpenters
|
||||
|
||||
people who make things with wood
|
||||
|
||||
### masons
|
||||
|
||||
people make things with stone or brick
|
||||
|
||||
### They built a house for him
|
||||
|
||||
"The carpenters and masons built a house for David"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:2
|
||||
|
||||
### established him as
|
||||
|
||||
"made him"
|
||||
|
||||
### his kingdom was exalted on high
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "exalted on high" means that Yahweh had given great honor to David's kingdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh had exalted David's kingdom on high" or "Yahweh had given great honor to David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the sake of his people Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "his" refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:4
|
||||
|
||||
### the children who were born to him
|
||||
|
||||
"the children whom his wives bore for him"
|
||||
|
||||
### Shammua, Shobab, Nathan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. See how you translated these in [1 Chronicles 3:5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the children who were born to David in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ibhar, Elishua, Elpelet
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. These names appear also in [1 Chronicles 3:6](../03/06.md), although there "Elpelet" is spelled "Eliphelet." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the children who were born to David in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Nogah, Nepheg, Japhia
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. These names appear also in [1 Chronicles 3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of the children who were born to David in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Elishama, Beeliada, and Eliphelet
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. These names appear also in [1 Chronicles 3:8](../03/08.md), although there "Beeliada" is spelled "Eliada." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
The writer uses this word to show that he has finished giving the background information that he started in [1 Chronicles 14:3](../14/03.md) and is starting a new part of the story. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
|
||||
### David had been anointed as king
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the elders of Israel had anointed David as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### went out against them
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that David led his army out to fight against them. Alternate translation: "led his army out to fight against them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Valley of Rephaim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:10
|
||||
|
||||
### give them to you
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that Yahweh will enable David to have victory over them. Alternate translation: "give you victory over them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Baal Perazim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. You may add a footnote that says, "The name 'Baal Perazim' means 'Lord of breaking through.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God has burst through my enemies ... like a bursting flood of water
|
||||
|
||||
David speaks of God easily defeating David's enemies as if God had burst through them, like a flood bursts through anything in its path. Alternate translation: "God has easily defeated my enemies ... like a flood easily bursts through everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by my hand
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to David's resources. Alternate translation: "using my army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:12
|
||||
|
||||
### that they should be burned
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to burn their false gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:13
|
||||
|
||||
### the valley
|
||||
|
||||
"the Valley of Rephaim"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:14
|
||||
|
||||
### attack their front
|
||||
|
||||
"attack from the front"
|
||||
|
||||
### circle around behind them and come on them through the balsam woods
|
||||
|
||||
"go through the forest of balsam trees and attack them from behind"
|
||||
|
||||
### balsam woods
|
||||
|
||||
"Balsam" here is a type of tree, and the "woods" describe many balsam trees growing together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
God continues his answer to David's question.
|
||||
|
||||
### When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: "When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Gezer
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 14:17
|
||||
|
||||
### David's fame went out into all lands
|
||||
|
||||
People in every land hearing of David's reputation is spoken of as if David's fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: "People far away heard about David's fame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 15
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:1
|
||||
|
||||
### David built houses for himself ... He prepared
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: "David had workers build houses for him ... He had them prepare" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:2
|
||||
|
||||
### they had been chosen by Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh had chosen them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:3
|
||||
|
||||
### David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "all" is a generalization. The phrase "all Israel" means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: "David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:5
|
||||
|
||||
### 120 men
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred twenty men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 220 men
|
||||
|
||||
"two hundred twenty men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of the number of men whom David assembled from each of the Levite clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Uriel, Asaiah, Joel, Shemaiah, Eliel, and Amminadab
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. See how you translated them in [1 Chronicles verses 5-6](./04.md) and [1 Chronicles verses 7-10](./07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:13
|
||||
|
||||
### You did not carry it
|
||||
|
||||
"You did not carry the ark"
|
||||
|
||||
### broke out against us
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom to "break out against" means to act violently toward someone. Alternate translation: "acted violently toward us" or "attacked us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we did not seek him
|
||||
|
||||
Here seeking Yahweh means to seek his counsel. Alternate translation: "we did not ask him for instructions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:15
|
||||
|
||||
### the rules given by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "word" can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the rules that the word of Yahweh had given" or "the rules that Yahweh had spoken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:16
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### lift up sounds of joy
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means to sing and play the instruments loudly and joyfully. Alternate translation: "sing and play the instruments loudly and joyfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### With them were their kinsmen of second rank
|
||||
|
||||
This likely means that these men served in lower positions and were assistants to Heman, Asaph, and Ethan. Alternate translation: "With them were their kinsmen who were in a lower position of power" or "The following relatives would help them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mikneiah, Obed Edom, and Jeiel, the gatekeepers
|
||||
|
||||
The word "gatekeepers" refers to people who guard gates or entryways. Here it refers to guarding access to the ark of the covenant and applies to Obed Edom and Jeiel. Alternate translation: "Mikneiah, and the gatekeepers, Obed Edom and Jeiel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The musicians Heman, Asaph, and Ethan were appointed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Levites appointed the musicians Heman, Asaph, and Ethan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Alamoth
|
||||
|
||||
The meaning of this word is not clear but may refer to a style of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Sheminith
|
||||
|
||||
The meaning of this word is not clear but may refer to a style of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### led the way
|
||||
|
||||
"led the other musicians" or "led the processional"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of men whom the Levites appointed to sing and play music as the people brought the ark to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:25
|
||||
|
||||
### the commanders over thousands
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the word "thousands" represents the exact amount of soldiers that each of these commanders and led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 1,000 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "thousands" does not represent an exact numbers but is the name of a large military division. Alternate translation: "the commanders of large military divisions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed Edom
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:27
|
||||
|
||||
### David was clothed with a robe of fine linen, as were the Levites who carried the ark, the singers, and Kenaniah, the leader of the song with the singers
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "David, the Levites who carried the ark, the singers, and Kenaniah, the leader of the song with the singers all wore fine linen robes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### linen
|
||||
|
||||
a cloth made from fibers of the flax plant
|
||||
|
||||
### Kenaniah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:28
|
||||
|
||||
### So all Israel brought up the ark
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "So a great crowd of Israelites brought up the ark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 15:29
|
||||
|
||||
### as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David
|
||||
|
||||
"as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David"
|
||||
|
||||
### Michal
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of David's wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### she despised him in her heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: "she despised him" or "she hated him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 16
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The word "they" in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
|
||||
|
||||
### before God
|
||||
|
||||
"to God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:2
|
||||
|
||||
### When David had finished offering up the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he blessed the people in the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
To bless "in the name of Yahweh" means to bless with Yahweh's power and authority or as his representative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:3
|
||||
|
||||
### He distributed to every man of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
David probably had those under his authority distribute the items. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cake of raisins
|
||||
|
||||
a baked sweet bread made with dried grapes
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Zechariah ... Jaaziel ... Shemiramoth ... Jehiel ... Mattithiah ... Eliab ... Benaiah ... Obed Edom ... Jeiel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### second to him
|
||||
|
||||
This means next to him in authority and position. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Benaiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:7
|
||||
|
||||
### on that day
|
||||
|
||||
Here "that day" refers to the day the ark of the covenant was moved from the house of Obed Edom to Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### song of thanksgiving
|
||||
|
||||
"song of giving thanks"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:8
|
||||
|
||||
### call on his name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his name" represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: "call on Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the nations
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the people in the nations. Alternate translation: "the people of the nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Boast in his holy name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his holy name" represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: "Boast in who Yahweh is" or "Boast in Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let the heart of those who seek Yahweh rejoice
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the heart" represents the person who seeks Yahweh. Alternate translation: "let the people who seek Yahweh rejoice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Seek Yahweh and his strength
|
||||
|
||||
To "seek Yahweh's strength" means to ask him to strengthen you. Alternate translation: "Seek Yahweh and ask him to give you his strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seek his presence continually
|
||||
|
||||
"seek to be near him always"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Recall the marvelous things
|
||||
|
||||
"Remember the marvelous things"
|
||||
|
||||
### done, his miracles and
|
||||
|
||||
The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "done; recall his miracles and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### decrees from his mouth
|
||||
|
||||
Here "mouth" refers to the things that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: "decrees that he has spoken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:13
|
||||
|
||||
### you descendants of Israel his servant, you people of Jacob, his chosen ones
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases share similar meanings and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:14
|
||||
|
||||
### His decrees are on all the earth
|
||||
|
||||
Here "all the earth" refers to all the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "His laws are for all the people of the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Keep his covenant ... for a thousand generations
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases share similar meanings and are used together for emphasis. Here "word" refers to the covenant. Alternate translation: "Keep his covenant in mind forever, the promise that he made for a thousand generations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Keep his covenant in mind
|
||||
|
||||
This means to remember and think about his covenant. Alternate translation: "Remember his covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a thousand generations
|
||||
|
||||
"1,000 generations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:16
|
||||
|
||||
### He calls to mind
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "calls to mind" means to remember something. Alternate translation: "He remembers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the covenant that he made with Abraham, and his oath to Isaac
|
||||
|
||||
Both "the covenant" and "the oath" refer to the same promise that Yahweh made to his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his oath to Isaac
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the oath that he had previously made to Issac. Alternate translation: "his oath that he made to Isaac" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The words "you" and "your" in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### as your share
|
||||
|
||||
"as your part"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The word "they" in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### strangers in the land
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that "the land" refers to Canaan. Alternate translation: "foreigners in the land of Canaan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The word "they" in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### from nation to nation, from one kingdom to another
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases have similar meanings and are used together for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The words "them" and "their" in this verse refers to Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### for their sakes
|
||||
|
||||
"for their own well-being"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not touch my anointed ones
|
||||
|
||||
Here "touch" means to harm. It is an exaggeration Yahweh used to strengthen his warning to not harm his people. Alternate translation: "Do not harm the people I have anointed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Parallelism is common in Hebrew poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the earth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "all you people who live on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### announce his salvation
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "salvation" can be translated using the verb "save." Alternate translation: "announce that he has saved us" or "tell people that he is the one who saves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### day after day
|
||||
|
||||
"every day"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Declare his glory among the nations
|
||||
|
||||
"Tell all the people in every nation about his great glory"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh is great and is to be praised greatly
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh is great. Praise him greatly" or "Yahweh is great, and people should praise him greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he is to be feared above all other gods
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "fear him above all other gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Splendor and majesty are in his presence
|
||||
|
||||
The author speaks as if splendor and majesty are people who can stand before a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his presence
|
||||
|
||||
"all around him" or "where he is"
|
||||
|
||||
### Strength and joy are in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The author speaks as if strength and joy are people who can be in Yahweh's sanctuary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his place
|
||||
|
||||
"in his temple" or "in his sanctuary"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Ascribe to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"Give praise to Yahweh" or "Praise Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
### ascribe to Yahweh glory and strength
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract nouns "glory" and "strength" can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "praise Yahweh because he is glorious and strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Ascribe to Yahweh the glory his name deserves
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "glory" can be stated as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: "Glorify Yahweh just as his name deserves" or "Proclaim that Yahweh is glorious just as his name deserves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his name deserves
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his name" refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: "due to him" or "he deserves" or "he is worthy to receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bow down to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that the people were to bow down in worship. Alternate translation: "Bow down to worship Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the splendor of holiness
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract nouns "splendor" and "holiness" can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "because he is gloriously beautiful and holy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Tremble
|
||||
|
||||
shake because of fear
|
||||
|
||||
### all the earth
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metonym for all the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: "all the people of the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Let the heavens be glad, and let the earth rejoice; let them say
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the heavens and the earth are spoken of as if they have emotions like people. Alternate translation: "Let it be as if the heavens are glad and the earth rejoices and they say" or 2) "the heavens" and "the earth" are metonyms for those who dwell in those places. Alternate translation: "Let those who live in the heavens be glad and let those who live on the earth rejoice, and let them say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let them say among the nations
|
||||
|
||||
The people of the nations would observe what is said. Alternate translation: "let them say to the nations"
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:32
|
||||
|
||||
### that which fills it shout with joy
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that this refers to all the creatures living in the sea. They are spoken of as if they should shout with joy like people might do. Alternate translation: "the sea creatures shout joyfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Let the fields be joyful, and all that is in them
|
||||
|
||||
"Let the fields and all that is in them be joyful." The author speaks as if the fields and the animals that live in them have emotions like people. Alternate translation: "Let it be as if the fields themselves and all the animals that live in them are rejoicing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:33
|
||||
|
||||
### let the trees in the forest shout for joy
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks about the trees as if they were people who could shout for joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:34
|
||||
|
||||
### for his covenant faithfulness endures forever
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "faithfulness" can be stated as "faithfully" or "faithful." Alternate translation: "for he faithfully loves us forever" or "for he is faithful to his covenant forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:35
|
||||
|
||||
### from the other nations
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the other nations" represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: "from the people of other nations" or "from the armies of other nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### give thanks to your holy name
|
||||
|
||||
Here Yahweh is referred to by his "holy name." Alternate translation: "give thanks to you" or "give thanks to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:36
|
||||
|
||||
### from everlasting to everlasting
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to two extremes and means for all time. Alternate translation: "for all eternity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### All the people
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization that refers to the group of people assembled to worship Yahweh. Alternate translation: "The people" or "Everyone who was there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:37
|
||||
|
||||
### his brothers
|
||||
|
||||
"his relatives"
|
||||
|
||||
### as every day's work required
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that they were to perform the daily duties that were given in the law of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "as was required every day by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:38
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed Edom ... Jeduthun ... Hosah
|
||||
|
||||
These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sixty-eight relatives
|
||||
|
||||
"68 relatives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:39
|
||||
|
||||
### to serve before the tabernacle
|
||||
|
||||
"to serve at the tabernacle"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:40
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The word "They" in this verse refers to the priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### continually morning
|
||||
|
||||
"every day, morning"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The word "them" in this verse refers to the priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### Heman ... Jeduthun
|
||||
|
||||
These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:42
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### guarded the gate
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: "guarded the tabernacle gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 16:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,429 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 17
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:1
|
||||
|
||||
### It happened
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
||||
### settled
|
||||
|
||||
comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
|
||||
|
||||
### I am living in a house of cedar
|
||||
|
||||
Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: "I am living in a strong, permanent house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of the covenant of Yahweh is staying under a tent
|
||||
|
||||
Tents are temporary dwellings. If you do not have tents in your culture, you can word this differently. Alternate translation: "the ark of the covenant of Yahweh is staying in a temporary place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:2
|
||||
|
||||
### do what is in your heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" represents the mind. Alternate translation: "do what you think you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God is with you
|
||||
|
||||
Here "with you" means God is helping and blessing David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:3
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of God came to Nathan, saying,
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "the word of God came to" is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: "God gave a message to Nathan. He said," or "God spoke this message to Nathan:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Go and tell David my servant, 'This is what Yahweh says: You will not build me a house in which to live
|
||||
|
||||
This has quotations within quotations. It may be necessary to translate them as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "Go and tell David my servant that he will not be the one to build a house in which I will live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
||||
### build me a house
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" means a temple. In [1 Chronicles 17:10](../17/10.md) Yahweh will say that he will build a house for David. There "house" means a family. If your language has a word that can express both ideas, use it here and in 17:10.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:5
|
||||
|
||||
### that I brought up Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that this refers to God bringing up Israel out of the land of Egypt. Alternate translation: "that I brought the Israelites to the promised land from the land of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a tent, a tabernacle
|
||||
|
||||
Both the words "tent" and "tabernacle" describe the same thing and emphasize that he had lived in a place that was not a permanent building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:6
|
||||
|
||||
### did I ever say anything to any of Israel's leaders whom I appointed to shepherd my people, saying, "Why have you not built me a house of cedar?"
|
||||
|
||||
This has a quotation within a quotation. The direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "did I ever ask any of Israel's leaders, whom I appointed to shepherd my people, why they had not built me a house of cedar?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
||||
### did I ever say anything to any of Israel's leaders
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh uses a question to emphasize that he never asked any of Israel's leaders to build him a house. Alternate translation: "I never said anything to any of Israel's leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### whom I appointed to shepherd my people
|
||||
|
||||
Those who are leaders of the people of Israel are spoken of as if they were shepherds and the people were sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Why have you not built me a house of cedar?
|
||||
|
||||
If Yahweh had asked the leaders this question, he would have been using a question to scold them for not building him a house of cedar. But, Yahweh said previously that he did not ask them this question. Alternate translation: "You should have built me a house of cedar." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh describes his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
### tell my servant David
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is still telling the prophet Nathan what he should tell David.
|
||||
|
||||
### I took you from the pasture
|
||||
|
||||
David's job as a shepherd is referred to by the place he watched his sheep. Alternate translation: "I took you from your job as a shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### pasture
|
||||
|
||||
an area of land where animals feed on the grass. See how you translated this word in [1 Chronicles 4:39 and 4:40](../04/39.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### I have been with you
|
||||
|
||||
Here "with you" means that Yahweh has helped and blessed David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cut off all your enemies
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh destroying David's enemies is spoken of as if Yahweh cut them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will make you a name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents a person's reputation. Alternate translation: "I will make your name to be great and well known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the great ones
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "great ones" means famous persons.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will appoint a place
|
||||
|
||||
"I will choose a place"
|
||||
|
||||
### will plant them there
|
||||
|
||||
God causing the people to live in the land permanently and securely is spoken of as if he would plant them in the land. Alternate translation: "I will settle them there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### be troubled no more
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one will ever trouble them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The words "your" and "you" in this verse refers to David.
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### from the days
|
||||
|
||||
Here "days" represents a longer period of time. Alternate translation: "from the time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I commanded judges
|
||||
|
||||
After the people of Israel entered the land of Canaan and before they had kings to rule them, God appointed leaders called "judges" to lead them in times of trouble.
|
||||
|
||||
### to be over my people Israel
|
||||
|
||||
To be in authority is referred to as being over someone. Alternate translation: "to rule my people Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### subdue
|
||||
|
||||
make a person or animal unable to attack
|
||||
|
||||
### build you a house
|
||||
|
||||
Here the metonym "house" refers to David's ancestors continuing on as the rulers of Israel. In [1 Chronicles 17:4](../17/04.md) God told David he would not be the one to build a house for Yahweh. There "house" represented a temple. If your language has a word that can express both ideas, use it here and in 17:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### It will come about
|
||||
|
||||
"It will happen"
|
||||
|
||||
### when your days are fulfilled for you to go to your fathers
|
||||
|
||||
The two phrases "when your days are fulfilled" and "go to your fathers" have similar meanings and are combined for emphasis. They both are polite ways to refer to death and dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will raise up your descendant after you
|
||||
|
||||
God appointing David's descendant is spoken of as if Yahweh would raise or lift him up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will establish his throne forever
|
||||
|
||||
The right to rule as king is described by the place where a king sits. Alternate translation: "I will make his rule over Israel to last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will be a father to him, and he will be my son
|
||||
|
||||
The prophecy in 17:11-14 refers to Solomon, David's son. But, aspects of the prophecy will be fulfilled by Jesus. So, here it is best to translate the words "father" and "son" with your normal words for a biological father and son.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will not take my covenant faithfulness away from him, as I took it from Saul
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "faithfulness" can be translated as "faithfully." Alternate translation: "I will never stop faithfully loving him, as I stopped loving Saul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh finishes describing his promises to King David through the prophet Nathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will set him over my house and in my kingdom forever, and his throne will be established forever
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that David's dynasty will last forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his throne will be established forever
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will establish his throne forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his throne
|
||||
|
||||
A king's right to rule is referred to by the place a king sits. Alternate translation: "his right to rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:15
|
||||
|
||||
### reported to him
|
||||
|
||||
"told him"
|
||||
|
||||
### all these words
|
||||
|
||||
Here "words" represents what Yahweh said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:16
|
||||
|
||||
### he said
|
||||
|
||||
"David said"
|
||||
|
||||
### Who am I, Yahweh God, and what is my family, that you have brought me to this point?
|
||||
|
||||
David asks this question to express the deep emotion he felt from hearing Yahweh's proclamation. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "My family and I are not worthy of this honor, Yahweh God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### this was a small thing
|
||||
|
||||
Something that is not important is described as being small. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in your sight
|
||||
|
||||
Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "in your judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant's family
|
||||
|
||||
Here David refers to himself as "your servant." This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "my family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for a great while to come
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks about time as if it were something that travels and arrives somewhere. Alternate translation: "and what will happen to them in the future" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant
|
||||
|
||||
Here David refers to himself as "your servant." This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### What more can I, David, say to you?
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this question to emphasize that he has nothing left to say to Yahweh. Alternate translation: "There is nothing more I can say to you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You have honored your servant. You have given your servant special recognition
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases have similar meanings and are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You have given your servant special recognition
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "recognition" can be translated using the verb "recognize." Alternate translation: "You have recognized your servant in a special way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant's sake
|
||||
|
||||
Here David refers to himself as "your servant." This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "my sake" or "my benefit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to fulfill your own purpose
|
||||
|
||||
"to accomplish what you planned to do"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### there is none like you, and there is no God besides you
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases have similar meaning and are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as we have always heard
|
||||
|
||||
Here "we" refers to David and the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### what nation on earth ... by great and awesome deeds?
|
||||
|
||||
This question expects a negative answer to make the point that there was no other nation like Israel. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "there is no nation on earth ... by great and awesome deeds." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you rescued from Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that they were rescued from slavery. Alternate translation: "you rescued from slavery in Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to make a name for yourself
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents Yahweh's reputation. Alternate translation: "to make all people know who you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You drove out nations
|
||||
|
||||
Here "nations" represents the people groups that were living in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### So now
|
||||
|
||||
Here "now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
### may the promise that you made concerning your servant and his family be established forever
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "may you do what you promised to me and my family, and may your promise never change" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant and his family
|
||||
|
||||
David is speaking about himself in the third person. This can be stated in the first person. Alternate translation: "me and my family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### May your name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents Yahweh's reputation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of me, David, your servant
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" represents family. Alternate translation: "my family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is established before you
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "is secure because of you" or "continues because of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant
|
||||
|
||||
David refers to himself as "your servant." This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: "me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that you will build him a house
|
||||
|
||||
Here the metonym "house" refers to David's ancestors continuing on as the rulers of Israel. In [1 Chronicles 17:4](../17/04.md) Yahweh tells David he would not be the one to build a house for Yahweh. There "house" represented a temple. If your language has a word that can express both ideas, use it here and in 17:4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I, your servant, have found courage
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "courage" can be expressed here as the verb "encouraged." Alternate translation: "I, your servant, am encouraged"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 17:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues to speak to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant's house
|
||||
|
||||
David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: "my house" or "my family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### it will be blessed forever
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will continue to bless it forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 18
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:1
|
||||
|
||||
### After this
|
||||
|
||||
"After God's promise to bless David"
|
||||
|
||||
### it came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:3
|
||||
|
||||
### David then defeated Hadadezer
|
||||
|
||||
Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: "David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hadadezer
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zobah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a country.
|
||||
|
||||
### was traveling to establish his rule by the Euphrates River
|
||||
|
||||
"was going to the Euphrates river to conquer people in that area"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:4
|
||||
|
||||
### a thousand chariots
|
||||
|
||||
"1,000 chariots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seven thousand horsemen
|
||||
|
||||
These are soldiers who rode on horses. "7,000 horsemen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty thousand footmen
|
||||
|
||||
These are soldiers who walked. "20,000 footmen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### hamstrung all the chariot horses
|
||||
|
||||
David had his soldiers cut the hamstring muscles on the backs of the horses' thighs so they would no longer be able to run.
|
||||
|
||||
### reserved
|
||||
|
||||
to keep for a special use
|
||||
|
||||
### a hundred chariots
|
||||
|
||||
"100 chariots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:5
|
||||
|
||||
### killed twenty-two thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"killed 22,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:6
|
||||
|
||||
### garrisons
|
||||
|
||||
groups of soldiers assigned to particular areas
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh gave victory to David
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh caused David to be victorious"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Hadadezer
|
||||
|
||||
This was the king of Zobah. See how you translated his name in [1 Chronicles 18:3](../18/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### that were on Hadadezer's servants
|
||||
|
||||
"that Hadadezar's servants carried"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Tebah ... Kun
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### very much bronze
|
||||
|
||||
"a large quantity of bronze"
|
||||
|
||||
### It was with this bronze that Solomon later made the bronze basin called "The Sea," the pillars, and the bronze equipment
|
||||
|
||||
The writer adds this background information to explain what would happen to this bronze at a later time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the bronze basin called "The Sea,"
|
||||
|
||||
This a large bronze bowl, about 5 meters across, that was kept in the temple for ceremonial washing.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Tou
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hamath ... Zobah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Tou ... Hadoram
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fought against
|
||||
|
||||
"been at war with"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:11
|
||||
|
||||
### set these objects apart to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"decided that these objects would only be used to worship Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
### he carried away from all the nations
|
||||
|
||||
"David took from all the nations that he defeated"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishai ... Zeruiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### eighteen thousand Edomites
|
||||
|
||||
"18,000 Edomites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Valley of Salt
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a valley between Edom and Judah that was used as a battlefield.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:14
|
||||
|
||||
### over all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"over all the Israelites"
|
||||
|
||||
### he administered justice and righteousness to all his people
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract nouns "justice" and "righteousness" can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "he did what was just and right for all his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Zeruiah ... Ahilud
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### recorder
|
||||
|
||||
the person who writes down details of special events
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahitub ... Abiathar ... Shavsha
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimelech
|
||||
|
||||
This spelling represents a correction of the spelling "Abimelech," which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 18:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Benaiah ... Jehoiada
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kerethites ... Pelethites
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of foreign people groups who became David's bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 19
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:1
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### Nahash
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Nahash ... Hanun
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will show kindness ... showed kindness
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "kindness" can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: "I will be kind ... was kind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### console
|
||||
|
||||
comfort
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you think that David is honoring your father because he has sent men to comfort you?
|
||||
|
||||
The princes asked this question to turn the king against David. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not think that David is honoring your father because he has sent men to comfort you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not his servants come to you to explore and examine the land in order to overthrow it?
|
||||
|
||||
The princes asked this question to turn the king against David. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely his servants come to you to explore the land in order to overthrow it." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:4
|
||||
|
||||
### So Hanun seized
|
||||
|
||||
Hanun did not do this personally, but ordered his men to do it. Alternate translation: "So Hanun's men seized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:5
|
||||
|
||||
### he sent to meet with them
|
||||
|
||||
"David sent some messengers to encourage them"
|
||||
|
||||
### deeply ashamed
|
||||
|
||||
In this idiom, shame is described as deep to show that it has greatly affected them. Alternate translation: "very ashamed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The king
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to David.
|
||||
|
||||
### then return
|
||||
|
||||
"then return to Jerusalem"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:6
|
||||
|
||||
### saw that they had become a stench to David
|
||||
|
||||
The word "stench" refers to a bad smell. This describes the Ammonites as something unpleasant and unwanted. Alternate translation: "realized that they had become repulsive to David" or "realized that they had angered David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a thousand talents
|
||||
|
||||
"1,000 talents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### talents
|
||||
|
||||
approximately 33 kilograms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Naharaim ... Maacah ... Zobah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:7
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-two thousand chariots
|
||||
|
||||
"32,000 talents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Maacah ... Medeba
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-two thousand chariots
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear if the Ammonites paid the entire thousand talents to the king of Maacah, or if they paid him only a portion of that amount and gave the rest to the other cities that sent additional chariots and horsemen.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:8
|
||||
|
||||
### heard of it
|
||||
|
||||
"heard that the Ammonites were coming out for war"
|
||||
|
||||
### to meet them
|
||||
|
||||
"to fight against them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:9
|
||||
|
||||
### at the city gate
|
||||
|
||||
this refers to the gate of the Ammonite capital city
|
||||
|
||||
### the kings who had come
|
||||
|
||||
this refers to the Aramean kings that the Ammonites hired to help them fight Israel
|
||||
|
||||
### by themselves in the field
|
||||
|
||||
in the field outside the city, separate from the Ammonites
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the battle lines
|
||||
|
||||
"the enemy soldiers lined up for battle"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:11
|
||||
|
||||
### put them into battle lines
|
||||
|
||||
"arranged his soldiers in lines for battle"
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishai
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of Joab's brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Be strong ... show ourselves to be strong
|
||||
|
||||
"Be brave ... behave bravely"
|
||||
|
||||
### for our people and for the cities of our God
|
||||
|
||||
"for the sake of our people and for the cities of our God" or "to protect our people and the cities of our God"
|
||||
|
||||
### what is good in his eyes
|
||||
|
||||
Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "what he considers to be good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:14
|
||||
|
||||
### advanced to the battle
|
||||
|
||||
"moved forward to the battle" or "approached the enemy soldiers in the battle"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Joab returned ... and went back to Jerusalem
|
||||
|
||||
It does not appear that Joab and his soldiers continued to attack the Ammonites in their city. When the Ammonites went into their city, the battle ended and the Israelites returned home.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Verses 16-19 describes a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
|
||||
### the Arameans saw
|
||||
|
||||
What the Arameans understood is spoken of as what they saw. Alternate translation: "the Arameans understood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sent for reinforcements
|
||||
|
||||
"requested more soliders"
|
||||
|
||||
### Shophak ... Hadadezer
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This verse continues to describe a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
|
||||
### When David was told this
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: When David's messengers told him that a larger Aramean army was coming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he gathered ... He arranged
|
||||
|
||||
David did not do these things alone. His official and officers helped him. Alternate translation: "David and his officials gathered ... David and his officers arranged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. Not every person in Israel came to fight. Alternate translation: "a very large number of Israelites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He arranged
|
||||
|
||||
"He organized"
|
||||
|
||||
### they fought him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "him" refers to David's soldiers, in addition to David. Alternate translation: "the Arameans fought David and his soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This verse continues to describe a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
|
||||
### killed seven thousand ... forty thousand
|
||||
|
||||
" killed 7,000 ... 40,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 19:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This verse finishes describing a second battle when the Arameans who fled from Joab in [1 Chronicles 19:15](../19/15.md) were reinforced by other Arameans and attacked Israel again.
|
||||
|
||||
### they were defeated by Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Israel had defeated them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they made peace with David and served them
|
||||
|
||||
They made the peace agreement with David as the king, and served the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 20
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:1
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### at the time when kings normally go to war
|
||||
|
||||
This is background information from the author. It was harder to fight wars in the cold winter, so kings normally waited for spring to attack their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### kings normally go to war ... Joab led the army into battle
|
||||
|
||||
Here "kings" is a metonym that means the kings sent their armies into battle. Joab was the commander of David's army. Alternate translation: "kings normally send their armies to war ... Joab led David's army into battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### devastated the land
|
||||
|
||||
"destroyed the land." This refers to when an army will ruin the land where their enemies grow food.
|
||||
|
||||
### He went and besieged Rabbah
|
||||
|
||||
"He" refers to the soldiers as well as Joab. Alternate translation: "Joab and his soldiers surrounded Rabbah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:2
|
||||
|
||||
### talent
|
||||
|
||||
about 33 kilograms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The crown was set on David's head
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) David put the crown on his own head or 2) David's men placed the crown on his head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he brought out
|
||||
|
||||
The word "he" refers to David, but also refers to David's soldiers who helped David do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### plunder
|
||||
|
||||
valuable items taken in war
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:3
|
||||
|
||||
### He brought out
|
||||
|
||||
The word "He" refers to David, but also refers to David's soldiers who helped David do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### forced them to work with saws and iron picks and axes
|
||||
|
||||
These terms describe difficult manual labor that the defeated people were forced to do.
|
||||
|
||||
### David required all the cities of the descendants of Ammon
|
||||
|
||||
The people are referred to by their city. Alternate translation: "David required the people of all the Ammonite cities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### David and all the people returned to Jerusalem
|
||||
|
||||
The phhrase "all the people" refers to David's army. Alternate translation: "David and his army returned to Jerusalem"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:4
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### there was a battle at Gezer with the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
"the Israelites battled the Philistines at Gezer"
|
||||
|
||||
### Gezer
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Sibbekai ... Sippai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hushathite ... Rephaim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Philistines were subdued
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they subdued the Philistines" or "they defeated the Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Gob
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Elhanan ... Jair ... Lahmi
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bethlehemite ... Gittite
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### staff
|
||||
|
||||
a long and thin pole.
|
||||
|
||||
### the staff of whose spear was like a weaver's beam
|
||||
|
||||
A weaver's beam was a very large piece of wood used to stretch strings as the threads of a rug are weaved together around them. This means the handle of Lahmi's spear was very large.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:6
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### Rephaim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name given to a race of people who were very tall and strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehonadab ... Shimea
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 20:8
|
||||
|
||||
### These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath
|
||||
|
||||
Here "these" refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
|
||||
|
||||
### they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers
|
||||
|
||||
David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 21
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:1
|
||||
|
||||
### An adversary arose against Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings of "adversary" are 1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or 2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### incited David to count Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"caused David to do wrong, to count Israel." If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:2
|
||||
|
||||
### count the people of Israel ... that I may know their number
|
||||
|
||||
It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
|
||||
|
||||
### from Beersheba to Dan
|
||||
|
||||
The Israelites considered these two cities their most southern and most northern cities. David uses these cities to refer to all of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:3
|
||||
|
||||
### a hundred times greater than it is
|
||||
|
||||
Joab expresses the desire for an army the size of 100 armies to say he would like the army to have more soldiers and be more powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### But my master the king, do they not all serve my master? Why does my master want this? Why bring guilt on Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
Joab uses these three rhetorical questions to tell David that the census was a bad idea. It appears that David was trusting the size of his army instead of trusting Yahweh, and thus making Israel guilty of sin. These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: But my master the king, they all serve you already. My master should not request this. You will only bring guilt on the people of Israel by trusting your military power." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Why does my master want this?
|
||||
|
||||
The word "this" refers to David's plan to count all the men of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:4
|
||||
|
||||
### the king's word was enforced against Joab
|
||||
|
||||
"the command of the king prevailed despite Joab's objections"
|
||||
|
||||
### So Joab left and went throughout all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
It is understood from David's command in [1 Chronicles 21:2](../21/02.md) that Joab went to count the people of Israel. It can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "So Joab left and went throughout all Israel to count the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:5
|
||||
|
||||
### 1,100,000 men
|
||||
|
||||
"one million, one hundred thousand men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### men who drew the sword
|
||||
|
||||
The soldiers in Israel are described by the action of pulling out a sword to fight with it. Alternate translation: "men who were prepared to serve as soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 470,000 soldiers
|
||||
|
||||
"four hundred seventy thousand soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:6
|
||||
|
||||
### But Levi and Benjamin were not counted among them
|
||||
|
||||
The Levites were supposed to lead worship and not to fight. It is unclear why Joab did not count Benjamin. This can be stated in active voice. Alternate translation: "But Joab did not count the men from the tribes of Levi and Benjamin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the king's command had disgusted Joab
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Joab was offended by what David had commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:7
|
||||
|
||||
### by this action
|
||||
|
||||
Here "this action" refers to David's plan to count all the men of Israel who are able to fight.
|
||||
|
||||
### so he attacked Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The nature of this attack is not clear. It was apparently enough to cause David to realize that Yahweh was angry with him for counting the people.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:8
|
||||
|
||||
### take away your servant's guilt
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Forgiveness is here spoken of as having guilt taken away. Alternate translation: "forgive me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant's guilt
|
||||
|
||||
David refers to himself as God's servant. Alternate translation: "my guilt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:12
|
||||
|
||||
### being caught by their swords
|
||||
|
||||
Here "their swords" represents death in battle. Alternate translation: "being killed by them in battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh's sword, that is, a plague in the land
|
||||
|
||||
Here the plague is spoken of as Yahweh's sword because the "sword" is a metonym for death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### destroying throughout all the land
|
||||
|
||||
"killing people who live in every part of the land"
|
||||
|
||||
### I should take to the one who sent me
|
||||
|
||||
The one who sent him was Yahweh. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "I should take to Yahweh who sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Let me fall into the hand of Yahweh rather than into the hand of man
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" represents power to harm or punish Israel. Alternate translation: "Let me be punished by Yahweh, rather than be punished by people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Let me fall
|
||||
|
||||
The people of Israel are the ones who would die from the plague, but David is personalizing this judgment as if he himself was being killed.
|
||||
|
||||
### hand of man
|
||||
|
||||
Here "man" is used in the generic sense of "people."
|
||||
|
||||
### his merciful actions are very great
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh is very merciful"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:14
|
||||
|
||||
### on Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here Israel is a metonym that represents the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seventy thousand people died
|
||||
|
||||
"70,000 people died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:15
|
||||
|
||||
### changed his mind about the harm
|
||||
|
||||
Here "mind" represents his decision. Alternate translation: "decided not to destroy Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Enough!
|
||||
|
||||
This exclamation means "You have killed enough people!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
|
||||
### draw back your hand
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "do not kill attack the people of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ornan
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:16
|
||||
|
||||
### standing between earth and heaven
|
||||
|
||||
This is symbolic language to indicate that the angel was sent from Yahweh in heaven to judge the people on the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
||||
### having a drawn sword in his hand raised over Jerusalem
|
||||
|
||||
The angel holding a sword in his hand is a symbolic action that shows he is ready to attack Jerusalem. This is symbolic, because the judgment was sickness. Alternate translation: "holding a sword in his hand as if ready to attack Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### clothed in sackcloth, lay facedown on the ground
|
||||
|
||||
These were symbols of repentance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Is it not I that commanded that the army be numbered?
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this question to emphasize that his is the one who sinned by counting the people. Alternate translation: "I am the one who commanded that the army be numbered." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### But these sheep
|
||||
|
||||
David speaks of the people of Israel as if they were sheep, who are known for trusting and following their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what have they done?
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this question to asks God not to punish the people. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "they certainly have done nothing that deserves punishment." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Let your hand strike me and my family
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" represents Yahweh's power to punish. Alternate translation: "Punish me and my family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:18
|
||||
|
||||
### David should go up
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to elevation. This threshing floor which became the future site of the temple was the highest point in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ornan
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 21:15](../21/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:19
|
||||
|
||||
### David went up
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to elevation. This threshing floor which became the future site of the temple was the highest point in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### as Gad instructed him to do in the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Speaking "in the name of Yahweh" means speaking with his power and authority, or as his representative. Alternate translation: "as Gad, speaking for Yahweh, instructed David to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:20
|
||||
|
||||
### hid themselves
|
||||
|
||||
They were afraid of the angel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "hid themselves because they were afraid of the angel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:21
|
||||
|
||||
### with his face to the ground
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase describes that Ornan bowed far forward. To bow before someone is a way to show humility and respect. A deeper bow shows greater humility and respect. Alternate translation: "bowed very low to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:22
|
||||
|
||||
### full price
|
||||
|
||||
"I will pay the full price for what this threshing floor is worth"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Take it as your own
|
||||
|
||||
This implies that David should take the land without paying for it. Alternate translation: "Take it as a gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what is good in your sight
|
||||
|
||||
David's understanding is described as his sight. Alternate translation: "whatever you decide to do with it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### threshing sledges
|
||||
|
||||
These are wooden sleds with rocks or metal fitted underneath, dragged by oxen over the grain on the threshing floor to separate the grain from its stalks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:24
|
||||
|
||||
### full price
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 21:22](../21/22.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:25
|
||||
|
||||
### six hundred shekels of gold
|
||||
|
||||
"600 shekels of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### shekels
|
||||
|
||||
a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the place
|
||||
|
||||
"to buy the threshing floor"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:26
|
||||
|
||||
### He called on Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"He prayed for help to Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
### who answered him with fire from heaven on the altar for burnt offerings
|
||||
|
||||
"who answered him by sending fire from heaven to the alter where David would offer the burnt offerings"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:27
|
||||
|
||||
### the angel put his sword back into its sheath
|
||||
|
||||
The angel putting his sword back in the sheath is a symbolic action to show that he would not continue to kill the people. Alternate translation: the angel put his sword in its sheath to show that he would stop killing the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sheath
|
||||
|
||||
cover for a sword or knife
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Ornan
|
||||
|
||||
Translate his name as in [1 Chronicles 21:15](../21/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Now at that time
|
||||
|
||||
Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 21:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to ask for God's direction
|
||||
|
||||
"to ask God to tell him what he should do"
|
||||
|
||||
### afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "sword" represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 22
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:1
|
||||
|
||||
### This is where
|
||||
|
||||
"This threshing floor is where"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:2
|
||||
|
||||
### stonecutters
|
||||
|
||||
persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:3
|
||||
|
||||
### braces
|
||||
|
||||
items that connect two things together. "clamps" or "hinges"
|
||||
|
||||
### more bronze than could be weighed
|
||||
|
||||
This is an exaggeration to show that there was a very large quantity of bronze. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so much bronze that no one could weigh it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:4
|
||||
|
||||
### more cedar trees than could be counted
|
||||
|
||||
This is an exaggeration to show that there was a very large number of cedar trees. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so many cedar trees that no one could count them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The Sidonians and the Tyrians brought too many cedar logs to David to count
|
||||
|
||||
This is background information to explain who provided so many logs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:5
|
||||
|
||||
### the house that is to be built for Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the house that he will build for Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so that it will be famous and glorious in all other lands
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "lands" refers to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: "so that people in every other land will know about it and think that it is glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### prepare for its building
|
||||
|
||||
"prepare to build it"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:6
|
||||
|
||||
### he called
|
||||
|
||||
"David called"
|
||||
|
||||
### commanded him to build
|
||||
|
||||
The readers should understand that David intended for laborers to do the actual work. Alternate translation: "commanded him to oversee the building of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:7
|
||||
|
||||
### it was my intention to build a house myself
|
||||
|
||||
The readers should understand that David intended for laborers to do the actual work. Alternate translation: "it was my intention to oversee the building of the house myself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### it was my intention
|
||||
|
||||
"I intended"
|
||||
|
||||
### to build a house myself
|
||||
|
||||
The reflexive "myself" means that David originally planned to build the temple. Alternate translation: "that I would be the one to build the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the name of Yahweh my God
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents God's honor. Alternate translation: "in order to honor Yahweh my God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:8
|
||||
|
||||
### shed much blood
|
||||
|
||||
Here the killing of people is spoken of as shedding their blood, where "blood" represents their lives. Alternate translation: "killed many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for my name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents God's honor. Alternate translation: "to honor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you have shed ... in my sight
|
||||
|
||||
Here "sight" refers to what God has seen. Alternate translation: "I have seen that you have shed much blood on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues telling Solomon what Yahweh said to him.
|
||||
|
||||
### be a peaceful man
|
||||
|
||||
"live at peace with everyone"
|
||||
|
||||
### give him rest from all his enemies
|
||||
|
||||
"cause there to be peace between him and all his enemies"
|
||||
|
||||
### on every side
|
||||
|
||||
This means in every place surrounding Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### For his name will be Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
The name "Solomon" sounds like the Hebrew word for "peace." This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "His name will be Solomon, which sounds like the word for peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his days
|
||||
|
||||
"while he rules"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David finishes telling Solomon what Yahweh said to him.
|
||||
|
||||
### a house for my name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" refers to honor. Alternate translation: "a temple to honor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He will be my son, and I will be his father
|
||||
|
||||
God will treat Solomon as if he were God's own son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will establish the throne of his kingdom over Israel forever
|
||||
|
||||
Here "throne" refers to the authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: "I will make his descendants rule over Israel forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this word to introduce something important he is about to say.
|
||||
|
||||
### May you build
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would not personally do the building, but he would direct others to do it. Alternate translation: "May you direct people to build" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### when he places you in charge over Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"when he makes you king of Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### Be strong and courageous ... Do not fear or be discouraged
|
||||
|
||||
These two sentences mean the same thing, stated in different ways in order to emphasize that Solomon should not be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now, see, at great
|
||||
|
||||
The words "Now, see" introduce something important David is about to say. Alternate translation: "Listen! At great"
|
||||
|
||||
### at great effort I have prepared
|
||||
|
||||
"I have worked hard to prepare"
|
||||
|
||||
### 100,000 talents
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred thousand talents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### talents
|
||||
|
||||
about 33 kilograms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
||||
### one million
|
||||
|
||||
"1,000,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You must add more to all this
|
||||
|
||||
"You will need to increase that amount"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### stonecutters, masons
|
||||
|
||||
These are both workers who cut stone and prepare it for builders to use in walls and buildings.
|
||||
|
||||
### carpenters
|
||||
|
||||
persons who work with wood
|
||||
|
||||
### skillful craftsmen without number of every kind
|
||||
|
||||
Here "without number" is an exaggeration to emphasize that there were a large number of them. Alternate translation: "a very large number of every kind of skillful craftsmen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David finishes speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### may Yahweh be with you
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that implies that Yahweh will help Solomon be successful in the project. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh your God is with you
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that implies that Yahweh will help Israel to prosper. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your ... you
|
||||
|
||||
Here these pronouns are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has given you peace on every side
|
||||
|
||||
"has caused all the nations who live around Israel to live peacefully with you"
|
||||
|
||||
### He has given the region's inhabitants into my hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" refers to power to defeat his enemies. Alternate translation: "He has given me power over everyone who lives around us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The region is subdued before Yahweh and his people
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. "The other nations no longer attack Yahweh and his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 22:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to all the leaders of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This word introduces something important that David is about to say.
|
||||
|
||||
### seek Yahweh your God
|
||||
|
||||
Seeking Yahweh represents either 1) asking God for help or 2) thinking about God and obeying him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your ... you
|
||||
|
||||
Here these pronouns are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### with all your heart and your soul
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" and "soul" refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: "with your whole being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Get up and build the holy place
|
||||
|
||||
It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: "Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house built for Yahweh's name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" refers to honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the temple you will build to honor Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 23
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:3
|
||||
|
||||
### The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of David's men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### They numbered thirty-eight thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"There were 38,000 of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Of these, twenty-four thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"Of these Levities, 24,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### six thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"6,000 Levites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### officers and judges
|
||||
|
||||
These Levites listened to legal arguments and administered justice according to the law of Moses.
|
||||
|
||||
### four thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"4,000 Levites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:5
|
||||
|
||||
### gatekeepers
|
||||
|
||||
These Levites guarded the temple entrance so no person who was ceremonially unclean entered.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:6
|
||||
|
||||
### that corresponded to
|
||||
|
||||
"based on" or "according to the descendants of"
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershon, Kohath, and Merari
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of Levi's sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This is the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the oldest ... the second
|
||||
|
||||
The word "son" is understood. Also, "second" is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: "the oldest son ... the second son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so they were considered as one clan
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so David considered them to be one clan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### There were four of Kohath's sons
|
||||
|
||||
"Kohath had 4 sons"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Aaron was chosen to set apart the most holy things
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh chose Aaron to dedicate the most holy things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to give blessings in his name forever
|
||||
|
||||
Here "in his name" refers to the authority to speak as his representative. Alternate translation: "to bless the people as representatives of God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:14
|
||||
|
||||
### his descendants were counted with the tribe of Levi
|
||||
|
||||
The sons of Aaron were the most important Levite clan, but the sons of Moses were also considered to be Levites. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people considered Moses's sons to be part of the Levite clan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the oldest ... the second ... the third ... the fourth
|
||||
|
||||
The word "son" is understood. Also, these numbers are in ordinal form. Alternate translation: "the oldest son ... the second son ... the third son ... the fourth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the oldest ... the second
|
||||
|
||||
The word "son" is understood. Also, "second" is in ordinal form. Alternate translation: "the oldest son ... the second son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of Levites according to their clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:24
|
||||
|
||||
### These were Levi's descendants corresponding to their clans. They were the leaders, counted and listed by name, of the clans
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "These were the names of Levi's descendants and their families, whom David's men counted and listed. They were the leaders of the clans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from twenty years old and upward
|
||||
|
||||
"from 20 years old and older" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:25
|
||||
|
||||
### has given rest
|
||||
|
||||
Here "rest" refers to peace with surrounding nations. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Chronicles 22:9](../22/09.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### He makes his home in Jerusalem forever
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Yahweh will be present in Jerusalem forever or 2) Yahweh's temple will be present in Jerusalem forever.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:26
|
||||
|
||||
### all the equipment used in its service
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the equipment they used in its service"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:27
|
||||
|
||||
### For by David's last words the Levites were counted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David's last command was for his men to count the Levites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from twenty years old and upward
|
||||
|
||||
"who were 20 years old and older." See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:29
|
||||
|
||||
### bread of the presence
|
||||
|
||||
See the Translation Word page about "bread" for the specific definition of "bread of the presence." See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 9:32](../09/32.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### flour
|
||||
|
||||
grain that is ground into a powder
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:30
|
||||
|
||||
### They also stood
|
||||
|
||||
"The Levites also stood at the temple"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:31
|
||||
|
||||
### whenever burnt offerings were offered to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whenever the priests offered burnt offerings to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### new moon festivals
|
||||
|
||||
These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
|
||||
|
||||
### A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 23:32
|
||||
|
||||
### They were in charge of
|
||||
|
||||
"The Levites were responsible for"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 24
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
|
||||
|
||||
### Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimelech
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### divided them into groups
|
||||
|
||||
"divided the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar into groups"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:4
|
||||
|
||||
### they divided
|
||||
|
||||
"David, Zadok, and Ahimelech divided"
|
||||
|
||||
### sixteen groups
|
||||
|
||||
"16 groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### heads of clans
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heads" is a metaphor for the more important people—the leaders of the clans. Alternate translation: "leaders of the clans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### These divisions were eight in number, corresponding to their clans
|
||||
|
||||
"There were 8 divisions based on the clans of Ithamar's descendants"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:5
|
||||
|
||||
### They divided them impartially by lot
|
||||
|
||||
"They divided them by lot so that the divisions would be fair"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Shemaiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Nethanel
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 15:24](../15/24.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimelech
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### One clan was drawn by lot from Eleazar's descendants, and then the next would be drawn from Ithamar's descendants
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They chose one by lot from Eleazar's descendants, then they would choose by lot one from Ithamar's descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests. This list ends in [1 Chronicles 24:18](../24/18.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### The first lot ... the second
|
||||
|
||||
"Lot number 1 ... lot number 2." This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use "The initial" for "The first" and "the next" for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehoiarib ... Jedaiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the names of these men in [1 Chronicles 9:10](../09/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the second
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the second lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the second lot" or "lot number 2" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the third ... the fourth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the third and fourth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the third lot ... the fourth lot" or "lot number 3 ... lot number 4" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Harim ... Seorim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the fifth ... the sixth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fifth and sixth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fifth lot ... the sixth lot" or "lot number 5 ... lot number 6" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Malkijah ... Mijamin
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the seventh ... the eighth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the seventh and eighth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the seventh lot ... the eighth lot" or "lot number 7 ... lot number 8" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hakkoz ... Abijah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the ninth ... the tenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the ninth and tenth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the ninth lot ... the tenth lot" or "lot number 9 ... lot number 10" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeshua ... Shecaniah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the eleventh ... the twelfth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the eleventh and twelfth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the eleventh lot ... the twelfth lot" or "lot number 11 ... lot number 12" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliashib ... Jakim
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the thirteenth ... the fourteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the thirteenth and fourteenth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the thirteenth lot ... the fourteenth lot" or "lot number 13 ... lot number 14" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Huppah ... Jeshebeab
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the fifteenth ... the sixteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fifteenth and sixteenth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fifteenth lot ... the sixteenth lot" or "lot number 15 ... lot number 16" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bilgah ... Immer
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the seventeenth ... the eighteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the seventeenth and eighteenth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the seventeenth lot ... the eighteenth lot" or "lot number 17 ... lot number 18" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hezir ... Happizzez
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the nineteenth ... the twentieth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the nineteenth and twentieth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the nineteenth lot ... the twentieth lot" or "lot number 19 ... lot number 20" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Pethahiah ... Jehezkel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twenty-first ... the twenty-second
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twenty-first and twenty-second lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twenty-first lot ... the twenty-second lot" or "lot number 21 ... lot number 22" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jakin ... Gamul
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list begun in [1 Chronicles 24:7](../24/07.md) of 24 lots that were cast to decide how the descendants of Eleazar and Ithamar would be divided into groups for their work as priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twenty-third ... the twenty-fourth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twenty-third and twenty-fourth lots. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twenty-third lot ... the twenty-fourth lot" or "lot number 23 ... lot number 24" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Delaiah ... Maaziah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:19
|
||||
|
||||
### following the procedure given to them by Aaron their ancestor
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "following the rules that Aaron their ancestor gave them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the list of names of the other sons of Levi. This list will end in [1 Chronicles 24:30](../24/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Amram
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Shubael
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 23:16](../23/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Hebron ... Jeriah ... Amariah ... Jahaziel ... Jekameam
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:19](../23/19.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### the second ... the third ... the fourth
|
||||
|
||||
"the second son ... the third son ... the fourth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Uzziel ... Micah
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:20](../23/20.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Shamir
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Ishijah
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:20](../23/20.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Zechariah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari ... Mahli ... Mushi
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Jaaziah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from the son of Jaaziah: Beno
|
||||
|
||||
It seems Jaaziah is another son of Merari. And, Beno is the son of Jaaziah. Beno is mentioned in both verses 26 and 27 because he is a leader in his family. However, some Bibles translate "Beno" as "his son" rather than as a proper name. Those Bibles read like this: "and from his sons, Jaaziah, his son."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Jaaziah ... Shoham ... Zaccur ... Ibri
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from Jaaziah: Beno, Shoham
|
||||
|
||||
It seems Jaaziah is another son of Merari. And, Beno is the son of Jaaziah. Beno is mentioned in both verses 26 and 27 because he is a leader in his family. However, some Bibles translate "Beno" as "his son" rather than as a proper name. Those Bibles read like this: "from Jaaziah, his son: Shoham."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Mahli ... Eleazar
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:29
|
||||
|
||||
### From Kish: The son of Kish
|
||||
|
||||
This is written in the text as a title, but could be stated in a more complete form. Alternate translation: "These are the sons who were descended from Kish"
|
||||
|
||||
### Kish
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Jerahmeel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Mushi
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Mahli ... Eder ... Jerimoth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 24:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimelech
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 25
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:1
|
||||
|
||||
### this service
|
||||
|
||||
"the work done at the tabernacle"
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Heman ... Jeduthun
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of leaders of the tabernacle service.
|
||||
|
||||
### Zaccur ... Joseph ... Nethaniah ... Asharelah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the sons of Asaph, under the direction of Asaph, who prophesied under the king's supervision
|
||||
|
||||
"these were the sons of Asaph, whom he supervised. Asaph prophesied under the king's supervision"
|
||||
|
||||
### under the direction of
|
||||
|
||||
"under the supervision of"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of leaders of the tabernacle service that was started in [1 Chronicles 25:2](../25/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Gedaliah ... Zeri ... Jeshaiah ... Shimei ... Hashabiah ... Mattithiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of leaders of the tabernacle service that was started in [1 Chronicles 25:2](../25/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Heman
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bukkiah ... Mattaniah ... Uzziel ... Shubael ... Jerimoth ... Hananiah ... Hanani ... Eliathah ... Giddalti ... Romamti-Ezer ... Joshbekashah ... Mallothi ... Hothir ... Mahazioth
|
||||
|
||||
These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:5
|
||||
|
||||
### fourteen sons and three daughters
|
||||
|
||||
"14 sons and 3 daughters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to lift up his horn
|
||||
|
||||
An animal horn is a symbol of strength or authority. To lift up someone's horn is a metaphor for honoring him. Alternate translation: "to honor Heman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:6
|
||||
|
||||
### were under the direction of their fathers
|
||||
|
||||
"were supervised by their fathers"
|
||||
|
||||
### cymbals
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeduthun ... Heman
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:7
|
||||
|
||||
### numbered 288
|
||||
|
||||
"were two hundred and eighty-eight men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:8
|
||||
|
||||
### all alike, the same for the young as well as the old, the teacher as well as the student
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to all of the men by describing the extremes. Alternate translation: "all of them, including the young men and the old men, the teachers and the students" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the list of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve. This list ends in [1 Chronicles 25:31](../25/31.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### The first lot ... the second
|
||||
|
||||
"Lot number 1 ... lot number 2." This shows the order in which the families were chosen by lots. If this is unnatural in your language you may use "The initial" for "The first" and "the next" for all of the following ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The first lot fell to Joseph's family
|
||||
|
||||
For all of the other people in the list, the text specifies that there were "twelve persons in number." Since this was likely true for Joseph's family also, you may want to state it clearly. Alternate translation: "The first lot fell to Joseph's family, twelve persons in number" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the second
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the second lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the second lot" or "lot number 2" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gedaliah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the third
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the third lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the third lot" or "lot number 3" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zaccur
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:2](../25/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the fourth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fourth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fourth lot" or "lot number 4" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Izri
|
||||
|
||||
This name of this man is spelled Zeri in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the fifth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fifth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fifth lot" or "lot number 5" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Nethaniah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:2](../25/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the sixth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the sixth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the sixth lot" or "lot number 6" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bukkiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the seventh
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the seventh lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the seventh lot" or "lot number 7" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jesarelah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the eighth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the eighth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the eighth lot" or "lot number 8" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeshaiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the ninth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the ninth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the ninth lot" or "lot number 9" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mattaniah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the tenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the tenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the tenth lot" or "lot number 10" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimei
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the eleventh
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the eleventh lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the eleventh lot" or "lot number 11" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Azarel
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twelfth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twelfth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twelfth lot" or "lot number 12" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hashabiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the thirteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the thirteenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the thirteenth lot" or "lot number 13" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shubael
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the fourteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fourteenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fourteenth lot" or "lot number 14" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mattithiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 25:3](../25/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the fifteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fifteenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fifteenth lot" or "lot number 15" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jerimoth
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the sixteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the sixteenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the sixteenth lot" or "lot number 16" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hananiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the seventeenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the seventeenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the seventeenth lot" or "lot number 17" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Joshbekashah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the eighteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the eighteenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the eighteenth lot" or "lot number 18" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hanani
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the nineteenth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the nineteenth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the nineteenth lot" or "lot number 19" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mallothi
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twentieth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twentieth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twentieth lot" or "lot number 20" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliathah
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twenty-first
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twenty-first lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twenty-first lot" or "lot number 21" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hothir
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twenty-second
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twenty-second lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twenty-second lot" or "lot number 2" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Giddalti
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twenty-third
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twenty-third lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twenty-third lot" or "lot number 23" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Mahazioth
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 25:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list begun in [1 Chronicles 25:9](../25/09.md) of 24 lots that were cast to choose the order in which families would serve.
|
||||
|
||||
### the twenty-fourth
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word "lot" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the twenty-fourth lot" or "lot number 24" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Romamti-Ezer
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve persons in number
|
||||
|
||||
"12 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,432 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 26
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
|
||||
|
||||
### divisions
|
||||
|
||||
groups
|
||||
|
||||
### Korahites
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Meshelemiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 9:21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kore
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Asaph
|
||||
|
||||
This is an alternative spelling to "Ebiasaph" in [1 Chronicles 9:19](../09/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Meshelemiah ... Zechariah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the names of these men in [1 Chronicles 9:21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jediael ... Zebadiah ... Jathniel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the second ... the third ... the fourth
|
||||
|
||||
This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say "the next" for each son. The word "son" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the second son ... the third son ... the fourth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Elam ... Jehohanan ... Eliehoenai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the fifth ... the sixth ... the seventh
|
||||
|
||||
This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say "the next" for each son. The word "son" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the fifth son ... the sixth son ... the seventh son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed Edom
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 16:38](../16/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shemaiah ... Jehozabad ... Joah ... Sakar ... Nethanel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the second ... the third ... the fourth ... the fifth
|
||||
|
||||
This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say "the next" for each son. The word "son" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the second son ... the third son ... the fourth son ... the fifth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Ammiel ... Issachar ... Peullethai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the sixth ... the seventh ... the eighth
|
||||
|
||||
This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say "the next" for each son. The word "son" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the sixth son ... the seventh son ... the eighth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:6
|
||||
|
||||
### who ruled over their families
|
||||
|
||||
"who were leaders in their father's family." This means that they were leaders among their clan.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Shemaiah
|
||||
|
||||
Translate this name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 26:4](../26/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Othni ... Rephael ... Obed ... Elzabad ... Elihu ... Semakiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### His relatives
|
||||
|
||||
"Shemaiah's relatives" or "Shemaiah's family members"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed Edom
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 26:4](../26/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sixty-two of them
|
||||
|
||||
"62 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Meshelemiah
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### eighteen in all
|
||||
|
||||
"18 total" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Hosah ... Merari ... Shimri
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of gatekeepers that started in [1 Chronicles 26:1](../26/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Hilkiah ... Tabaliah ... Zechariah ... Hosah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the second ... the third ... the fourth
|
||||
|
||||
This shows the order in which the sons were born. If it is more natural in your language, you may say "the next" for each son. The word "son" may be supplied here. Alternate translation: "the second son ... the third son ... the fourth son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### All of Hosah's sons and kinsmen were thirteen in number
|
||||
|
||||
"There were 13 of Hosah's sons and kinsmen." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:12
|
||||
|
||||
### divisions
|
||||
|
||||
groups
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:13
|
||||
|
||||
### threw lots
|
||||
|
||||
"cast lots"
|
||||
|
||||
### both young and old
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to all of the men by describing the extremes. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Chronicles 25:8](../25/08.md). Alternate translation: "all of them, including the young men and the old men" or "men of all ages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:14
|
||||
|
||||
### When the lot was cast
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When they cast the lot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zechariah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 26:2](../26/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a prudent advisor
|
||||
|
||||
This is a person who shows good judgment in making decisions.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:15
|
||||
|
||||
### To Obed Edom was assigned the south gate, and his sons were assigned the storehouses
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Obed Edom was responsible for guarding the south gate, and his sons guarded the storehouses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Obed Edom
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 26:4](../26/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Shuppim and Hosah were assigned
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Shuppim and Hosah were responsible for guarding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shuppim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hosah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 26:10](../26/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shalleketh
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of the gate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Watches were established for each family.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Each family was responsible for a watch" or "Each family has a set period of time that it was responsible for guarding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:17
|
||||
|
||||
### six Levites
|
||||
|
||||
"6 Levites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the east ... the north ... the south
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases refer to the gates. Alternate translation: "the east gate ... the north gate ... the south gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four a day
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the number of men on guard duty. Alternate translation: "four men each day" or "four Levites each day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two pairs
|
||||
|
||||
"2 pairs of men" or "2 sets of 2 men each" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:18
|
||||
|
||||
### At the pillar to the west there were four stationed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Four Levites guarded the pillar to the west" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four stationed at the road and two at the pillar
|
||||
|
||||
The numbers "four" and "two" refer to guards. Alternate translation: "four Levites stationed at the road and two Levites stationed at the pillar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two at the pillar
|
||||
|
||||
"two Levites guarded the pillar"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Merari
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 26:10](../26/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Ladan ... Gershon
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:7](../23/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### descendants of the Gershonites through Ladan, who were heads of families belonging to Ladan the Gershonite
|
||||
|
||||
Ladan's descendants were also descendants of Ladan's ancestor Gershon, so the information about them being Gershon's descendants can be left implicit if including it would result in wrong meaning. Alternate translation: "who were leaders of the families of Ladan the Gershonite" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershonite
|
||||
|
||||
A descendant of Gershon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehieli
|
||||
This is the name of a man. This is the same person as in [1 Chronicles 23:8](../23/08.md), but there his name is spelled "Jehiel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the sons of Jehieli: Zetham and Joel his brother
|
||||
|
||||
Zetham and Joel were Jehieli's sons.
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehieli
|
||||
This is the name of a man. This is the same person as in [1 Chronicles 23:8](../23/08.md), but there his name is spelled "Jehiel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zetham ... Joel
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:8](../23/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### They were in charge
|
||||
The word "They" refers to Jehieli, Zetham, and Joel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Amram ... Izhar ... Hebron ... Uzziel
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Shubael
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:16](../23/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershom
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:15](../23/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliezer
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:15](../23/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### His relatives from the clan of Eliezer
|
||||
|
||||
These were his relatives who did this work with him. Alternate translation: "His relatives who did the work with him from the clan of Eliezer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Rehabiah
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:17](../23/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeshaiah ... Joram ... Zichri ... Shelomith
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:26
|
||||
|
||||
### were over
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "were in charge of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### commanders over thousands and hundreds
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders over 1,000 soldiers and the commanders over 100 soldiers" or 2) the words translated as "thousands" and "hundreds" do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: "the commanders over large military divisions and the commanders over smaller military divisions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:27
|
||||
|
||||
### plunder
|
||||
|
||||
things an army takes from its enemies after a victory
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:28
|
||||
|
||||
### everything that was set apart to Yahweh by Samuel the prophet ... Joab son of Zeruiah
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everything that Samuel the prophet ... Joab son of Zeruiah set apart to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kish ... Ner ... Zeruiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Everything that was set apart
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Everything that the leaders set apart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Izhar
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### civil affairs of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"daily business of the people of Israel." This refers to the regular business of the people of Israel, not connected to the military or to the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### Kenaniah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Hebron
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hashabiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 1,700 capable men
|
||||
|
||||
"one thousand seven hundred capable men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh's work and the king's work
|
||||
|
||||
"work done for Yahweh and the king."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Hebron
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 23:12](../23/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeriah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 23:19](../23/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### counted from the lists
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "their names were on the lists" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### In the fortieth year of the reign of David
|
||||
|
||||
"When David had been king for 40 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### men of ability
|
||||
|
||||
"capable men"
|
||||
|
||||
### Jazer
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 26:32
|
||||
|
||||
### 2,700 relatives
|
||||
|
||||
"two thousand seven hundred family members" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,484 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 27
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:1
|
||||
|
||||
### This is the list
|
||||
|
||||
"These are the names"
|
||||
|
||||
### commanders of thousands and hundreds
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the words translated as "thousands" and "hundreds" do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: "the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions" See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in various ways
|
||||
|
||||
"in different ways" or "in many ways"
|
||||
|
||||
### Each military division served month by month throughout the year
|
||||
|
||||
This means that each division took turns serving periods of a month at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
### Each military division
|
||||
|
||||
"Each group"
|
||||
|
||||
### throughout the year
|
||||
|
||||
"all year long"
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Over the division
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "In charge of the division" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### first month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 1." This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jashobeam ... Zabdiel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Perez
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Over the division
|
||||
|
||||
"In charge of the division"
|
||||
|
||||
### the second month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 2." This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Dodai ... Mikloth
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahoah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 8:4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### In his division
|
||||
|
||||
"In his group of soldiers"
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:5
|
||||
|
||||
### the third month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 3." This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of May and the first part of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehoiada
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 11:22](../11/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Ammizabad
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the thirty
|
||||
|
||||
"the 30." This refers to "David's 30 mightiest soldiers." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### over the thirty
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "in charge of the 30 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:7
|
||||
|
||||
### The commander for the fourth month was Asahel brother of Joab
|
||||
|
||||
"Asahel, brother of Joab, was the commander for the fourth month"
|
||||
|
||||
### the fourth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 4." This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of June and the first part of July on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Asahel ... Zebadiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his division
|
||||
|
||||
"his military group"
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Shamhuth ... Izrah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the fifth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 5." This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:9
|
||||
|
||||
### the sixth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 6." This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of August and the first part of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ira ... Ikkesh
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Tekoa
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:10
|
||||
|
||||
### The commander for the seventh month was Helez the Pelonite, from the people of Ephraim
|
||||
|
||||
"Helez, the Pelonite, from the people of Ephraim, was the commander for the seventh month"
|
||||
|
||||
### the seventh month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 7." This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Helez the Pelonite
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man and the name of his clan in [1 Chronicles 11:27](../11/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:11
|
||||
|
||||
### the eighth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 8." This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Sibbekai the Hushathite
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man and the name of his clan in [1 Chronicles 11:29](../11/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zerah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this man's name in [1 Chronicles 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:12
|
||||
|
||||
### the ninth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 9." This is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part November and the first part December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Abiezer the Anathothite
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man and the name of his clan [1 Chronicles 11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:13
|
||||
|
||||
### the tenth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 10." This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of December and the first part of January on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Maharai
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 11:30](../11/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Netophah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zerah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:14
|
||||
|
||||
### the eleventh month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 11." This is the eleventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of January and the first part of February on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Pirathon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:15
|
||||
|
||||
### the twelfth month
|
||||
|
||||
"month 12." This is the twelfth and last month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of February and the first part of March on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Heldai ... Othniel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Netophah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
### twenty-four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"24,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliezer ... Zichri ... Shephatiah ... Maacah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Hashabiah ... Kemuel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zadok
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the hame of this man in [1 Chronicles 6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Omri
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Elihu
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 12:20](../12/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Michael
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated the name of this man in [1 Chronicles 7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Ishmaiah ... Obadiah ... Jerimoth ... Azriel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Hoshea ... Azaziah ... Joel ... Pedaiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Iddo ... Zechariah ... Jaasiel ... Abner
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Azarel ... Jeroham
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:23
|
||||
|
||||
### those twenty years old or younger
|
||||
|
||||
"people 20 years old or younger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to increase Israel like the stars of heaven
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of the number of people in Israel increasing as if they would become as numerous as the stars. Alternate translation: "to increase the number of people in Israel to be as many as the stars in the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### increase Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: "increase the population of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Zeruiah
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this woman's name in [1 Chronicles 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Wrath fell on Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of God punishing the people as if his "wrath" were something that fell upon them. Alternate translation: "God punished the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### This number was not written down
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one wrote this number down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Azmaveth ... Adiel ... Jonathan ... Uzziah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in charge of
|
||||
|
||||
"responsible for guarding"
|
||||
|
||||
### was over
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "was in charge of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fortified towers
|
||||
|
||||
"strong towers"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Ezri ... Kelub
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### plowed the land
|
||||
|
||||
This means to dig into or break up the dirt before planting.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Zabdi
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ramathite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a person from the city of Ramah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shiphmite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a person from the city of Shepham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### wine cellars
|
||||
|
||||
These are the parts of a building that are below the ground and used to store wine.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Over the
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "In charge of the" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sycamore
|
||||
|
||||
This is a type of tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Baal-Hanan
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Geder
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Sharon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shitrai ... Shaphat ... Adlai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that were pastured
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that ate grass in the fields" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Over the
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "In charge of the" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Obil ... Jehdeiah ... Jaziz
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ishmaelite
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this clan as you did in [1 Chronicles 2:17](../02/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hagrite
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this people group as you did in [1 Chronicles 5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Meronoth
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Jaziz
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hagrite
|
||||
|
||||
Translate the name of this people group as you did in [1 Chronicles 5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### All these officials
|
||||
|
||||
"All of these men"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan ... Jehiel ... Hakmoni
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahithophel ... Hushai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Arkite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 27:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahithophel ... Jehoiada
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 28
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:1
|
||||
|
||||
### assembled
|
||||
|
||||
called together
|
||||
|
||||
### scheduled work
|
||||
|
||||
Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month.
|
||||
|
||||
### the commanders of thousands and of hundreds
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the words translated as "thousands" and "hundreds" do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: "the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions" See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the managers over
|
||||
|
||||
The word "over" is used here as an idiom. Alternate translation: "the managers in charge of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### property and possessions
|
||||
|
||||
These two words share similar meanings and refer to all of the items and lands that the king owned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:2
|
||||
|
||||
### rose to his feet
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "stood up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my brothers and my people
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that David and the people of Israel are family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of the covenant of Yahweh; a footstool for our God
|
||||
|
||||
The second phrase defines the first phrase. The "ark of the covenant" is spoke of as Yahweh's footstool to picture God on his throne, with his feet resting on his footstool, which represents all that is in submission to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### a temple for my name
|
||||
|
||||
Here God refers to himself by his "name." Alternate translation: "a temple for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a man of war and have shed blood
|
||||
|
||||
"a man accustomed to war and have shed blood." Both descriptions emphasize the same thing, namely that David had killed people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### have shed blood
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to killing people. Alternate translation: "have killed people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### chose me ... to be king over Israel forever
|
||||
|
||||
One possible meaning is that here David is a metonym for David and his descendants who will rule Israel forever. Alternate translation: "chose me and my descendants ... to be kings over Israel forever" Another is that David will continue to be the king of Israel after he is resurrected from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"the whole land of Israel" or "all the Israelites"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### to sit on the throne of
|
||||
|
||||
Here "to sit on the throne" means to rule as king. Alternate translation: "to rule over" or "to be the king of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the kingdom of Yahweh, over Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"Israel, which is Yahweh's kingdom"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### He said to me
|
||||
|
||||
"God said to me"
|
||||
|
||||
### my house
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" refers to the temple of Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### I have chosen him to be my son, and I will be his father
|
||||
|
||||
This does not mean that Solomon becomes an actual son of God, but it describes the personal relationship that he and God will have. Alternate translation: "I have chosen to treat him like a son, and I will be like a father to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### my commandments and decrees
|
||||
|
||||
These two words basically mean the same thing and refer to everything that Yahweh had commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as you are this day
|
||||
|
||||
The word "you" here refers to David. Also, the understood word "committed" may be supplied. Alternate translation: "as you are committed this day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David finishes speaking to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now then, in the sight of all Israel ... all of you must
|
||||
|
||||
Here David is giving a command to all of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "Now then, in the sight of all Israel, this assembly for Yahweh, and in the presence of our God, I command all of you to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Now then
|
||||
|
||||
This indicates that David starts a new phase in his speech.
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel, this assembly for Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases have the same meaning and the second describes the first. Even though all of the people of Israel are not present, those present represent all of Israel. Alternate translation: "all you people of Israel, in this assembly for Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the sight of
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in the sight of" means that they are all present and listening. Alternate translation: "in the hearing of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### keep and try to carry out
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "to carry out" means basically the same thing as "keep." Together the words emphasize importance of doing what God commands. Alternate translation: "carefully obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your descendants after you forever
|
||||
|
||||
This means that the land will belong to their descendants in the future. The phrase "after you" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "your children and your descendants, who will take your place after you die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:9
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of your father
|
||||
|
||||
David calls himself "your father" because this is a very formal occasion. Alternate translation: "my God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### with your whole heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "heart" the represents the whole person. To do something with "your whole heart" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "with complete devotion" or "completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a willing spirit
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "spirit" represents the whole person and emphasizes the person's will. Alternate translation: "willingly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### searches all hearts and understands every motivation of everyone's thoughts
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh knows the thoughts and motives of every person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all hearts
|
||||
|
||||
Here people's "hearts" represent their feelings and desires. Alternate translation: "searches everyone's emotions and desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If you seek him, he will be found by you
|
||||
|
||||
This can be written in active form. Also, this speaks of following Yahweh and having him listen to you as searching for him and finding him. Alternate translation: "If you seek him, you will find him" or "If you try to get Yahweh to pay attention to you, he will do so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### Realize that
|
||||
|
||||
"Be aware that" or "Be sure you remember that"
|
||||
|
||||
### Be strong and do it
|
||||
|
||||
The word "strong" here refers to willpower and strength of character.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer begins a list of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans.The verb "gave" here is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew.
|
||||
|
||||
### temple portico
|
||||
|
||||
"temple porch" or "temple entrance." This refers to the columns that supported the roof at the entrance of the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer continues the list, which begins in [verse 11](./11.md), of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
### treasuries
|
||||
|
||||
storerooms for valuable things
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer continues the list, which begins in [verse 11](./11.md), of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
### regulations
|
||||
|
||||
These were specific rules about how the priests and Levites should work in the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### divisions of the priests and Levites
|
||||
|
||||
"groups of the priests and Levites." This refers to the groups in which the priests and other temple workers were organized to fulfill their duties.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer continues the list, which begins in [verse 11](./11.md), of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer continues the list, which begins in [verse 11](./11.md), of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
### according to the use of each lampstand in the service
|
||||
|
||||
"determined by what each lampstand would be used for in the service in the temple." There would be silver lampstands of different weights for different purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer continues the list, which begins in [verse 11](./11.md), of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
### for every table
|
||||
|
||||
The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "the weight of the gold for every other table" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer continues the list, which begins in [verse 11](./11.md), of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 is the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer ends the list that begins in [verse 11](./11.md) of the items for which David gave Solomon the plans. The verb "gave" in verse 11 translates the only verb in the entire list in Hebrew. The ULB adds verbs in this and other verses to make translation easier.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:19
|
||||
|
||||
### I have put all this in writing
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "I wrote all of this down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### gave me to understand regarding the design
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the detail for the design of the temple. Alternate translation: "helped me to understand the details for his temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:20
|
||||
|
||||
### strong and brave
|
||||
|
||||
These two words basically mean the same thing and emphasize that Solomon must be courageous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not be afraid or anxious
|
||||
|
||||
The words "afraid" and "anxious" basically mean the same thing and emphasize that Solomon must never give up. Also, this can be written in positive form. Alternate translation: "Be courageous" or "Be confident" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is with you
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "will help you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He will not leave you nor abandon you
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh will always be with Solomon. Also, this can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "He will always be with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 28:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David finishes speaking to Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### See, here are the divisions
|
||||
|
||||
"Here are the divisions." David uses the word "see" here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### the divisions of the priests and Levites
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Chronicles 29
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:1
|
||||
|
||||
### whom alone God has chosen
|
||||
|
||||
"the one whom God has chosen"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### gold for the things to be made of gold ... to be made of wood
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### onyx stones ... stones to be set ... stones for inlaid work of various colors
|
||||
|
||||
Each of these phrases refer to different types of stones intended for different purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
### onyx stones
|
||||
|
||||
These are stones with black and white lines that are used to make jewelry.
|
||||
|
||||
### stones to be set
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "stones for the craftsmen to set" or "stones for mounting"
|
||||
|
||||
### inlaid work
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the beautiful and decorative designs or patterns formed by the stones.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### three thousand talents
|
||||
|
||||
"3,000 talents." This can be stated in modern measurements. Alternate translation: "about 100,000 kilograms" or "about 100 metric tons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### gold from Ophir
|
||||
|
||||
This was the best quality and most valuable gold.
|
||||
|
||||
### seven thousand talents
|
||||
|
||||
"7,000 talents." This can be stated in modern measurements. Alternate translation: "about 230,000 kilograms" or "230 metric tons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David finishes talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### gold for the things to be made of gold ... work to be done by craftsmen
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "gold for the craftsmen to make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, and things of all kinds for their other work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### give himself to him
|
||||
|
||||
"give himself to God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]].
|
||||
|
||||
### Then freewill offerings were made by the leaders ... and by the officials over the king's work.
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then the leaders ... and the officials over the king's work made freewill offerings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the commanders of thousands and hundreds
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: "the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers" or 2) the words translated as "thousands" and "hundreds" do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: "the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions" See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the officials over the king's work
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "over" is used as an idiom. Alternate translation: "the officials in charge of the king's work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:7
|
||||
|
||||
### five thousand talents ... and 100,000 talents of iron
|
||||
|
||||
"5,000 talents and 10,000 darics of gold, 10,000 talents of silver, 18,000 talents of bronze, and 100,000 talents of iron." These may be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: "165 metric tons and 84 kilograms of gold, 330 metric tons of silver, 600 metric tons of bronze, and 3,300 metric tons of iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 100,000 talents
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred thousand talents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:8
|
||||
|
||||
### treasury
|
||||
|
||||
This is a place where money and valuable objects are kept.
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehiel
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 23:8](../23/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gershon
|
||||
|
||||
This was the firstborn son of Levi. See how you translated these men's names in [1 Chronicles 23:7](../23/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:9
|
||||
|
||||
### wholeheartedly
|
||||
|
||||
willingly and without any doubt or hesitation
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:10
|
||||
|
||||
### May you be praised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May people praise you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel our ancestor
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" refers to the man Jacob. Alternate translation: "Jacob our ancestor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### In your hand is power and might
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of Yahweh having control over whether people are powerful or not as if "power and might" were something in hand that he had control over. Alternate translation: "You determine who has power and might" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### power and might
|
||||
|
||||
The words "power" and "might" mean the same thing and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh's power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### your glorious name
|
||||
|
||||
Here Yahweh is represented by his name. Alternate translation: "you who are glorious" or "you because you are glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### But who am I, and who are my people, that we should be able to offer so willingly these things?
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this rhetorical question to express that he and his people deserve no praise for giving anything to God. Alternate translation: "My people and I should definitely offer these things to you willingly!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### we are strangers and travelers before you
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of people's lives being short as if they were travelers only here on earth for a short time. Alternate translation: "For our lives are short and we are like strangers and travelers who pass before you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Our days on the earth are like a shadow
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of people's lives being short as if they were a shadow that is only visible for a short time. A person's lifetime is represented by his "days." Alternate translation: "Our time here on earth is like a shadow that disappears quickly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### you examine the heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "heart" represents a person's thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: "you examine people's thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the uprightness of my heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "heart" represents a person's thoughts and feelings. Alternate translation: "because I want to be honest and honorable in everything I do for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I look with joy as
|
||||
|
||||
"I am joyful as I see"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### keep this forever in the thoughts of the minds of your people
|
||||
|
||||
"keep this in the thoughts and minds of your people forever"
|
||||
|
||||
### Direct their hearts toward you
|
||||
|
||||
Here the people's "hearts" represent their thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "Direct them to be loyal to you" or "Keep them loyal to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David finishes his prayer of praise to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### Give to Solomon my son a wholehearted desire
|
||||
|
||||
The word "desire" may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: "Make my son Solomon fully desire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Now bless Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"Now praise Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
### bowed down and showed honor to Yahweh and to the king
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to lying down on the ground before someone to show great respect. Alternate translation: "lay down on the ground to show respect to Yahweh and the king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:21
|
||||
|
||||
### they made sacrifices to Yahweh and offered burnt offerings to him
|
||||
|
||||
The people offered animals to be sacrificed to Yahweh by the priests. Most of the people did not actually kill and sacrifice the animals themselves. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a thousand bulls, a thousand rams, and a thousand lambs
|
||||
|
||||
"1,000 bulls, 1,000 rams, and 1,000 lambs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:22
|
||||
|
||||
### before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "in honor of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a second time
|
||||
|
||||
This means that they anointed him and declared him as king. The first time is described in [1 Chronicles 23:1](../23/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### anointed him with Yahweh's authority to be ruler
|
||||
|
||||
To do something with "Yahweh's authority" means to do it on his behalf and with his approval. Alternate translation: "anointed him to rule over Israel on Yahweh's behalf" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Solomon sat on Yahweh's throne as king instead of David his father
|
||||
|
||||
Here the throne of Israel is referred to as "Yahweh's throne," to emphasize that the people of Israel are Yahweh's people. Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: "So Solomon sat on the throne, instead of his father David, as king over Yahweh's people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:24
|
||||
|
||||
### gave allegiance to King Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
"told King Solomon that they would be faithful to him"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh greatly honored Solomon before all Israel ... bestowed on him greater power
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases emphasize that Solomon received special favor from Yahweh, which made him Israel's greatest and most powerful king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:27
|
||||
|
||||
### forty years ... thirty-three years
|
||||
|
||||
"40 years ... 33 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:28
|
||||
|
||||
### at a good old age
|
||||
|
||||
"as an old man"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:29
|
||||
|
||||
### written in the history of Samuel the prophet, ... and in the history of Gad the prophet
|
||||
|
||||
These are written accounts that no longer exist.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Chronicles 29:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Recorded there are the deeds
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "There men wrote down the deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the deeds of his rule
|
||||
|
||||
"the things that happened while David was king"
|
||||
|
||||
### the events that affected him, Israel, and all the kingdoms of the other lands
|
||||
|
||||
"all the things that happened to him and to the people of Israel and in the kingdoms of other countries while he was ruling Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,389 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 1
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Paul
|
||||
|
||||
Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Alternate translation: "I, Paul"
|
||||
|
||||
### Sosthenes our brother
|
||||
|
||||
This indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew Sosthenes. Alternate translation: "Sosthenes, the brother you and I know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:2
|
||||
|
||||
### to the church of God at Corinth
|
||||
|
||||
Your language may have a particular way of introducing the intended audience. Alternate translation: "am writing this letter to you in Corinth who believe in God"
|
||||
|
||||
### those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus
|
||||
|
||||
Here "sanctified" refers to people who have been set apart as God's people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to those whom Christ Jesus has set apart for God" or "to those whom God has set apart for himself because they belong to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### called to be holy people
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has called to be holy people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### together with all those in every place who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) this phrase tells who else is called to be holy, or 2) this phrase tells who else this letter is written to.
|
||||
|
||||
### who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" here is a metonym for person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "who call on the Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### their Lord and ours
|
||||
|
||||
The word "ours" includes Paul's audience. Jesus is the Lord of Paul and the Corinthians and all the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul and Sosthenes wrote this letter to the Christians who belonged to the church in Corinth.
|
||||
Unless otherwise noted, such words as "you" and "your" refer to Paul's audience and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul describes the believers' position and fellowship in Christ as they wait for his coming.
|
||||
|
||||
### because of the grace of God that Christ Jesus gave to you
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of grace as though it were a physical object that Jesus gives Christians as a gift. Alternate translation: "because Christ Jesus has made it possible for God to be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:5
|
||||
|
||||
### He has made you rich
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "Christ has made you rich" or 2) "God has made you rich."
|
||||
|
||||
### made you rich in every way
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking in general terms. Alternate translation: "made you rich with all kinds of spiritual blessings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in all speech
|
||||
|
||||
God has enabled you to tell others about God's message in many ways.
|
||||
|
||||
### all knowledge
|
||||
|
||||
God has enabled you to understand God's message in many ways.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:6
|
||||
|
||||
### the testimony about Christ has been confirmed as true among you
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "you saw for yourselves that what we had said about Christ was true" or 2) "other people learned from seeing how you now live that what we and you say about Christ is true."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Therefore
|
||||
|
||||
"Because what I have just said is true,"
|
||||
|
||||
### you lack no spiritual gift
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you have every spiritual gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "the time when God will reveal the Lord Jesus Christ" or 2) "the time when our Lord Jesus Christ will reveal himself."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:8
|
||||
|
||||
### you will be blameless
|
||||
|
||||
There will be no reason for God to condemn you.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:9
|
||||
|
||||
### God is faithful, who called ... our Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"God, who called ... our Lord, will do everything he has said he will do"
|
||||
|
||||
### his Son
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that they are to live in unity with each other and that the message of the cross of Christ, not baptism by people, is what saves.
|
||||
|
||||
### brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
### through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "by means of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that you all agree
|
||||
|
||||
"that you live in harmony with one another"
|
||||
|
||||
### that there be no divisions among you
|
||||
|
||||
"that you do not divide into separate groups among yourselves"
|
||||
|
||||
### be joined together with the same mind and by the same purpose
|
||||
|
||||
"live in unity, agree with other, and work together to accomplish the same things"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Chloe's people
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to family members, servants, and others who are part of the household of which Chloe, a woman, is the head.
|
||||
|
||||
### there are factions among you
|
||||
|
||||
"you are in groups that quarrel one with another"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Each one of you says
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is expressing a general attitude of division.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Is Christ divided?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul used a question to emphasize that there is only Christ, so it does not make sense for Christians to be divided among themselves. Alternate translation: "Christ is certainly not divided!" or "There is only one Christ!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Was Paul crucified for you?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul used a question to emphasize that it was Christ, not Paul or Apollos, who was crucified. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "It certainly was not Paul whom they put to death on the cross for your salvation!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Were you baptized in the name of Paul?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul used a question to emphasize that we all are baptized in the name of Christ. This can also be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "It was not in the name of Paul that people baptized you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the name of Paul
|
||||
|
||||
"In the name of" here is a metonym for "by the authority of." Alternate translation: "by Paul's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:14
|
||||
|
||||
### I baptized none of you, except
|
||||
|
||||
"among you I baptized only"
|
||||
|
||||
### Crispus
|
||||
|
||||
He was a synagogue ruler who became a Christian. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gaius
|
||||
|
||||
He traveled with the Apostle Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:15
|
||||
|
||||
### This was so that no one would say that you were baptized into my name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents "authority." This means Paul did not baptize others because they may claim that they became Paul's disciples. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For some of you might have claimed that I baptized you to make you my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:16
|
||||
|
||||
### the household of Stephanas
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the family members and slaves in the house where Stephanas, a man, was the head. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ did not send me to baptize
|
||||
|
||||
This means that baptism was not the primary goal of Paul's ministry.
|
||||
|
||||
### not with clever speech, in order that the cross of Christ would not be emptied of its power
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in order ... would not" can be stated in positive form, and "be emptied" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not with clever speech, because clever speech would empty the cross of its power" or "not with clever speech, because this would cause the cross of Christ to lose its power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
### in order that the cross of Christ would not be emptied of its power
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of God's power to save people who trust in Christ as if the cross on which Christ died had power. The cross being emptied of its power represents people not recognizing God's power to save them through Christ's death. If Paul were to use clever speech, people might pay more attention to his clever speech than to Christ's death. Alternate translation: "in order that people might recognize God's power to save them through Jesus's death on the cross" or "because clever speech would distract people from God's power as shown in the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul emphasizes God's wisdom rather than man's wisdom.
|
||||
|
||||
### the message about the cross
|
||||
|
||||
"the preaching about the crucifixion" or "the message of Christ's dying on the cross"
|
||||
|
||||
### is foolishness
|
||||
|
||||
"is senseless" or "is silly"
|
||||
|
||||
### to those who are perishing
|
||||
|
||||
"dying." This refers to dying in rebellion against God.
|
||||
|
||||
### it is the power of God
|
||||
|
||||
"it is God working powerfully in us"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:19
|
||||
|
||||
### I will frustrate the understanding of the intelligent
|
||||
|
||||
"I will confuse intelligent people" or "I will make the plans intelligent people make completely fail"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Where is the wise person? Where is the scholar? Where is the debater of this world?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul emphasizes that truly wise people are nowhere to be found. Alternate translation: "Compared with the wisdom of the gospel, there are no wise people, no scholars, no debaters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the scholar
|
||||
|
||||
a person who is recognized as someone who has studied a great deal
|
||||
|
||||
### the debater
|
||||
|
||||
a person who argues about what he knows or who is skilled in such arguments
|
||||
|
||||
### Has not God turned the wisdom of the world into foolishness?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to emphasize what God has done to the wisdom of this world. Alternate translation: "God has shown that everything they call wisdom is really foolishness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:21
|
||||
|
||||
### those who believe
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "all who believe the message" or 2) "all who believe in Christ."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "we" refers to Paul and other Bible teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ crucified
|
||||
|
||||
"about Christ, who died on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a stumbling block
|
||||
|
||||
Just as a person can stumble over a block on a road, so the message of salvation through the crucifixion of the Christ keeps Jews from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: "not acceptable" or "very offensive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:24
|
||||
|
||||
### to those whom God has called
|
||||
|
||||
"to the people God calls"
|
||||
|
||||
### we preach Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"we teach about Christ" or "we tell all people about Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
### we preach Christ as the power and the wisdom of God
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "we preach that God acted powerfully and wisely by sending Christ to die for us" or "we preach that through Christ God has shown how strong and wise he is."
|
||||
|
||||
### the power ... of God
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is that Christ is powerful and it is through Christ that God saves us.
|
||||
|
||||
### the wisdom of God
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is that God shows the content of his wisdom through Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:25
|
||||
|
||||
### the foolishness of God is wiser than people, and the weakness of God is stronger than people
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is speaking ironically about God's foolishness and weakness. Paul knows God is not foolish or weak. Alternate translation: "what seems to be the foolishness of God is wiser than people's wisdom, and what seems to be the weakness of God is stronger than the people's strength" or 2) Paul is speaking from the point of view of the Greek people who may think God is foolish or weak. Alternate translation: "what people call God's foolishness is really wiser than what people call wisdom, and what people call God's weakness is really stronger than people's strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul emphasizes the believer's position before God.
|
||||
|
||||
### Not many of you
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Very few of you"
|
||||
|
||||
### wise according to the flesh
|
||||
|
||||
"wise according to human standards" or "what most people would call wise"
|
||||
|
||||
### of noble birth
|
||||
|
||||
"special because your family is important"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:27
|
||||
|
||||
### God chose ... wise. God chose ... strong
|
||||
|
||||
Paul repeats many of the same words in two sentences that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the difference between God's way of doing things and how people think God should do them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God chose the foolish things of the world to shame the wise
|
||||
|
||||
"God chose to use the things that the world thinks are foolish to shame those whom the world thinks are wise"
|
||||
|
||||
### God chose what is weak in the world to shame what is strong
|
||||
|
||||
"God chose to use things that the world thinks are weak to shame the things that the world thinks are strong"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:28
|
||||
|
||||
### what is low and despised
|
||||
|
||||
"the things that are humble and hated"
|
||||
|
||||
### things that are regarded as nothing
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that which people usually regard as without value" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### nothing, to bring to nothing things that are held as valuable
|
||||
|
||||
"nothing. He did this so he could show that the things that are held as valuable are really worthless"
|
||||
|
||||
### things that are held as valuable
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "things that people think are worth money" or "things that people think are worth respect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:29
|
||||
|
||||
### He did this
|
||||
|
||||
"God did this"
|
||||
|
||||
### no flesh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "flesh" here is a metonym for people, who are made of flesh. Alternate translation: "no people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Because of what God did
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the work of Christ on the cross.
|
||||
|
||||
### us ... our
|
||||
|
||||
These words refer to Paul, those with him, and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ Jesus, who became for us wisdom from God
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "Christ Jesus, who has made clear to us how wise God is" or 2) "Christ Jesus, who has given us God's wisdom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 1:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Let the one who boasts, boast in the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"If a person boasts, he should boast about how great the Lord is"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 2
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul contrasts human wisdom and God's wisdom. He emphasizes that spiritual wisdom comes from God.
|
||||
|
||||
### brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:2
|
||||
|
||||
### I decided to know nothing ... except Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
When Paul said that he "decided to know nothing" he exaggerated to emphasize that he decided to focus on and teach about nothing other than Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "I decided to teach nothing ... except Jesus Christ" or "I decided not to teach anything ... except Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to know nothing when I was among you except Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
The double negative here emphasizes that Jesus Christ was the only thing Paul wanted to think about. Alternate translation: "when I was among you to know only Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:3
|
||||
|
||||
### I was with you
|
||||
|
||||
"I was visiting with you"
|
||||
|
||||
### in weakness
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are: 1) "physically weak" or 2) "feeling like I could not do what I needed to do."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:4
|
||||
|
||||
### persuasive words of wisdom
|
||||
|
||||
words that sound wise and with which the speaker hopes to cause people to do or believe something
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul interrupts his main argument to explain what he means by "wisdom" and to whom he desires to speak.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now we do speak
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Paul begins to explain that true wisdom is God's wisdom.
|
||||
|
||||
### speak wisdom
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "wisdom" can be stated as the adjective "wise." Alternate translation: "speak wise words" or "speak a wise message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the mature
|
||||
|
||||
"mature believers"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:7
|
||||
|
||||
### before the ages
|
||||
|
||||
"before God created anything"
|
||||
|
||||
### for our glory
|
||||
|
||||
"in order to ensure our future glory"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:8
|
||||
|
||||
### the Lord of glory
|
||||
|
||||
"Jesus, the glorious Lord"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:9
|
||||
|
||||
### No eye has seen, no ear has heard, no human heart has imagined
|
||||
|
||||
This is a triplet referring to all parts of a person to emphasize that no man has ever been aware of the things that God has prepared. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what God has prepared for those who love him
|
||||
|
||||
The Lord has created in heaven wonderful surprises for those who love him.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:10
|
||||
|
||||
### these things
|
||||
|
||||
the truths about Jesus and his death on the cross
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:11
|
||||
|
||||
### For who knows a person's thoughts except the spirit of the person in him?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows what a person is thinking except the person himself. Alternate translation: "No one knows what a person is thinking except that person's spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### spirit of the person
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a person's inner being, his own spiritual nature.
|
||||
|
||||
### no one knows the deep things of God except the Spirit of God
|
||||
|
||||
"only the Spirit of God knows the deep things of God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "we" includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### freely given to us by God
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God freely gave to us" or "that God has kindly given us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:13
|
||||
|
||||
### interpreting spiritual things to spiritual people
|
||||
|
||||
The meaning of the original language here is uncertain. Other translations of the Bible translate this as "interpreting spiritual things with spiritual words."
|
||||
|
||||
### to spiritual people
|
||||
Here "spiritual people" refers to those who are led by the Holy Spirit to obey God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "we" includes both Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### unspiritual person
|
||||
|
||||
the non-Christian person, who has not received the Holy Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
### because they are spiritually discerned
|
||||
|
||||
"because understanding these things requires the aid of the Spirit"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:15
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who is spiritual
|
||||
|
||||
"The believer who has received the Spirit"
|
||||
|
||||
### he is not judged by others
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "others cannot judge him" or "no one can judge him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 2:16
|
||||
|
||||
### For who can know the mind of the Lord, that he can instruct him?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one knows the mind of the Lord. No one is as wise as the Lord. Alternate translation: "No one can know the mind of the Lord, so no one can teach him anything he does not already know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 3
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:1
|
||||
|
||||
### brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
### spiritual people
|
||||
|
||||
people who obey the Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
### fleshly people
|
||||
|
||||
people who follow their own desires
|
||||
|
||||
### as to little children in Christ
|
||||
|
||||
The Corinthians are compared to children very young in age and understanding. Alternate translation: "as to very young believers in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:2
|
||||
|
||||
### I fed you milk, not solid food
|
||||
|
||||
Babies can only drink milk because they have not grown enough to eat solid food. Paul uses this image as a metaphor to mean that the Corinthians can only understand easy truths. They are not mature enough to understand greater truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you are not yet ready
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that they are not ready to understand more difficult teachings. Alternate translation: "you still are not ready to understand the harder teachings about following Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:3
|
||||
|
||||
### still fleshly
|
||||
|
||||
still behaving according to sinful or worldly desires
|
||||
|
||||
### are you not living according to the flesh, and are you not walking by human standards?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses questions to rebuke the Corinthians for their sinful behavior. Here "walking" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Alternate translation: "you should be ashamed because you are behaving according to your sinful desires and you are living according to human standards!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:4
|
||||
|
||||
### are you not merely human beings?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to rebuke the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "you should be ashamed because you are living the same way that people who do not have the Spirit live." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Who then is Apollos? Who is Paul?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is emphasizing that he and Apollos are not the original source of the gospel, and therefore the Corinthians should not follow them. Alternate translation: "It is wrong to form groups to follow Apollos or Paul!" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Who is Paul?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of himself as though he were speaking of someone else. Alternate translation: "I am not important!" or "Who am I?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Servants through whom you believed
|
||||
|
||||
Paul answers his own question by saying that he and Apollos are God's servants. Alternate translation: "Paul and Apollos are servants of Christ, and you believed in Christ because we served him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Servants through whom you believed, just as the Lord gave tasks to each
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated with the understood information. Alternate translation: "We are servants through whom you believed, and to each of us the Lord gave different tasks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:6
|
||||
|
||||
### I planted
|
||||
|
||||
The knowledge of God is compared to a seed which must be planted in order to grow. Alternate translation: "When I preached God's word to you, I was like one who plants seeds in a garden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Apollos watered
|
||||
|
||||
As seeds need water, faith needs further teaching in order for it to grow. Alternate translation: "and when Apollos continued to teach you God's word, he was like one who waters a garden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but God gave the growth
|
||||
|
||||
As plants grow and develop, so faith and knowledge in God also grow and become deeper and stronger. Alternate translation: "but God caused you to grow" or "but just as God causes plants to grow, he caused you to grow spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:7
|
||||
|
||||
### neither he who plants ... is anything. But it is God who gives the growth
|
||||
|
||||
Paul stresses that neither he nor Apollos is responsible for the believers' spiritual growth, but it is God's doing.
|
||||
|
||||
### it is God who gives the growth
|
||||
|
||||
Here to give growth means to cause growth. The abstract noun "growth" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "it is God who causes you to grow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:8
|
||||
|
||||
### he who plants and he who waters are one
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of telling people the good news and teaching those who have accepted it as if they were planting and watering plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are one
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are "one" are 1) "united in purpose" or 2) "equal in importance."
|
||||
|
||||
### wages
|
||||
|
||||
an amount of money that a worker receives for his work
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:9
|
||||
|
||||
### we
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to Paul and Apollos but not the Corinthian church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God's fellow workers
|
||||
|
||||
Paul considers himself and Apollos as working together.
|
||||
|
||||
### You are God's garden
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) being God's garden represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: "You are like a garden that belongs to God" or 2) being God's garden represents God causing us to grow. Alternate translation: "You are like a garden that God makes grow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God's building
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) being God's building represents belonging to God. Alternate translation: "and you are like a building that belongs to God" or 2) being God's building represents God causing us to become what he wants. Alternate translation: "and you are like a building that God is constructing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:10
|
||||
|
||||
### According to the grace of God that was given to me
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "According to the task that God freely gave me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I laid a foundation
|
||||
|
||||
Paul equates his teaching of faith and salvation in Jesus Christ to laying a foundation for a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### another is building on it
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is referring to the person or people who are teaching the Corinthians at that time as if they are carpenters who are constructing the building above the foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let each man
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to God's workers in general. Alternate translation: "let each person who serves God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
Paul continues his metaphor about a foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### no one can lay a foundation other than the one that has been laid
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "has been laid" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one can lay a foundation other than the one and only foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of what builders usually do when constructing a building to describe what the teachers in Corinth are actually doing. Builders usually only use gold, silver, or precious stones as decorations on buildings.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now if anyone builds on the foundation with gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, or straw
|
||||
|
||||
The building materials used to build a new building are being compared to the spiritual values used to build a person's behavior and activities during his lifetime. Alternate translation: "Whether a person builds with valuable materials that will last or with cheap materials that burn easily" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### precious stones
|
||||
|
||||
"expensive stones"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:13
|
||||
|
||||
### his work will be revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will show everyone what the builder has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the day will reveal it
|
||||
|
||||
The "day" refers to the time when God will judge everyone. When God shows everyone what these teachers have done, it will be like the sun has come up to reveal what happened during the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### For it will be revealed in fire. The fire will test the quality of what each one has done
|
||||
|
||||
Just as fire will reveal the strengths or destroy the weaknesses of a building, God's fire will judge man's efforts and activities. Alternate translation: "God will use fire to show the quality of his work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:14
|
||||
|
||||
### work remains
|
||||
|
||||
"work lasts" or "work survives"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:15
|
||||
|
||||
### if anyone's work is burned up
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor for a person's work being shown to have no value. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if the fire destroys anyone's work" or "if the judgement shows that a person's work has no value" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he will suffer loss
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "loss" can be expressed with the verb "lose." Alternate translation: "he will lose his reward" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but he himself will be saved, as though escaping through fire
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but God will save him as though through fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as though escaping through fire
|
||||
|
||||
This is a simile showing the danger that such a person is in if his works have no value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]]
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that you are God's temple and that the Spirit of God lives in you?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to rebuke the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You act as though you do not know that you are God's temple and the Spirit of God lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you ... you are ... in you
|
||||
|
||||
All instances of "you" in this verse are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Let no one deceive himself
|
||||
|
||||
Nobody should believe the lie that he himself is wise in this world.
|
||||
|
||||
### in this age
|
||||
|
||||
according to the way people who do not believe decide what is wise
|
||||
|
||||
### let him become a "fool"
|
||||
|
||||
"that person should be willing to have people who do not believe call him a fool" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:19
|
||||
|
||||
### He catches the wise in their craftiness
|
||||
|
||||
God traps the people who think they are clever and uses their own schemes to trap them.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:20
|
||||
|
||||
### The Lord knows that the reasoning of the wise is futile
|
||||
|
||||
"The Lord knows that what people who think they are wise plan to do is futile"
|
||||
|
||||
### futile
|
||||
|
||||
useless
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 3:23
|
||||
|
||||
### you are Christ's, and Christ is God's
|
||||
|
||||
"you belong to Christ, and Christ belongs to God"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 4
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Having just reminded the people not to be proud concerning who had taught them about the Lord and who had baptized them, Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that all believers are to be humble servants.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:2
|
||||
|
||||
### of stewards is that they
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of himself as if he were speaking about other people. Alternate translation: "of us stewards is that we" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:3
|
||||
|
||||
### it is a very small thing that I should be judged by you
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is comparing the difference between human judgment and God's judgment. Man's judgment is not important compared to God's true judgment upon man.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:4
|
||||
|
||||
### I am not aware of any charge being made against me
|
||||
|
||||
"I have not heard anyone accuse me of doing wrong"
|
||||
|
||||
### that does not mean I am declared innocent
|
||||
|
||||
It would still be possible for Paul to be guilty even if there were no charge against him. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "that does not mean that God has declared me innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who judges me is the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"It is the Lord who will decide if I am innocent or guilty"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Therefore
|
||||
|
||||
"Because what I have just said is true,"
|
||||
|
||||
### He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the purposes of the heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "bring to light the hidden things of darkness" is a metaphor for making known to everyone things that were done in secret. Here "heart" is a metonym for people's thoughts and intentions. Alternate translation: "Like a light that shines on things in darkness, God will show what people have secretly done and what they secretly planned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:6
|
||||
|
||||
### brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
### for your sakes
|
||||
|
||||
"for your welfare"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:7
|
||||
|
||||
### between you ... do you have that you did not receive ... you have received ... do you boast ... you did not
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of "you" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### For who sees any difference between you and others?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is rebuking the Corinthians who think they are better than those who heard the gospel from someone else. Alternate translation: "For there is no difference between you and others." or "For you are not superior to other people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### What do you have that you did not receive?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to emphasize that they did not earn the things they have. Alternate translation: "Everything that you have is what you have received." or "God gave to you everything that you have!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### why do you boast as if you did not receive it?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was rebuking them for boasting in what they had. Alternate translation: "you should not boast as if you had not received it." or "you have no right to boast!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses irony here to shame the Corinthians and make them realize that they are sinning when they are proud of themselves and their teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:9
|
||||
|
||||
### God has put us apostles on display
|
||||
|
||||
Paul expresses two ways that God has put his apostles on display for the world to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has put us apostles on display
|
||||
|
||||
God has displayed the apostles just like prisoners who are at the end of a Roman military parade and who are humiliated before their execution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### like men sentenced to death
|
||||
|
||||
God put the apostles on display like men who are about to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to the world—to angels, and to human beings
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "the world" consists of both supernatural ("angels") and natural ("human beings") or 2) the list consists of three items: "to the world, to angels, and to human beings." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:10
|
||||
|
||||
### We are fools ... in dishonor
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses irony to shame the Corinthians so they will think about what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You are held in honor
|
||||
|
||||
"People treat you Corinthians as though you were important people"
|
||||
|
||||
### we are held in dishonor
|
||||
|
||||
"people shame us apostles"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Up to this present hour
|
||||
|
||||
"Until now" or "Up to now"
|
||||
|
||||
### we are beaten
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to hitting with the hand, not with whips or clubs. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people beat us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we are homeless
|
||||
|
||||
Paul means that they have to move around from place to place. Although they have places to stay, they have no permanent home.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:12
|
||||
|
||||
### When we are reviled, we bless
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people revile us, we bless them" or "When people scorn us, we bless them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### When we are persecuted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people persecute us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:13
|
||||
|
||||
### When we are slandered
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people slander us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### We have become as the refuse of the world
|
||||
|
||||
"People began to consider us—and they still consider us—to be the garbage of the world"
|
||||
|
||||
### the refuse of the world
|
||||
|
||||
"the worst kind of garbage in the world"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:14
|
||||
|
||||
### I do not write these things to shame you, but to admonish you
|
||||
|
||||
"I do not intend to shame you, but to improve you" or "I am not trying to shame you, but I want to correct you"
|
||||
|
||||
### admonish
|
||||
|
||||
tell someone that what they are doing is wrong and will cause bad things to happen
|
||||
|
||||
### my beloved children
|
||||
|
||||
Because Paul had led the Corinthians to Christ, they are like his spiritual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:15
|
||||
|
||||
### ten thousand guardians
|
||||
|
||||
This is an exaggeration of the number of people guiding them, to emphasize the importance of the one spiritual father. Alternate translation: "very many guardians" or "a large crowd of guardians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I became your father in Christ Jesus through the gospel
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is emphasizing firstly that his relationship with the Corinthians is most importantly "in Christ," secondly that it came because he told them the good news, and thirdly that he is the one who is like a father to them. Alternate translation: "it was because God joined you to Christ when I told you the good news that I was the one who became your father"
|
||||
|
||||
### I became your father
|
||||
|
||||
Because Paul had led the Corinthians to Christ, he is like a father to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:17
|
||||
|
||||
### my beloved and faithful child in the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"whom I love and whom I teach about the Lord as if he were my own child"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This word indicates that Paul is shifting his topic. Here he begins to rebuke the arrogant behavior of the Corinthian believers.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:19
|
||||
|
||||
### I will come to you
|
||||
|
||||
"I will visit you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 4:21
|
||||
|
||||
### What do you want?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was making a last appeal to the Corinthians, as he has been rebuking them for the errors they had made. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you want to happen now." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shall I come to you with a rod or with love and in a spirit of gentleness?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is offering the Corinthians two opposing attitudes he could use when approaching them. Alternate translation: "If you want, I can come to punish you, or I can come to show you how much I love you by being gentle with you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### of gentleness
|
||||
|
||||
"of kindness" or "of tenderness"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 5
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul now specifically states about what sin of theirs he has heard, and how the Corinthian believers are proud of their acceptance of that man and his sin.
|
||||
|
||||
### that is not even permitted among the pagans
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that not even the Gentiles permit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### A man has his father's wife
|
||||
|
||||
"A man among you is commiting adultery with his father's wife"
|
||||
|
||||
### father's wife
|
||||
|
||||
the wife of his father, but probably not his own mother
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Should you not mourn instead ... among you?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question is used to scold the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You should mourn over this instead ... among you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who did this deed might be removed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can remove from among you the one who did this deed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:3
|
||||
|
||||
### I am present in spirit
|
||||
|
||||
"I am with you in spirit." Being with them in spirit represents caring about them or wanting to be with them. Alternate translation: "I care about you" or "I want to be with you"
|
||||
|
||||
### I have already passed judgment on the one who did this
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "I have decided what you should do with the one who did this" or 2) "I have found the person who did this guilty"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:4
|
||||
|
||||
### When you are assembled
|
||||
|
||||
"When you are together" or "When you meet together"
|
||||
|
||||
### in the name of our Lord Jesus
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the name of the Lord Jesus is a metonym that represents his authority. Alternate translation: "with the authority of our Lord Jesus" or 2) being assembled in the Lord's name implies meeting together to worship him. Alternate translation: "to worship our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:5
|
||||
|
||||
### commit this man to Satan
|
||||
|
||||
This means to remove the person from the Christian community and to send him into the world where Satan rules. Alternate translation: "commit this man to Satan by sending him away from the Christian community" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the destruction of the flesh
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "flesh" refers to his physical body. Alternate translation: "so that Satan may harm his body" or 2) "flesh" is a metaphor for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "so that his sinful nature will be destroyed" or "so that he will not continue to live according to his sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so that his spirit may be saved on the day of the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God may save his spirit on the day of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Your boasting is not good
|
||||
|
||||
"Your boasting is bad"
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that a little yeast leavens the whole loaf?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this proverb to mean that a small part of something affects the whole thing. In this case, one person who is sinning can harm the entire Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that a little yeast ... loaf?
|
||||
Here Paul uses a rhetorical question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "You know that a little yeast ... loaf." or "A little yeast ... loaf." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Cleanse yourselves of the old yeast so that you may be a new batch of dough, unleavened
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses the proverb from 5:6 to teach his audience. Here "old yeast" is a metaphor for the sins that the people were committing. "Unleavened dough" is the type of bread that God told the Israelites was acceptable to eat when celebrating Passover. Paul is telling his audience to stop sinning so that they may be acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ, our Passover lamb, has been sacrificed
|
||||
|
||||
As the Passover lamb covered the sins of Israel by faith each year, so did Christ's death cover the sins of all who trust in Christ by faith for eternity. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord has sacrificed Christ, our Passover lamb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:8
|
||||
|
||||
### not with the old yeast, the yeast of bad behavior and wickedness ... the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues using the proverb from 5:6 to teach his audience. Here "yeast" is a metaphor for sin, and "unleavened bread" is metaphor for behaviors acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the immoral people of this world
|
||||
|
||||
This means unbelievers who have chosen to live immoral lives.
|
||||
|
||||
### the greedy
|
||||
|
||||
"those who are greedy" or "those who are willing to be dishonest to get what others have"
|
||||
|
||||
### swindlers
|
||||
|
||||
This means people who cheat to get others' property.
|
||||
|
||||
### you would need to go out of the world
|
||||
|
||||
"you would need to avoid all people"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul tells them how to treat believers in the church who refuse to be corrected for their involvement in sexual immorality or other obvious sins.
|
||||
|
||||
### anyone who is called
|
||||
|
||||
"anyone who calls himself"
|
||||
|
||||
### brother
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means a fellow Christian, either a man or a woman.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:12
|
||||
|
||||
### how am I involved with judging those who are outside the church?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to emphasize that he is not the one to judge people outside the church. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am not the one who should judge people who do not belong to the church." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are you not to judge those who are inside the church?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is using a question to scold the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "you should know that you are the ones who should judge those who are inside the church." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 5:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 6
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul explains how believers are to settle disagreements with other believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### dispute
|
||||
|
||||
in this case a legal complaint, argument, or disagreement
|
||||
|
||||
### does he dare ... holy people?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is angry because he thinks that the Corinthians are doing a great wrong by taking their disputes with each other to the civil court. Alternate translation: "it is wrong for him to dare ... holy people." or "he should fear God and not ... God's holy people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to go to law before the unrighteous rather than before God's holy people
|
||||
|
||||
to have the unrighteous, not God's holy people, decide who is right and wrong and how to punish the wrongdoer
|
||||
|
||||
### the unrighteous
|
||||
|
||||
judges who do not believe in Jesus
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that God's holy people will judge the world?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to shame the Corinthians for their behavior. Alternate translation: "You act like you do not know that God's holy people will judge the world." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If then you will judge the world, are you not able to settle matters of little importance?
|
||||
|
||||
Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: "You will judge the world in the future, so you should be able to settle this small matter now." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:3
|
||||
|
||||
### judge matters of this life
|
||||
|
||||
"stop arguments about things that have to do with this life"
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that we will judge the angels?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is surprised that they do not seem to know. Alternate translation: "You know that we will judge the angels." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we
|
||||
|
||||
Paul includes himself and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### How much more, then, can we judge matters of this life?
|
||||
|
||||
Because they will be given greater responsibility later, they should be responsible for lesser things now. Alternate translation: "Because we know we will judge the angels, we can also be sure that God will enable us to judge matters in this life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:4
|
||||
|
||||
### If then you have to make judgments that pertain to daily life
|
||||
|
||||
"If you are called upon to make decisions about daily life" or "If you must settle matters that are important in this life"
|
||||
|
||||
### do you lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church?
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are that 1) this is a rhetorical question and Paul is rebuking the Corinthians for laying their cases before people of no standing in the church. Alternate translation: "you should not lay such cases as these before those who have no standing in the church." or 2) this is a command to lay their cases before even people of no standing in the church, rather than to people outside of the church. Alternate translation: "lay cases such as these even before people in the church who have no standing, not before people outside of the church." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:5
|
||||
|
||||
### to your shame
|
||||
|
||||
"to your dishonor" or "to show how you have failed in this matter"
|
||||
|
||||
### Is there no one among you wise enough to settle a dispute between brothers?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is shaming the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "You should be ashamed that you cannot find a wise believer to settle arguments between brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
### dispute
|
||||
|
||||
argument or disagreement
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:6
|
||||
|
||||
### But one brother goes to law against another brother—and this before unbelievers
|
||||
|
||||
"But brothers who have disputes with each other ask judges who do not believe in Christ to make decisions for them" or "It is bad that brothers have such bad disputes with each other that they go to court; it is even worse that those courts are run by unbelievers"
|
||||
|
||||
### brother goes to law against another brother
|
||||
|
||||
Here "brother" means fellow Christian, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
### goes to law
|
||||
|
||||
asks the civil court to judge the matter
|
||||
|
||||
### and this before unbelievers
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "and the brothers have unbelieving judges make decisions for them" or 2) "and unbelievers in the community see brothers disputing with one another"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:7
|
||||
|
||||
### is already a defeat
|
||||
|
||||
"is already a failure"
|
||||
|
||||
### Why not rather suffer the wrong? Why not rather allow yourselves to be cheated?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues to shame the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "It would be better to let others wrong you and cheat you than to take them to court." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:8
|
||||
|
||||
### your own brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that ... kingdom of God?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul emphasizes that they should already know this truth. Alternate translation: "You already know that ... kingdom of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### inherit
|
||||
|
||||
Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### inherit the kingdom of God
|
||||
|
||||
God will not judge them as righteous at the judgment, and they will not enter eternal life.
|
||||
|
||||
### male prostitutes, those who practice homosexuality
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) this is a merism for all homosexual activity or 2) Paul is naming two different activities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### male prostitutes
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) men who allow other men to sleep with them or 2) men who allow men who pay them to sleep with them or 3) men who allow other men to sleep with them as part of a religious activity.
|
||||
|
||||
### those who practice homosexuality
|
||||
|
||||
men who sleep with other men
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:10
|
||||
|
||||
### thieves
|
||||
|
||||
people who steal from others
|
||||
|
||||
### the greedy
|
||||
|
||||
people who are willing to use evil means to take others' property
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:11
|
||||
|
||||
### you have been cleansed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has cleansed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you have been sanctified
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has set you apart for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you have been justified
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has made you right with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"Name" here is a metonym for the power and authority of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "by the power and authority of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul reminds the Corinthian believers that God wants them pure because Christ has bought them with his death. Their bodies are now God's temple. He does so by saying what the Corinthians might say and then correcting them.
|
||||
|
||||
### "Everything is lawful for me," but
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is saying what some Corinthians might be thinking. Alternate translation: "People say, 'I am allowed to do anything,' but" or 2) Paul is saying what he thinks is true. Alternate translation: "I am allowed to do anything, but"
|
||||
|
||||
### but not everything is profitable
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is answering whoever says, "Everything is lawful for me." Alternate translation: "but not everything is good for me"
|
||||
|
||||
### I will not be mastered by any of them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not allow these things to rule over me like a master" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:13
|
||||
|
||||
### "Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food," but God will do away with both of them
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is correcting what some Corinthians might be thinking, "food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food," by answering that God will do away with both the stomach and food or 2) Paul actually agrees that "food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food," but he is adding that God will do away with both of them.
|
||||
|
||||
### Food is for the stomach, and the stomach is for food
|
||||
|
||||
One possible meanings is that the speaker is speaking indirectly of the body and sex, but you should translate this literally as "stomach" and "food."
|
||||
|
||||
### do away with
|
||||
|
||||
"destroy"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:14
|
||||
|
||||
### raised the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"caused the Lord to live again"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that your bodies are members of Christ?
|
||||
|
||||
The word translated as "members" refers to parts of a body. Our belonging to Christ is spoken of as if we were parts of his body. We belong to him so much that even our bodies belong to him. Paul uses this question to remind the people of something they should already know. Alternate translation: "You should know that your bodies belong to Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shall I then take away the members of Christ and join them to a prostitute? May it not be!
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to emphasize how wrong it is for someone who belongs to Christ to go to a prostitute. Alternate translation: "I am part of Christ. I will not take my body and join myself to a prostitute!" or "We are parts of Christ's body. We must not take our bodies and join ourselves to prostitutes!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### May it not be!
|
||||
|
||||
"That should never happen!" or "We must never do that!"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that ... her?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul begins to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing a truth that they already know. "I want to remind you that ... her." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he who is joined to a prostitute becomes one body with her
|
||||
|
||||
This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when a man joins his body to the body of a prostitute, it is as if their bodies become one body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:17
|
||||
|
||||
### he who is joined to the Lord becomes one spirit with him
|
||||
|
||||
This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the Lord joins his spirit to the spirit of a person, it is as if their spirits become one spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Run away from
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of a person rejecting sexual sin as if that person were running away from danger. Alternate translation: "Get away from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### immorality! Every other sin that a person commits is outside the body, but
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is showing that sexual sin is especially bad because it is not only against others but against the sinner's own body or 2) Paul is quoting what some Corinthians were thinking. Alternate translation: "immorality! Some of you are saying, 'Every sin that a person commits is outside the body,' but I say that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sin that a person commits
|
||||
|
||||
"evil deed that a person does"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know ... God? Do you not know that you are not your own?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is continuing to teach the Corinthians by emphasizing what they already know. Alternate translation: "I want to remind you ... God and that you are not your own." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your body
|
||||
|
||||
the body of each individual Christian is a temple of the Holy Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
### temple of the Holy Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
A temple is dedicated to divine beings, and it is also where they dwell. In the same way, the bodies of believers are like temples because the Holy Spirit lives within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 6:20
|
||||
|
||||
### For you were bought with a price
|
||||
|
||||
God paid for the freedom of the Corinthians from the slavery of sin. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God paid for your freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Therefore
|
||||
|
||||
"Because what I have just said is true,"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,451 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 7
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul gives the believers some specific instructions on marriage.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is introducing a new topic in his teaching.
|
||||
|
||||
### the issues you wrote about
|
||||
|
||||
The Corinthians had written a letter to Paul to ask for answers to certain questions.
|
||||
|
||||
### "It is good for a man not to touch a woman."
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is quoting what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: "you wrote, 'It is good for a man not to touch a woman.'" or 2) Paul is saying what he really thinks. Alternate translation: "my answer is that yes, it is good for a man not to touch a woman."
|
||||
|
||||
### It is good
|
||||
|
||||
"It is most helpful"
|
||||
|
||||
### for a man
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "a man" refers to a married man. Alternate translation: "a husband" or 2) "a man" refers to any man.
|
||||
|
||||
### not to touch a woman
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "touch a woman" is a euphemism for having sexual relations. Alternate translation: "not to have sexual relations with his wife for a while" or 2) "touch a woman" is a metonym for marry. Alternate translation: "not to marry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:2
|
||||
|
||||
### But because
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is responding to what the Corinthians had written. Alternate translation: "That is true, but because" or 2) Paul is saying what he really thinks.
|
||||
|
||||
### But because of temptations for many immoral acts, each
|
||||
|
||||
"But because Satan tempts people to commit sexual sin, each" or "But we desire to commit sexual sin because of our sinful nature, so each"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:3
|
||||
|
||||
### fulfill his duty to have sexual relations with his wife
|
||||
|
||||
Husbands should regularly have sexual relations with their wives. Alternate translation: "should give to his wife her sexual rights" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the same way the wife to her husband
|
||||
|
||||
The words "should fulfill" and "duty to have sexual relations" are understood from the previous phrase, as is the meaning of the euphemism. Alternate translation: "in the same way, the wife should fulfill her duty to have sexual relations with her husband" or "in the same way, the wife should give to her husband his sexual rights" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not deprive each other, except by mutual agreement and for
|
||||
|
||||
This double negative emphasizes that mutual agreement is necessary. Alternate translation: "Only if you both agree to deprive each other should you do so, and even then only do so for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not deprive each other
|
||||
|
||||
The word "deprive" means to keep from someone something that the other person has the right to receive, in this case marital relations. "Do not refuse to have marital relations with your spouse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so that you may devote yourselves to prayer
|
||||
|
||||
in order to have a period of especially deep prayer
|
||||
|
||||
### devote yourselves
|
||||
|
||||
"commit yourselves"
|
||||
|
||||
### come together again
|
||||
|
||||
"sleep together again"
|
||||
|
||||
### because of your lack of self-control
|
||||
|
||||
"because after some days, your sexual desires will be harder to keep under control"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:6
|
||||
|
||||
### I say these things to you as a concession and not as a command
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are Paul is telling the Corinthians that he is allowing them, but not commanding them, 1) to marry and sleep together or 2) to stop sleeping together for a time.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:7
|
||||
|
||||
### were as I am
|
||||
|
||||
Either Paul had never married or his wife had died. It is unlikely that he had been through a divorce.
|
||||
|
||||
### But each one has his own gift from God. One has this kind of gift, and another that kind
|
||||
|
||||
"But God enables people to do different things. He enables one person to do one thing and another person to do something different"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:8
|
||||
|
||||
### the unmarried
|
||||
|
||||
"those who are not married"
|
||||
|
||||
### to widows
|
||||
|
||||
"to women whose husbands have died"
|
||||
|
||||
### it is good
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Corinthians 7:1](../07/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:9
|
||||
|
||||
### to burn with passion
|
||||
|
||||
"to live with the constant desire to sleep with someone"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:10
|
||||
|
||||
### should not separate from
|
||||
|
||||
Paul's readers knew no difference between separating and divorcing. To stop living with someone was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: "should not divorce"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:11
|
||||
|
||||
### be reconciled to her husband
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "she should make peace with her husband and return to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### should not divorce
|
||||
|
||||
Paul's readers knew no difference between divorcing and simply separating. To do either was to end the marriage. Alternate translation: "should not separate from"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:12
|
||||
|
||||
### content
|
||||
|
||||
willing or satisfied
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:14
|
||||
|
||||
### For the unbelieving husband is set apart because of his wife
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "For God has set apart the unbelieving husband for himself because of his believing wife" or 2) "God treats the unbelieving husband as he would treat a son for the sake of his believing wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the unbelieving wife is set apart because of the brother
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "God has set apart the unbelieving wife for himself because of her husband who believes" or 2) "God treats the unbelieving wife as he would treat a daughter for the sake of her husband who believes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the brother
|
||||
|
||||
the believing man or husband
|
||||
|
||||
### they are set apart
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "God has set them apart for himself" or 2) "God treats them as he would treat his own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:15
|
||||
|
||||
### In such cases, the brother or sister is not bound to their vows
|
||||
|
||||
Here "brother" and "sister" refers to a Christian husband or wife. Here "not bound to their vows" is a metaphor that mean the person is not obligated to do what they vowed to do. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "In such cases, God does not require the believing spouse to continue to obey the marriage vow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:16
|
||||
|
||||
### do you know, woman ... you will save your husband ... do you know, man ... you will save your wife
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of "you" and "your" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### how do you know, woman, whether you will save your husband?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to cause women to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: "you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving husband." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### how do you know, man, whether you will save your wife?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to cause men to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: "you cannot know if you will save your unbelieving wife." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:17
|
||||
|
||||
### However
|
||||
|
||||
No matter what is true for the people in any of the situations Paul has just been discussing, he addresses the following words to everyone.
|
||||
|
||||
### as the Lord has given each one his portion
|
||||
|
||||
God giving people skills and work to do and guiding the events of their lives is spoken of as if he were dividing physical objects and giving parts out to them. Alternate translation: "as the Lord has assigned each one his life"
|
||||
|
||||
### each one
|
||||
|
||||
"each believer"
|
||||
|
||||
### let each one walk as God has called him
|
||||
|
||||
The word "walk" is a metaphor for "live." Possible meanings of the word "called" are 1) it refers to people responding to the gospel. Alternate translation: "each one should live as he was when he became a Christian." Or 2) it is a metaphor for "commanded" or "instructed." Alternate translation: "each one should live as God has instructed him to" or "each one should follow God's commands as he lives his life"
|
||||
|
||||
### This is my rule in all the churches
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was teaching believers in all the churches to act in this manner.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Was anyone circumcised when he was called to believe? He
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was addressing the circumcised ones (the Jews). Alternate translation: "If someone was already circumcised when God called him to believe, he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Was anyone uncircumcised when he was called to faith? He
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was now addressing the uncircumcised ones. Alternate translation: "If someone was uncircumcised when God called him to believe, he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:20
|
||||
|
||||
### remain in the calling
|
||||
|
||||
Here "calling" refers to the work or social position in which you were involved. Alternate translation: "live and work as you did"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Were you ... called you? Do not be ... you can become
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so all instances of "you" and the command "be" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Were you a slave when God called you? Do not be concerned
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as a statement. Alternate translation: "To anyone who was a slave when God called you to believe, I say this: do not be concerned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the Lord's freeman
|
||||
|
||||
This freeman is forgiven by God and therefore free from Satan and sin.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:23
|
||||
|
||||
### You have been bought with a price
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ bought you by dying for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Brothers
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
|
||||
### whatever situation he was in when he was called
|
||||
|
||||
"whether he was married or unmarried, slave or free, when he was called"
|
||||
|
||||
### he was called
|
||||
|
||||
You may need to make explicit who called and use an active verb. Alternate translation: "God called him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### called
|
||||
|
||||
called to believe in Christians
|
||||
|
||||
### let each one remain
|
||||
|
||||
"each one should remain." That is, each one should remain slave, free, married, or unmarried, as he was when he first believed in Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### with God
|
||||
|
||||
"as a person responsible to God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Now concerning virgins, I have no commandment from the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
Paul knows no teaching of Jesus that speaks about this situation. Alternate translation: "The Lord has not commanded me to say anything to people who have never married"
|
||||
|
||||
### virgins
|
||||
|
||||
This is probably a synecdoche for anyone who has never married. Alternate translation: "people who have never married" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I give my opinion
|
||||
|
||||
"I tell you what I think"
|
||||
|
||||
### as one who, by the Lord's mercy, is trustworthy
|
||||
|
||||
"because, by the Lord's mercy, I am trustworthy"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if he were speaking to each person, so all these instances of "you" and the command "do not seek" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Are you bound to a wife? Do not ...
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to introduce a possible condition. The question can be translated as a phrase with "if." Alternate translation: "If you are bound to a wife, do not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bound
|
||||
|
||||
married
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not seek a divorce
|
||||
|
||||
"Do not try to divorce her" or "Do try to separate from her"
|
||||
|
||||
### do not seek a wife
|
||||
|
||||
"do not try to get married"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:28
|
||||
|
||||
### fleshly trouble
|
||||
|
||||
The word "fleshly" is a metonym for mortal life. Alternate translation: "trouble in this life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I want to spare you from this
|
||||
|
||||
The word "this" refers to the kinds of worldly trouble that married people might have. Alternate translation: "I want to help you not to have worldly trouble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### virgin
|
||||
|
||||
This is probably a synecdoche for anyone who has never married. See how you translated "virgins" in [verse 25](./25.md). Alternate translation: "someone who has never married" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:29
|
||||
|
||||
### The time is short
|
||||
|
||||
"There is little time" or "Time is almost gone"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:30
|
||||
|
||||
### weep
|
||||
|
||||
cry or grieve with tears
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:31
|
||||
|
||||
### those who use the world
|
||||
|
||||
"those who deal every day with unbelievers"
|
||||
|
||||
### should not act as though they are using it to the full
|
||||
|
||||
"should show by their actions that they have their hope in God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:32
|
||||
|
||||
### free from worries
|
||||
|
||||
Being "free from" something is an idiom which means having the ability to live without it." Alternate translation: "without needing to worry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### concerned about
|
||||
|
||||
"focused on"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:34
|
||||
|
||||
### he is divided
|
||||
|
||||
"he is trying to please God and please his wife at the same time"
|
||||
|
||||
### The unmarried woman or the virgin
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "virgin" refers only to virgins, while "unmarried woman" could be a divorcée or any other unmarried non-virgin, and 2) "unmarried woman" explains what Paul means by "virgin."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:35
|
||||
|
||||
### constraint
|
||||
|
||||
restriction
|
||||
|
||||
### may be devoted to
|
||||
|
||||
"can concentrate on"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:36
|
||||
|
||||
### not treating his virgin with respect
|
||||
|
||||
"not being kind to his virgin" or "not honoring his virgin"
|
||||
|
||||
### his virgin
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "the woman whom he promised to marry" or "his fiancée" or 2) "his virgin daughter."
|
||||
|
||||
### They should marry
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "He should marry his fiancée" or 2) "He should let his daughter get married."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:37
|
||||
|
||||
### But if he is standing firm in his heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "standing firm" is a metaphor for deciding something with certainty. Here "heart" is metonym for a person's mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: "But if he has decided firmly in his own mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:38
|
||||
|
||||
### So the one who marries his virgin does well, and the one who chooses not to marry will do even better
|
||||
|
||||
Or "So the one who allows his virgin daughter to marry does well, and the one who chooses not to have her marry will do even better." See how you translated "virgin" and "He should marry" in [verse 36](./36.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:39
|
||||
|
||||
### A woman is bound to her husband
|
||||
|
||||
Here "bound" is a metaphor for a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually, and physically. Here it means the union of marriage. Alternate translation: "A woman is married to her husband" or "A woman is united with her husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### while he lives
|
||||
|
||||
"for as long as he lives" or "until he dies"
|
||||
|
||||
### in the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"if the new husband is a believer"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 7:40
|
||||
|
||||
### my judgment
|
||||
|
||||
"my understanding of God's word"
|
||||
|
||||
### happier
|
||||
|
||||
more contented, more joyful
|
||||
|
||||
### lives as she is
|
||||
|
||||
"remains unmarried"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 8
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
"We" means Paul and, though specifically writing to the Corinthian believers, includes all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul reminds the believers that though idols have no power, believers must be careful not to affect the weaker believers who might think that the believers care about idols if the believers eat food that was sacrificed to idols. He tells believers to be careful with the freedom that they have in Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now about
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this phrase to move on to the next question the Corinthians had asked him.
|
||||
|
||||
### food sacrificed to idols
|
||||
|
||||
Gentile worshipers would offer grain, fish, fowl, or meat to their gods. The priest would burn a portion of it on the altar. Paul is speaking of the portion the priest would give back for the worshiper to eat or sell in the market.
|
||||
|
||||
### Knowledge puffs up
|
||||
|
||||
"Knowledge puffs people up." Here "puffs up" is a metaphor for making someone proud. The abstract noun "knowledge" can be expressed with the verb "know." Alternate translation: "Knowledge makes people proud" or "People who think that they know a lot become proud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but love builds up
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "love" can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: "but when we love people, we build them up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### love builds up
|
||||
|
||||
Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. Alternate translation: "love strengthens people" or "when we love people, we strengthen them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:2
|
||||
|
||||
### thinks he knows something
|
||||
|
||||
"believes he knows everything about something"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:3
|
||||
|
||||
### that person is known by him
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
"We" here refers to all believers and include Paul's audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### We know that an idol in this world is nothing and that there is no God but one
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is probably quoting phrases that some Corinthians used. Being "nothing" represents having no power. Alternate translation: "We all know, as you yourselves like to say, that an idol in this world has no power and that there is no God but one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:5
|
||||
|
||||
### so-called gods
|
||||
|
||||
"things that people call gods"
|
||||
|
||||
### many "gods" and many "lords"
|
||||
|
||||
Paul does not believe that many gods and many lords exist, but he recognizes that the pagans believe they do.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
"Us" and "we" here refer to all believers and include Paul's audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### yet for us there is only one God
|
||||
|
||||
"yet we know that there is only one God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking here of "weak" brothers, people who cannot separate food sacrificed to idols from the worship of those idols. If a Christian eats food that has been sacrificed to an idol, weak brothers might think that God will allow them to worship the idol by eating the food. Even if the eater has not worshiped the idol and is simply eating the food, he has still corrupted his weak brothers' conscience.
|
||||
|
||||
### everyone ... some
|
||||
|
||||
"all people ... some people who are now Christians"
|
||||
|
||||
### defiled
|
||||
|
||||
ruined or harmed, especially as regards the person's relationship with God
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:8
|
||||
|
||||
### food will not present us to God
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of food as though it were a person who could make God welcome us. Alternate translation: "food does not give us favor with God" or "the food we eat does not make God pleased with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### We are not worse if we do not eat, nor better if we do eat it
|
||||
|
||||
"Some people might think that if we do not eat some things, God will love us less. But they are wrong. Those who think that God will love us more if we do eat those things are also wrong"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:9
|
||||
|
||||
### someone who is weak
|
||||
|
||||
believers not strong in their faith
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:10
|
||||
|
||||
### sees you, who have
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so these words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his ... conscience
|
||||
|
||||
what he understands to be right and wrong
|
||||
|
||||
### emboldened to eat
|
||||
|
||||
"encouraged to eat"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:11
|
||||
|
||||
### your understanding
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word "your" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the weaker one ... is destroyed
|
||||
|
||||
The brother or sister who is not strong in his or her faith will sin or lose his or her faith.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 8:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Therefore
|
||||
|
||||
"Because what I have just said is true"
|
||||
|
||||
### if food causes
|
||||
|
||||
"Food" here is a metonym for the eating of food. Alternate translation: "if by eating I cause" or "if I, because of what I eat, cause" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,326 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 9
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul explains how he uses the liberty he has in Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### Am I not free?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of the rights he has. Alternate translation: "I am a free person." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Am I not an apostle?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is and the rights he has. Alternate translation: "I am an apostle." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Have I not seen Jesus our Lord?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of who he is. Alternate translation: "I have seen Jesus our Lord." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Are you not my work in the Lord?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of their relationship to him. Alternate translation: "You believe in Christ because I have worked the way the Lord wants me to." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my work
|
||||
|
||||
"the result of the work that I have done"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:2
|
||||
|
||||
### you are the seal of my apostleship in the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
The word "seal" here is a metaphor for the evidence needed to prove something. Alternate translation: "you are evidence I can use to prove that the Lord has chosen me to be an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:3
|
||||
|
||||
### This is my defense ... me:
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the words that follow are Paul's defense or 2) the words in 1 Corinthians 9:1-2 are Paul's defense. Alternate translation: "This is my defense ... me."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Do we not have the right to eat and drink?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to challenge what some people think about him and Barnabas. Alternate translation: "We have the right to receive food and drink from the churches." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we
|
||||
|
||||
Here "we" refers to Paul and Barnabas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Do we not have the right to take along with us a sister wife, as do the rest of the apostles, and the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to challenge what some people think about him and Barnabas. Alternate translation: "We have the right to bring a sister wife along with us, just like the rest of the apostles, the brothers of the Lord, and Cephas." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sister wife
|
||||
|
||||
"a wife who is a believer" or "a Christian wife." This in no way implies that any of the men has more than one wife.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Or is it only Barnabas and I who have no authority to not labor?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to challenge what some people think about him and Barnabas. Alternate translation: "You seem to think that Barnabas and I are the only people who have no authority to not labor." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who have no authority to not labor
|
||||
|
||||
If this double negative causes confusion in your language, you can state it as a simple positive. Alternate translation: "whom God commands to labor" or "who must labor" or "who have the obligation to labor"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Who serves as a soldier at his own expense?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "We all know that no soldier has to buy his own supplies." or "We all know that every soldier receives his supplies from the government." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Who plants a vineyard and does not eat its fruit?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "We all know that the one who plants a vineyard will be allowed to eat its fruit." or "No one expects that someone who plants a vineyard will be forbidden to eat its fruit." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Or who shepherds a flock and does not drink milk from it?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "We all know that those who shepherd flocks may drink milk from the flocks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Do I say these things based on human authority? Does not the law also say this?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses these rhetorical questions as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "I am not saying these things based on human authority. The law also says this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not put
|
||||
|
||||
Moses was speaking to the Israelites as if they were one person, so this command is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Is it really the oxen that God cares about?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "God does not only care about the oxen." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Is he not speaking about us?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "Instead, God was certainly speaking about us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### should plow in hope
|
||||
|
||||
"should plow, expecting to receive something for his work" or "should plow, expecting to share in the harvest"
|
||||
|
||||
### should thresh in the hope of sharing in the harvest
|
||||
|
||||
"should thresh, expecting to share in the harvest"
|
||||
|
||||
### sharing in the harvest
|
||||
|
||||
"receiving some of the crop that is collected"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:11
|
||||
|
||||
### If we sowed spiritual things among you, is it too much for us to reap material things from you?
|
||||
|
||||
Here "sowed spiritual things" and "reap material things" are metaphors meaning Paul and Barnabas taught the Corinthians about Christ and spiritual things, so they deserve for the church to support them for their work. Alternate translation: "If we taught you about Christ and spiritual truths, is it too much for us to receive money from you for our work? (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is it too much for us to reap material things from you?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "then it should not be too much for us to reap material things from you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:12
|
||||
|
||||
### If others exercised ... you, do we not have even more?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this rhetorical question as a part of his argument to show that he and Barnabas have the right to be supported by the church for their work. Alternate translation: "If others exercised ... you, then we have that right even more." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If others exercised this right
|
||||
|
||||
Paul and the Corinthians both know that others exercised the right. Alternate translation: "Since others exercised this right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### others
|
||||
|
||||
other workers of the gospel
|
||||
|
||||
### this right
|
||||
|
||||
the right to have the believers at Corinth provide for the living expenses of those who told them the good news
|
||||
|
||||
### be a hindrance to
|
||||
|
||||
"be a burden to" or "stop the spread of"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that those who perform sacred duties get their food from the temple?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: "I want to remind you that those who perform sacred duties get their food from the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### perform sacred duties
|
||||
|
||||
"perform sacred duties in the temple" or "work in the temple"
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that those who serve at the altar share in what is offered on the altar?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: "I want to remind you that those who serve at the altar get some of the foods and meat that people offer on the altar." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:14
|
||||
|
||||
### get their living from the gospel
|
||||
|
||||
The words "the gospel" here are a metonym for 1) the people to whom they tell the gospel, "receive their food and other things they need from those to whom they teach the good news," or 2) the result of working to tell the gospel, "receive their food and other things they need because they work to tell the good news." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:15
|
||||
|
||||
### these rights
|
||||
|
||||
"these things that I deserve"
|
||||
|
||||
### so something might be done for me
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so you will do something for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### It would be better for me to die than—No one will deprive me of this boast!
|
||||
|
||||
Paul seems to have started a new sentence before finishing the first one. Some versions read, "It would be better for me to die than to have someone deprive me of this boast," as some versions read.
|
||||
|
||||
### It would be better for me to
|
||||
|
||||
"I would rather." Paul is speaking of what he desires, not necessarily of what God thinks is best.
|
||||
|
||||
### deprive me of this boast
|
||||
|
||||
"take away this opportunity I have to boast"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:16
|
||||
|
||||
### I must do this
|
||||
|
||||
"I must preach the gospel"
|
||||
|
||||
### woe be to me if
|
||||
|
||||
"may I suffer misfortune if"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:17
|
||||
|
||||
### if I do this willingly
|
||||
|
||||
"if I preach willingly" or "if I preach because I want to"
|
||||
|
||||
### But if not willingly
|
||||
|
||||
The words "I do this" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "But if I do this unwillingly" or "But if I do this even though I do not want to" or "But if I do this because I was forced to do it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I still have a stewardship that was entrusted to me
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I still must complete this work that God entrusted to me" or "I still must do this work that God gave me to complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:18
|
||||
|
||||
### What then is my reward?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is preparing them for the new information he is going to give them. Alternate translation: "This is my reward." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### That when I preach, I may offer the gospel without charge
|
||||
|
||||
"My reward for preaching is that I can preach without receiving payment"
|
||||
|
||||
### offer the gospel
|
||||
|
||||
"preach the gospel"
|
||||
|
||||
### so not take full use of my right in the gospel
|
||||
|
||||
"so not ask people to support me as I travel and preach"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:19
|
||||
|
||||
### I am free from all
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses the image of freedom from slavery to talk about not being obligated to others. Alternate translation: "I am free of obligation to all" or "Though I am not obligated to anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I became a servant to all
|
||||
Paul uses the image of slavery to talk about his willingness to meet others' needs. Alternate translation: "I became like a servant to all" or "I became willing to serve all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### win more
|
||||
|
||||
"persuade others to believe" or "help others trust in Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:20
|
||||
|
||||
### I became like a Jew
|
||||
|
||||
"I acted like a Jew" or "I practiced Jewish customs"
|
||||
|
||||
### I became like one under the law
|
||||
|
||||
"I became like one committed to following the demands of the Jewish leadership, accepting their understanding of the Jewish scriptures"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:21
|
||||
|
||||
### To those outside the law, I became like one outside the law
|
||||
|
||||
To be "outside the law" is a metaphor that means not to be obligated to obey the law. "The "law" refers to the law of Moses, and "those outside the law" refers to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "To Gentiles, who are not obligated to follow the law of Moses, I became like them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### although I was not outside the law of God myself, but under the law of Christ
|
||||
|
||||
The phrases "not outside the law" and "under the law" are metaphors that mean to be obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: "although I was not one of those who is not obligated to obey the law of God, but I was obligated to obey the law of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul explains that he uses the liberty he has in Christ to discipline himself.
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not know that in a race all the runners run the race, but that only one receives the prize?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they know so he can add new information. Alternate translation: "Let me remind you that although all runners run the race, only one runner receives the prize." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### run the race
|
||||
|
||||
Paul compares living the Christian life and working for God to running a race and being an athlete. As in a race, the Christian life and work require strict discipline on the part of the runner, and, as in a race, the Christian has a specific goal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### run to win the prize
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of the reward God will give his faithful people as if it were a prize given for an athletic contest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:25
|
||||
|
||||
### a wreath that is perishable ... one that is imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
A wreath is a bunch of leaves twisted together. Wreaths were given as prizes to athletes who won games and races. Paul speaks of eternal life as if it were a wreath that would never dry up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:26
|
||||
|
||||
### run ... box
|
||||
|
||||
These are both metaphors for living the Christian life and serving God by working as hard as one can to succeed and so gain something good and to avoid failing and so losing something good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### run
|
||||
|
||||
This is running in a race to win a prize.
|
||||
|
||||
### run, as not without purpose
|
||||
|
||||
If this double negative would confuse the reader in your language, you can state it as a simple positive. Alternate translation: "run: with purpose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### box
|
||||
|
||||
to beat another person with the fists in a sporting contest
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 9:27
|
||||
|
||||
### I myself may not be disqualified
|
||||
|
||||
This passive sentence can be rephrased to an active form. The judge of a race or competition is a metaphor for God. Alternate translation: "the judge will not disqualify me" or "God will not say that I have failed to obey the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,358 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 10
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul reminds the Corinthians of the example of their ancient Jewish fathers' experiences with immorality and idolatry.
|
||||
|
||||
### our fathers
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is referring to the time of Moses in the book of Exodus when Israel fled through the Red Sea as the Egyptian army pursued them. Here "our" refers to Paul and includes the Corinthians. The Corinthians were not acutal descendants of the Israelites who escaped Egypt. Paul means that all Christians are spiritual descendants of Israel. Alternate translation: "our ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### were all under the cloud
|
||||
|
||||
When the Israelites left Egypt, God traveled with them in a pillar of cloud. Alternate translation: "were all led by God who was in the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### passed through the sea
|
||||
|
||||
This sea is known by two names, the Red Sea and the Sea of Reeds.
|
||||
|
||||
### passed through
|
||||
|
||||
"walked through" or "traveled through"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:2
|
||||
|
||||
### All were baptized into Moses in the cloud and in the sea
|
||||
|
||||
To be "baptized into Moses" means to become united with or to become a follower of Moses through baptism. The Israelites were not baptized in the way that Christians were baptized in the New Testament. Paul is comparing Christian being baptized as followers of Christ with the Israelites, who became followers of Moses as they walked across the Red Sea with God leading them in the cloud. Alternate translation: "It was like all of them were baptized when they followed Moses across the sea as God led them in the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### All were baptized
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:3
|
||||
|
||||
### all ate the same spiritual food
|
||||
|
||||
Here "spiritual food" refers to the manna that God supernaturally supplied to the Israelites while they traveled in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "All ate the same food that God supernaturally provided from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:4
|
||||
|
||||
### drank the same spiritual drink ... spiritual rock
|
||||
|
||||
Here "spiritual drink" refers to the water that God supernaturally caused to flow out of a rock. Alternate translation: "drank the same water that God supernaturally caused to come out of the rock ... supernatural rock" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that rock was Christ
|
||||
|
||||
The "rock" was a literal, physical rock, so it would be best to translate this literally. If your language cannot say that a rock "was" a person's name, treat the word "rock" as a metonym for the power of Christ that worked through the rock. Alternate translation: "it was Christ who worked through that rock" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:5
|
||||
|
||||
### not well pleased
|
||||
|
||||
"displeased" or "angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
### most of them
|
||||
|
||||
"most of the Israelite fathers" or "most of our ancestors"
|
||||
|
||||
### their corpses were scattered about
|
||||
|
||||
"God scattered their dead bodies around" or "God killed them and scattered their bodies"
|
||||
|
||||
### in the wilderness
|
||||
|
||||
the desert land between Egypt and Israel through which the Israelites wandered for 40 years
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:7
|
||||
|
||||
### idolaters
|
||||
|
||||
people who worship idols
|
||||
|
||||
### sat down to eat and drink
|
||||
|
||||
"sat down to eat a meal"
|
||||
|
||||
### play
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is quoting the Jewish scriptures. His readers would have understood from this one word that the people were worshiping an idol by singing and dancing and engaging in sexual activities, not simply enjoying innocent fun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:8
|
||||
|
||||
### In one day, twenty-three thousand people died
|
||||
|
||||
"God killed 23,000 people in one day"
|
||||
|
||||
### because of it
|
||||
|
||||
"because they committed those unlawful sexual acts"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:9
|
||||
|
||||
### did and were destroyed by snakes
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "did. As a result, snakes destroyed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:10
|
||||
|
||||
### grumble
|
||||
|
||||
"complain"
|
||||
|
||||
### did and were destroyed by an angel of death
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "did. As a result, an angel of death destroyed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:11
|
||||
|
||||
### these things happened to them
|
||||
|
||||
"God punished our ancestors"
|
||||
|
||||
### examples for us
|
||||
|
||||
Here "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the end of the ages
|
||||
|
||||
"the last days"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:12
|
||||
|
||||
### does not fall
|
||||
|
||||
does not sin or reject God
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:13
|
||||
|
||||
### No temptation has overtaken you that is not common to all humanity
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "Every temptation that has overtaken you is common to all humanity" or "The temptations that affect you are temptations that all people experience" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He will not let you be tempted beyond your ability
|
||||
|
||||
"He will only allow you to be tempted in ways that you are strong enough to resist"
|
||||
|
||||
### will not let you be tempted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will not allow anyone to tempt you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues to remind them to be pure and to stay away from idolatry and immorality as he talks about communion, which represents the blood and body of Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### run away from idolatry
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of the practice of worshiping idols as if it were a physical thing like a dangerous animal. Alternate translation: "do all you can to get away from worshiping idols" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:16
|
||||
|
||||
### The cup of blessing
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of God's blessing as though it were the wine in the cup used in the ritual of the Lord's Supper. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that we bless
|
||||
|
||||
"for which we thank God"
|
||||
|
||||
### is it not a sharing in the blood of Christ?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they already know, that the cup of wine that we share represents us sharing in the blood of Christ. Alternate translation: "we share in the blood of Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The bread that we break, is it not a sharing in the body of Christ?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is reminding the Corinthians of what they already know. Alternate translation: "We share in the body of Christ when we share bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a sharing in
|
||||
|
||||
"taking part in" or "equally participating with others in"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:17
|
||||
|
||||
### loaf of bread
|
||||
|
||||
a single unit of baked bread that is sliced or broken into pieces before it is eaten
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Are not those who eat the sacrifices participants in the altar?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to remind the Corinthians of what they already know so that he can give them new information. Alternate translation: "Those who eat the sacrifices share in the activities and the blessings of the altar." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:19
|
||||
|
||||
### What am I saying then? That an idol is anything? Or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses these rhetorical questions to clear up any confusion the Corinthians might have about what he meant. The second and third questions are elliptical, and the understood words can be provided. Alternate translation: "I am not saying that an idol is anything or that food sacrificed to an idol is anything." or "I am not saying that an idol is a real god or that food that has been sacrificed to idols has any power." or "What am I saying then? Am I saying that an idol is anything? Or am I saying that food sacrificed to an idol is anything?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:21
|
||||
|
||||
### You cannot drink the cup of the Lord and the cup of demons
|
||||
|
||||
Drinking from the cup of the Lord is a symbol of being united to the Lord, and drinking from the cup of demons is a symbol of being united to demons. It is impossible to be united to both the Lord and demons. Alternate translation: "You cannot be united to the Lord by drinking from his cup and also be united to demons by drinking from their cup (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You cannot drink the cup
|
||||
|
||||
Here "cup" is a metonym for the wine in the cup. Alternate translation: "You cannot drink from the cup" or "You cannot drink the wine from the cup" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the cup of the Lord
|
||||
This refers to the cup of wine that people drink from when celebrating the Lord's supper.
|
||||
|
||||
### the cup of demons
|
||||
This refers to anything people might drink during a meal dedicated to demons.
|
||||
|
||||
### You cannot participate at the table of the Lord and the table of demons
|
||||
|
||||
Here "participate at the table" refers to eating a meal together. The "table of the Lord" refers to a meal that people eat to honor the Lord. Alternate translation: "You cannot eat together at the table of the Lord and at the table of demons" or "You cannot join in eating to honor the Lord and join in eating to honor demons"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Or do we provoke the Lord to jealousy?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind the people of what they already know. Alternate translation: "Surely you do not want to provoke the Lord to jealousy." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### provoke
|
||||
|
||||
to anger or irritate
|
||||
|
||||
### Are we stronger than he is?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind the people of what they already know. Alternate translation: "You are not stronger than he is." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
In the rest of this chapter, Paul reminds the Corinthians that though they are free, they must care about others and not do things that could lead others to sin.
|
||||
|
||||
### Everything is lawful
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is saying what some Corinthians might be thinking. Alternate translation: "People say, 'I am allowed to do anything'" or 2) Paul is saying what he thinks is true. Alternate translation: "I am allowed to do anything." This should be translated as in [1 Corinthians 6:12](../06/12.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### not everything is profitable
|
||||
|
||||
"some things are not profitable" or "some things do not help people"
|
||||
|
||||
### not everything builds people up
|
||||
|
||||
Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "not everything strengthens people" or "some things do not strengthen people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Eat everything sold in the market
|
||||
|
||||
Or "You may eat anything sold in the market." Paul is granting permission, not issuing a command.
|
||||
|
||||
### without asking questions of conscience
|
||||
|
||||
Questions of conscience are questions that a person asks because he wants to know if something is sinful or not. In this case, a person might ask if the food at the market was offered to idols; if he thinks that it is sinful to eat food sacrificed to idols, he would feel guilty about eating it. Paul is saying that the person does not need to ask if the food has been sacrificed to an idol or not. Alternate translation: "without asking questions that could make the conscience feel guilty" or "without asking questions about whether it is sinful to eat it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This quotation is from the Psalms in the Old Testament.
|
||||
|
||||
### and the fullness of it
|
||||
|
||||
"and everything in it." This means that everything on the earth belongs to the Lord. By saying this, Paul shows that even meat at the market that was offered to idols belongs to the Lord.
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:27
|
||||
|
||||
### without asking questions of conscience
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Corinthians 10:25](../10/25.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information
|
||||
|
||||
Some translations put verse 28 and the first part of verse 29 in parentheses because the second part of verse 29 appears to give a reason for what Paul taught in verses 25-27 about not asking questions of conscience.
|
||||
|
||||
### This has been offered in sacrifice
|
||||
|
||||
Here being offered in sacrifice means that it was offered to idols. This was the part of the meat that the worshiper was allowed to bring home after killing an animal as a sacrifice to an idol.
|
||||
|
||||
### for the sake of the one who informed you
|
||||
|
||||
This is the first reason not to eat the meat. Alternate translation: "for the good of the one who informed you"
|
||||
|
||||
### and for the sake of conscience
|
||||
|
||||
This is the second reason not to eat the meat. Alternate translation: "and because of conscience" or "and in order not to cause concerns about whether or not it is sinful"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information
|
||||
|
||||
Some translations put verse 28 and the first part of verse 29 in parentheses because the second part of verse 29 appears to give a reason for what Paul taught in verses 25-27 about not asking questions of conscience.
|
||||
|
||||
### the conscience of the other man, I mean, and not yours
|
||||
|
||||
Here Paul explains whose conscience he was writing about in verse 28.
|
||||
|
||||
### For why should my freedom be judged by another's conscience?
|
||||
|
||||
This is a rhetorical question, and it can be expressed as a statement. The verb "be judged" can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "For another person's conscience should not judge my freedom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my freedom
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "freedom" can be expressed with the adjective "free." Alternate translation: "my being free" or "what I do because I am free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:30
|
||||
|
||||
### If I partake of the meal with gratitude
|
||||
|
||||
The meaning of the abstract noun "gratitude" can be expressed with the phrase "give thanks." It can be made explicit that the thanksgiving is to God. Alternate translation: "If I give thanks to God for the food when I share in the meal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### why am I being insulted for that for which I gave thanks?
|
||||
|
||||
This is a rhetorical question, and it can be expressed as a statement. The verb "be insulted" can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "I should not be insulted for that for which I gave thanks." or "People should not be insult me for eating food that I have thanked God for." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] )
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:31
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Be blameless both to Jews and to Greeks, and to the church of God
|
||||
|
||||
"Be blameless in the opinion of both Jews and Greeks, and of the church of God" or "Make sure that neither Jews nor Greeks nor the church of God can accuse you of doing wrong"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 10:33
|
||||
|
||||
### please all people
|
||||
|
||||
"make all people glad"
|
||||
|
||||
### I do not seek my benefit, but that of the many
|
||||
|
||||
"I do not do things I desire for myself, but things that help as many people as possible"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 11
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
After reminding them to follow him in the same way that he follows Christ, Paul gives some specific instructions about how women and men are to live as believers.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:2
|
||||
|
||||
### you remember me in everything
|
||||
|
||||
"you think of me at all times" or "you always try act as I would want you to act" The Corinthians had not forgotten who Paul was or what he had taught them.
|
||||
|
||||
### you hold firmly
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of the Corinthians believing what he taught them and obeying his commands as if he had given them a solid object that they were holding on to while someone tried to take it away. Alternate translation: "you believe and practice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Now I want
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "Because of this, I want" or 2) "However, I want."
|
||||
|
||||
### is the head of
|
||||
|
||||
has authority over
|
||||
|
||||
### a man is the head of a woman
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "men are to have authority over women" or 2) "the husband is to have authority over the wife"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:4
|
||||
|
||||
### with his head covered
|
||||
|
||||
This means to have some kind of garment on his head that covers his hair.
|
||||
|
||||
### dishonors his head
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "brings disgrace on himself" or 2) "brings disgrace on Christ, who is his head."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:5
|
||||
|
||||
### woman who prays ... dishonors her head
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "woman who prays ... brings disgrace on herself" or 2) "wife who prays ... brings disgrace on her husband."
|
||||
|
||||
### with her head uncovered
|
||||
|
||||
That is, without the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders.
|
||||
|
||||
### as if her head were shaved
|
||||
|
||||
as if she had removed all the hair on her head with a razor
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:6
|
||||
|
||||
### If it is disgraceful for a woman
|
||||
|
||||
It was a mark of disgrace or humiliation for a woman to have her hair shaved off or cut short.
|
||||
|
||||
### cover her head
|
||||
|
||||
place on her head the cloth that was worn on the top of the head and that covered the hair and shoulders
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:7
|
||||
|
||||
### should not have his head covered
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "must not cover his head" or 2) "does not need to cover his head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### glory of the man
|
||||
|
||||
Just as man reflects God's greatness, the woman reflects the man's character.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:8
|
||||
|
||||
### For man was not made from woman. Instead, woman was made from man
|
||||
|
||||
God made the woman by taking a bone from the man and making the woman from that bone. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not make the man from the woman. Instead, he made the woman from the man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:9
|
||||
|
||||
### For neither ... for man
|
||||
|
||||
These words and all of [1 Corinthians 11:8](../11/08.md) could be put in parentheses so that the reader can see that the word "this" in "this is why ... the angels" clearly refers back to the words "the woman is the glory of the man" in [1 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:10
|
||||
|
||||
### have a symbol of authority on her head
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "to symbolize that she has man as her head" or 2) "to symbolize that she has the authority to pray or prophesy."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Nevertheless, in the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"While what I have just said is all true, the most important thing is this: in the Lord"
|
||||
|
||||
### in the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "among Christians, who belong to the Lord" or 2) "in the world as created by God."
|
||||
|
||||
### the woman is not independent from the man, nor is the man independent from the woman
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "the woman depends on the man, and the man depends on the woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:12
|
||||
|
||||
### For as the woman comes from the man, so does the man come from the woman
|
||||
This means that the first woman, Eve, was made from the rib of the first man, Adam, and since then all men have been born by women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all things come from God
|
||||
|
||||
"God created everyone and everything" or "God created all"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Judge for yourselves
|
||||
|
||||
"Judge this issue according to the local customs and church practices you know"
|
||||
|
||||
### Is it proper for a woman to pray to God with her head uncovered?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. This can be stated in active form. "To honor God as she prays to him, a woman should have a covering on her head." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Does not even nature itself teach you ... for him?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul expects the Corinthians to agree with him. Alternate translation: "Nature itself even teaches you ... for him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Does not even nature itself teach you ... for him?
|
||||
|
||||
He is speaking of the way people in society normally act as if it were a person who teaches. Alternate translation: "You know just from looking at the way people normally act ... for him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:15
|
||||
|
||||
### For her hair has been given to her
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For God created woman with hair" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
As Paul talks about communion, the Lord's supper, he reminds them to have right attitudes as well as unity. He reminds them that if they fail in those things when taking communion, they will become sick and die, as has already happened to some of them.
|
||||
|
||||
### in the following instructions, I do not praise you. For when
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is "as I give you these instructions, there is something for which I cannot praise you: when"
|
||||
|
||||
### the following instructions
|
||||
|
||||
"the instructions I am about to talk about"
|
||||
|
||||
### come together
|
||||
|
||||
"gather together" or "meet"
|
||||
|
||||
### it is not for the better but for the worse
|
||||
|
||||
"you do not help each other; instead, you harm each other"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:18
|
||||
|
||||
### in the church
|
||||
|
||||
"as believers." Paul is not talking about being inside a building.
|
||||
|
||||
### there are divisions among you
|
||||
|
||||
"you divide yourselves into opposing groups"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:19
|
||||
|
||||
### For there must also be factions among you, so that those who are approved may become visible among you
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings 1) Paul is being ironic to shame the Corinthians for dividing the people they thought were more important from those they thought were less important. Alternate translation: "For you seem to want to have factions among you so that everyone will know whom you consider to be most important" or 2) Paul means factions are necessary so that God can show those whom he approves. Alternate translation: "For it is necessary for there to be factions among you so that you will know which people God has approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
||||
### factions
|
||||
|
||||
opposing groups of people
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:20
|
||||
|
||||
### come together
|
||||
|
||||
"gather together"
|
||||
|
||||
### it is not the Lord's Supper that you eat
|
||||
|
||||
"you may believe you are eating the Lord's Supper, but you are not, because you do not treat it with respect"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:22
|
||||
|
||||
### to eat and to drink in
|
||||
|
||||
"in which to gather for a meal"
|
||||
|
||||
### despise
|
||||
|
||||
hate or treat with dishonor and disrespect
|
||||
|
||||
### humiliate
|
||||
|
||||
embarrass or cause to feel shame
|
||||
|
||||
### What should I say to you? Should I praise you?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is rebuking the Corinthians. Alternate translation: "I can say nothing good about this. I cannot praise you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:23
|
||||
|
||||
### For I received from the Lord what I also passed on to you, that the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"For it was from the Lord that I heard what I told you, and it was this: the Lord"
|
||||
|
||||
### on the night when he was betrayed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on the night that Judas Iscariot betrayed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:24
|
||||
|
||||
### he broke it
|
||||
|
||||
"he pulled pieces from it"
|
||||
|
||||
### This is my body
|
||||
|
||||
"The bread I am holding is my body"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:25
|
||||
|
||||
### the cup
|
||||
|
||||
It is best to translate this literally. The Corinthians knew which cup he took, so it is not simply "a cup" or "some cup" or "any cup." Possible meanings are that it was 1) the cup of wine that one would expect him to use or 2) the third or fourth of the four cups of wine that the Jews drank at the Passover meal.
|
||||
|
||||
### Do this as often as you drink it, to remember me
|
||||
|
||||
"Drink from this cup, and as often as you drink from it, remember me"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:26
|
||||
|
||||
### proclaim the Lord's death
|
||||
|
||||
teach about the crucifixion and resurrection
|
||||
|
||||
### until he comes
|
||||
|
||||
Where Jesus comes to can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "until Jesus comes back to the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:27
|
||||
|
||||
### eats the bread or drinks the cup of the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"eats the bread of the Lord or drinks the cup of the Lord"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:28
|
||||
|
||||
### examine
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how "test the quality" is translated in [1 Corinthians 3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:29
|
||||
|
||||
### without discerning the body
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "and does not recognize that the church is the body of the Lord" or 2) "and does not consider that he is handling the Lord's body."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:30
|
||||
|
||||
### weak and ill
|
||||
|
||||
These words mean almost the same thing and can be combined, as in UDB.
|
||||
|
||||
### and some of you have fallen asleep
|
||||
|
||||
"Sleep" here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: "and some of you have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]]).
|
||||
|
||||
### some of you
|
||||
|
||||
If this would sound like Paul is talking to those who have died, you may need to make explicit that he is not. Alternate translation: "some of the members of your group" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:31
|
||||
|
||||
### examine
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of a person looking at his relationship to God and how he has been living his life as if that person is looking over something he wants to buy. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 11:28](../11/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we will not be judged
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not judge us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:32
|
||||
|
||||
### we are judged by the Lord, we are disciplined, so that we may not be condemned
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord judges us, he disciplines us, so that he will not condemn us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:33
|
||||
|
||||
### wait for one another
|
||||
|
||||
"allow the others to arrive before beginning the meal"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 11:34
|
||||
|
||||
### let him eat at home
|
||||
|
||||
"let him eat before attending this gathering"
|
||||
|
||||
### it will not be for judgment
|
||||
|
||||
"it will not be an occasion for God to discipline you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 12
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul lets the Corinthians know that God has given special gifts to believers. These gifts are to help the body of believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### I do not want you to be uninformed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "I want you to be informed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:2
|
||||
|
||||
### you were led astray to idols who could not speak, in whatever ways you were led by them
|
||||
|
||||
Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. Being led astray to idols represents being wrongly persuaded to worship idols. The phrases "were led astray" and "you were led by them" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you were persuaded in some way to worship idols who cannot speak" or "you believed lies somehow and so you worshiped idols who cannot speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:3
|
||||
|
||||
### no one who speaks by the Spirit of God can say
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "no Christian who has the Spirit of God in him can say" or 2) "no one who is prophesying by the power of the Spirit of God can say."
|
||||
|
||||
### Jesus is accursed
|
||||
|
||||
"God will punish Jesus" or "God will make Jesus suffer"
|
||||
|
||||
### No one can say, "Jesus is Lord," except by the Holy Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
This double negative emphasizes that "by the Holy Spirit" is what makes it possible for one to say, "Jesus is Lord." Alternate translation: "One can say, 'Jesus is Lord,' only by the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by the Holy Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
"with the help of the Holy Spirit" or "by the power that the Holy Spirit gives him"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:6
|
||||
|
||||
### works all in all
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "makes active all the gifts in everyone who has received them" or 2) "works all things in all people."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:7
|
||||
|
||||
### to each one is given
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. God is the one who does the giving ([1 Corinthians 12:6](../12/06.md)). Alternate translation: "God gives to each one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:8
|
||||
|
||||
### to one is given by the Spirit the word
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by means of the Spirit God gives to one person the word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word
|
||||
|
||||
"the message"
|
||||
|
||||
### by the Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
God gives the gifts through the work of the Spirit.
|
||||
|
||||
### wisdom ... knowledge
|
||||
|
||||
The difference between these two words is not as important here as the fact that God gives them both by the same Spirit.
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of wisdom
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: "wise words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of knowledge
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is communicating one idea through two words. Alternate translation: "words that show knowledge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:9
|
||||
|
||||
### is given
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md). Alternate translation: "God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
The words "are given" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "to another gifts of healing by the one Spirit are given" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:10
|
||||
|
||||
### to another prophecy
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "is given by the same Spirit" is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: "to another prophecy is given by the same Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to another various kinds of tongues
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "are given by the same Spirit" is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: "to another various kinds of tongues are given by the same Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### various kinds of tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongues" represents languages. Alternate translation: "the ability to speak different languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to another the interpretation of tongues
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "is given by the same Spirit" is understood from the previous phrases. Alternate translation: "to another the interpretation of tongues is given by the same Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the interpretation of tongues
|
||||
|
||||
This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: "the ability to interpret what is said in other languages"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:11
|
||||
|
||||
### one and the same Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
God gives the gifts through the work of the one and only Holy Spirit. See how this is translated in [1 Corinthians 12:8](../12/08.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues to talk of the variety of gifts God gives believers. God gives different gifts to different believers, but Paul wants them to know that all believers are made into one body, which is called the body of Christ. For this reason believers should have unity.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:13
|
||||
|
||||
### For by one Spirit we were all baptized
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit is the one who baptizes us, "For one Spirit baptized us" or 2) that the Spirit, like the water of baptism, is the medium through which we are baptized into the body, "For in one Spirit we were all baptized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all were made to drink of one Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor meaning everyone received and share in the same Spirit. The phrase "all were made" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave us all the same Spirit, which we share as people might share a drink" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:17
|
||||
|
||||
### where would the sense of hearing be? ... where would the sense of smell be?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "you could not hear anything. ... you could not smell anything." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:19
|
||||
|
||||
### the same member
|
||||
|
||||
The word "member" is a general word for the parts of the body, like the head, arm, or knee. Alternate translation: "the same part of the body"
|
||||
|
||||
### where would the body be?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be made a statement. Alternate translation: "there would be no body." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:21
|
||||
|
||||
### I have no need of you
|
||||
|
||||
"I do not need you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:23
|
||||
|
||||
### less honorable
|
||||
|
||||
"less important"
|
||||
|
||||
### our unpresentable members
|
||||
|
||||
This probably refers to the private parts of the body, which people keep covered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:25
|
||||
|
||||
### there may be no division within the body, but
|
||||
|
||||
"the body may be unified, and"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:26
|
||||
|
||||
### one member is honored
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone gives honor to one member" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Now you are
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "now" is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:28
|
||||
|
||||
### first apostles
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings for "first" are 1) the first in the list or 2) the most important in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
### those who provide helps
|
||||
|
||||
"those who provide help to other believers"
|
||||
|
||||
### those who do the work of administration
|
||||
|
||||
"those who govern the church"
|
||||
|
||||
### those who have various kinds of tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongues" represents languages. Alternate translation: "those who have the ability to speak different languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is reminding his readers of what they already know.
|
||||
|
||||
### Are all of them apostles? Are all prophets? Are all teachers? Do all do miracles?
|
||||
|
||||
The answer Paul expects to all of these rhetorical questions is no. You may need to translate them as statements. Alternate translation: "Not all of them are apostles, are they? Not all are prophets, are they? Not all are teachers, are they? Not all do miracles, do they?" or "You and I all know that not all of them are apostles, not all are prophets, not all are teachers, and not all do powerful deeds." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Do all of them have gifts of healing?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them have gifts of healing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do all of them speak with tongues?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them speak with tongues." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### speak with tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongues" represents languages. Alternate translation: "speak different languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do all of them interpret tongues?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "Not all of them interpret tongues." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### interpret tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongues" represents languages. To "interpret tongues" means to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying. Alternate translation: "interpret what is said in other languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 12:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Zealously seek the greater gifts.
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "You must eagerly seek from God the gifts that best help the church." or 2) "You are eagerly looking for gifts that you think are greater because you think they are more exciting to have."
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 13
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Having just talked about the gifts that God gives to believers, Paul emphasizes what is more important.
|
||||
|
||||
### the tongues of ... angels
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul is exaggerating for the sake of effect and does not believe that people speak the language that angels use or 2) Paul thinks that some who speak in tongues actually speak the language that angels use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I have become a noisy gong or a clanging cymbal
|
||||
|
||||
I have become like instruments that make loud, annoying sounds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### gong
|
||||
|
||||
a large, thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud, low-pitched sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a clanging cymbal
|
||||
|
||||
a thin, round metal plate that is hit with a padded stick to make a loud, high-pitched sound (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:3
|
||||
|
||||
### I give my body to be burned
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "to be burned" can be made active. Alternate translation: "I allow those who persecute me to burn me to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Love is ... Love is not ... It is not
|
||||
|
||||
Paul describes the characteristics of love by speaking about love as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "Whoever loves is ... He is not ... He is not" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:5
|
||||
|
||||
### It does not ... It is not ... does it keep
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues to describe the characteristics of love by speaking about love as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "He does not ... He does not ... does he keep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seek its own
|
||||
|
||||
The word "seek" here means to desire and work for something. The person who loves wants and works for what is good for others as much as or more than what is good for himself.
|
||||
|
||||
### It is not provoked
|
||||
|
||||
"It does not become angry easily." The person who loves controls his anger.
|
||||
|
||||
### nor does it keep a count of wrongs
|
||||
|
||||
The person who loves others does not keep a record of the wrongs that people have done to him.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:6
|
||||
|
||||
### It does not ... it rejoices
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues to describe the characteristics of love by speaking about love as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "He does not ... he rejoices" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### does not rejoice in unrighteousness. Instead, it rejoices in the truth
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "rejoices only in righteousness and truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul continues speaking about love as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, and endures all things
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "all things" here appears to be an idiom meaning "always". Alternate translation: "always perseveres, always believes, always hopes, and always endures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### hopes all things
|
||||
|
||||
This means that whoever loves others always expects that what is good will happen.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:12
|
||||
|
||||
### For now we see indirectly in a mirror
|
||||
|
||||
Mirrors in Paul's day were made of polished metal rather than glass and provided a dim, vague reflection.
|
||||
|
||||
### now we see
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "now we see Christ" or 2) "now we see God."
|
||||
|
||||
### but then face to face
|
||||
|
||||
The understood words "we will see" can be supplied. Seeing face to face is a metaphor or synecdoche for being physically present with the one we will see. Alternate translation: "but then we will see face to face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will know fully
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Christ" is understood. Alternate translation: "I will know Christ fully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### just as I have been fully known
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "just as Christ has known me fully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 13:13
|
||||
|
||||
### faith, hope, and love
|
||||
|
||||
These abstract nouns can be expressed in phrases with verbs. Alternate translation: "we must trust the Lord, be confident that he will do what he has promised, and love him and others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 14
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants the Corinthians to know that though teaching is more important because it instructs people, it must be done with love.
|
||||
|
||||
### Pursue love
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of love as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "Follow after love" or "Work hard to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### especially that you may prophesy
|
||||
|
||||
"and work especially hard to be able to prophesy"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:2
|
||||
|
||||
### in the Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the person speaks by the power of the Holy Spirit or 2) he speaks in his own spirit.
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:3
|
||||
|
||||
### to build them up
|
||||
|
||||
Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "to strengthen them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to exhort them
|
||||
|
||||
or "to encourage them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:4
|
||||
|
||||
### builds up
|
||||
|
||||
Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "strengthens people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:5
|
||||
|
||||
### spoke in tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongues" represents languages. Alternate translation: "had the ability to speak different languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who prophesies is greater
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is emphasizing that the gift of prophecy is greater than the gift of speaking in tongues. Alternate translation: "The one who prophesies has a greater gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### interprets
|
||||
|
||||
This means to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying.
|
||||
|
||||
### the church may receive edification
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "edification" can be translated using the verb "edify," which means to build something up. This is a metonym for the words through which the people in the church learn God's word and love God more, and the word "church" here is a metonym for the people who make up the church. Alternate translation: "the people in the church may become stronger" or "the one who prophesies may help the people know and love God better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:6
|
||||
|
||||
### how will I benefit you?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "I will not benefit you." or "I will not have done anything that helps you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:7
|
||||
|
||||
### they do not produce different tones
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to sounds of different pitch that make up the melody, not to the difference between a flute sound and a harp sound.
|
||||
|
||||
### how will anyone know what tune the flute or harp is playing?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this themselves. Alternate translation: "no one will know what tune the flute or harp is playing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### tune
|
||||
|
||||
melody or song
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:8
|
||||
|
||||
### how will anyone know when it is time to prepare for battle?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants the Corinthians to answer this themselves. Alternate translation: "no one would know when it is time to prepare for battle." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:9
|
||||
|
||||
### you with the tongue. If you utter speech
|
||||
|
||||
or "you. If with the tongue you utter speech"
|
||||
|
||||
### with the tongue
|
||||
|
||||
The word "tongue" here is a synecdoche for all the parts of the body using which a person speaks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### how will what is said be understood
|
||||
|
||||
These passive clauses can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "how will anyone understand what you have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:10
|
||||
|
||||
### none is without meaning
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "they all have meaning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
All instances of "you" and the imperatives are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the manifestations of the Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
"to do things that show that the Spirit controls you"
|
||||
|
||||
### seek for the edification of the church so that you might abound
|
||||
|
||||
Some versions read, "seek that you might abound in those things that edify the church." Paul speaks of the church as if it were a house that one could build. Alternate translation: "try to succeed greatly in making God's people more able to serve God so that things will go well with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:13
|
||||
|
||||
### interpret
|
||||
|
||||
This means to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:14
|
||||
|
||||
### my mind is unfruitful
|
||||
|
||||
The mind not understanding what is being prayed and, therefore, receiving no benefit from the prayer is spoken of as if the "mind is unfruitful." Alternate translation: "I do not understand it in my mind" or "my mind does not benefit from the prayer, because I do not understand the words I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:15
|
||||
|
||||
### What am I to do?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is introducing his conclusion. Alternate translation: "This is what I will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### pray with my spirit ... pray with my mind ... sing with my spirit ... sing with my mind
|
||||
|
||||
Prayers and songs must be in a language that the people present can understand.
|
||||
|
||||
### with my mind
|
||||
|
||||
"with words that I understand"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:16
|
||||
|
||||
### you bless God ... you are giving thanks ... you are saying
|
||||
|
||||
Though "you" is singular here, Paul is addressing everyone who prays only in the spirit, but not with the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### how will the outsider say "Amen" ... saying?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "the outsider will never be able to say 'Amen' ... saying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the outsider
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "another person" or 2) "people who are new to your group."
|
||||
|
||||
### say "Amen"
|
||||
|
||||
"agree"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:17
|
||||
|
||||
### you certainly give
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the other person is not built up
|
||||
|
||||
Building people up represents helping them become mature and strong in their faith. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated "builds up" in [1 Corinthians 8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "the other person is not strengthened" or "what you say does not strengthen any outsider who might hear you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:18
|
||||
|
||||
### I speak in tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongues" represents languages. Alternate translation: "I speak different languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:19
|
||||
|
||||
### than ten thousand words in a tongue
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was not counting words, but used exaggeration to emphasize that a few understandable words are far more valuable than even a great number of words in a language that people cannot understand. Also, here "tongue" represents a language. Alternate translation: "10,000 words in a different language" or "a great many words in a different language" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul tells the Corinthians that people being able to speak in different languages was told ahead of time by the prophet Isaiah, many years before such speaking happened at the start of Christ's church.
|
||||
|
||||
### do not be children in your thinking
|
||||
|
||||
Here "children" is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: "do not think like children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:21
|
||||
|
||||
### In the law it is written,
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The prophet wrote these words in the law:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### By men of strange tongues and by the lips of strangers
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul gives specific instructions about an orderly way to use gifts in the church.
|
||||
|
||||
### sign, not for unbelievers, but for believers
|
||||
|
||||
"sign only for believers"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:23
|
||||
|
||||
### would they not say that you are insane?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "they would say that you are insane." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:24
|
||||
|
||||
### he would be convicted by all he hears. He would be judged by all that is said
|
||||
|
||||
Paul says basically the same thing twice for emphasis. Alternate translation: "he would realize that he is guilty of sin because he hears what you are saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:25
|
||||
|
||||
### The secrets of his heart would be revealed
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God would reveal to him the secrets of his heart" or "He would recognize his own private inner thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he would fall on his face and worship God
|
||||
|
||||
"Fall on his face" here is an idiom, meaning to bow down. Alternate translation: "He would bow down and worship God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:26
|
||||
|
||||
### What is next then, brothers?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses a question to introduce the next part of his message. Alternate translation: "Because everything I have just told you is true, this is what you need to do, my fellow believers." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### interpretation
|
||||
|
||||
This is the ability to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:27
|
||||
|
||||
### speaks in a tongue
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tongue" represents a language. Alternate translation: "speaks in a different languages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### and each one in turn
|
||||
|
||||
"and they should speak one after another" or "and they should speak one at a time"
|
||||
|
||||
### interpret what is said
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "interpret what they said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### interpret
|
||||
|
||||
This means to listen to what someone says in one language and use another language to tell people what that person is saying.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Let two or three prophets speak
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) only two or three prophets speak at any one meeting or 2) only two or three prophets take turns speaking at any one time.
|
||||
|
||||
### to what is said
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to what they say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:30
|
||||
|
||||
### there is a revelation
|
||||
|
||||
"God reveals something" or "God speaks"
|
||||
|
||||
### to one who is sitting
|
||||
|
||||
"to one of the people sitting there listening to the prophets"
|
||||
|
||||
### the first
|
||||
|
||||
the person who has been speaking
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:31
|
||||
|
||||
### prophesy one by one
|
||||
|
||||
Only one person should prophesy at a time.
|
||||
|
||||
### all may be exhorted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you may exhort all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:33
|
||||
|
||||
### God is not a God of confusion
|
||||
|
||||
God does not create confusing situations by making people all speak at the same time.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:34
|
||||
|
||||
### keep silent
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) stop speaking, 2) stop speaking when someone is prophesying, or 3) be absolutely silent during the church service.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Did the word of God come from you? Are you the only ones it has reached?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul emphasizes that the Corinthians are not the only ones who understand what God wants Christians to do. Alternate translation: "The word of God did not come from you in Corinth; you are not the only people who understand God's will." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of God
|
||||
|
||||
"Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: "God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:37
|
||||
|
||||
### he should acknowledge
|
||||
|
||||
A true prophet or truly spiritual person will accept Paul's writings as coming from the Lord.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:38
|
||||
|
||||
### if anyone does not recognize this, let him not be recognized
|
||||
"if anyone ignores this, let him be ignored"
|
||||
|
||||
### let him not be recognized
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you should not recognize him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:39
|
||||
|
||||
### do not forbid anyone from speaking in tongues
|
||||
|
||||
Paul makes it clear that speaking in tongues at a church gathering is permissible and acceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 14:40
|
||||
|
||||
### But let all things be done properly and in order
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is stressing that church gatherings should be held in an orderly manner. Alternate translation: "But do all things properly and in order" or "But do everything in an orderly, appropriate way"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,617 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 15
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul reminds the Corinthians that it is the gospel that saves them and he tells them again what the gospel is. Then he gives them a short history lesson which ends with what will yet happen.
|
||||
|
||||
### make known to you, brothers, the gospel
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Paul wants to remind them by making the gospel known again, "help you remember, brothers, the gospel" or 2) he wants to make sure they understand the gospel, "make clear to you, brothers, the gospel."
|
||||
|
||||
### on which you stand
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of the Corinthians as if they were a house and the gospel as if it were the foundation on which the house was standing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:2
|
||||
|
||||
### you are being saved
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. "God will save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word I preached to you
|
||||
|
||||
"the message I preached to you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:3
|
||||
|
||||
### as of first importance
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) as the most important of many things or 2) as the first in time of important things.
|
||||
|
||||
### for our sins
|
||||
|
||||
"to pay for our sins" or "so that God could forgive our sins"
|
||||
|
||||
### according to the scriptures
|
||||
|
||||
"just as the propets predicted in the scriptures." Here "scriptures" means the Old Testament.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:4
|
||||
|
||||
### he was buried
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he was raised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God raised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was raised
|
||||
|
||||
"was caused to live again"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:5
|
||||
|
||||
### appeared to
|
||||
|
||||
"showed himself to"
|
||||
|
||||
### and then to the twelve
|
||||
|
||||
The information that is understood here can be included. Alternate translation: "and then he appeared to the twelve disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to the twelve
|
||||
|
||||
Paul used the term "the twelve" to mean the original disciples, known as apostles, that followed Jesus. Although, when Jesus appeared to the apostles, Judas had already died, Paul still refers to the groups as "twelve." Alternate translation: "to the rest of the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:6
|
||||
|
||||
### five hundred
|
||||
|
||||
500 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### some have fallen asleep
|
||||
|
||||
"Sleep" here is a common euphemism for death. Alternate translation: "some have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Last of all
|
||||
|
||||
"Finally, after he had appeared to the others"
|
||||
|
||||
### Last of all, he appeared to me, as if to one born prematurely
|
||||
|
||||
This is a simile, but its meaning is unclear. These words could refer to 1) a baby that is born unexpectedly early, in which case Paul means that he was unexpectedly called to be an apostle, or 2) a baby who is born early and is very small, in which case Paul means that he had not learned from Christ and grown spiritually as the other apostles had, or 3) a baby who is born dead, in which case Paul means that Christ appeared to him when he was spiritually dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### one born prematurely
|
||||
"a baby born too early"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the grace of God I am what I am
|
||||
|
||||
God's grace or kindness has made Paul as he is now.
|
||||
|
||||
### his grace in me was not in vain
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is emphasizing through litotes that God worked through Paul. Alternate translation: "because he was kind to me, I was able to do much good work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the grace of God that is with me
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of the work he was able to do because God was kind to him as if grace were actually doing the work. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) this is literally true, and God actually did the work and kindly used Paul as a tool or 2) Paul is using a metaphor and saying that God was kind to let Paul do the work and to make Paul's work have good results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:12
|
||||
|
||||
### how can some of you say there is no resurrection of the dead?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is using this question to begin a new topic. Alternate translation: "you should not be saying that there is no resurrection of the dead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### raised
|
||||
|
||||
made alive again
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:13
|
||||
|
||||
### if there is no resurrection of the dead, then not even Christ has been raised
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this statement to argue that there is a resurrection of the dead. He knows that Christ has been raised and so infers that all who die will be resurrected. To say that there is no resurrection is to say that Christ has not been raised, but this is false because Paul has seen the resurrected Christ ([1 Corinthians 15:8](../15/08.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
||||
### not even Christ has been raised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has not raised even Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants to assure the Corinthians that Christ rose from the dead.
|
||||
|
||||
### we are found to be false witnesses about God
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is arguing that if Christ did not rise from the dead, then they are bearing false witness or lying about Christ's coming alive again.
|
||||
|
||||
### we are found to be
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone will realize that we are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:17
|
||||
|
||||
### your faith is in vain and you are still in your sins
|
||||
|
||||
Their faith is based on Christ having risen from the dead, so if that did not happen, their faith will do them no good.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:19
|
||||
|
||||
### If only in this life we hope in Christ
|
||||
|
||||
Here to hope in Christ is to confidently expect good from him. Alternate translation: "If only in this life we can confidently expect Christ to help us" or "If we can trust in Christ to save us only in this life"
|
||||
|
||||
### of all people we are most to be pitied
|
||||
|
||||
"people should feel sorry for us more than they do for anyone else"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:20
|
||||
|
||||
### now Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"as it is, Christ" or "this is the truth: Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ has been raised from the dead
|
||||
|
||||
"Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has raised Christ from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### dead as the firstfruits
|
||||
|
||||
Here "firstfruits" is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead, and all who believe in him will also be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: "dead, like the first part of the harvest" or "dead; he is like the first part of the harvest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### those who sleep
|
||||
|
||||
Sleep here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: "those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:21
|
||||
|
||||
### death came by a man
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "death" can be expressed with the verb "die." Alternate translation: "people die because of what one man did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by a man also came the resurrection of the dead
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "resurrection" can be expressed with the verb "raise." Alternate translation: "people are raised from the dead because of another man" or "people will become alive again because of what one man did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:23
|
||||
|
||||
### who is the firstfruits
|
||||
|
||||
Here "firstfruits" is a metaphor, comparing Christ to the first of the harvest, which would be followed by the rest of the harvest. Christ was the first to be raised from the dead. Alternate translation: "who is like the first part of the harvest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "he" refers to Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### he will abolish all rule and all authority and power
|
||||
|
||||
"he will stop those people who rule, who have authority, and who have power, from doing what they are doing"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:25
|
||||
|
||||
### For he must reign until he has put all his enemies under his feet
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) all occurrences of "he" and "his" refer to Christ or 2) "For Christ must reign until God the Father has put all Christ's enemies under Christ's feet"
|
||||
### until he has put all his enemies under his feet
|
||||
Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated to their power over their enemies. Alternate translation: "until he has put all his enemies under his power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:26
|
||||
|
||||
### The last enemy to be destroyed is death
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of death here as if it were a person who will be killed. The passive verb can be stated as active. Possible meanings are 1) Christ will destroy death or 2) God the Father will destroy death. Alternate translation: "The final enemy that he will destroy is death itself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:27
|
||||
|
||||
### he has put everything under his feet
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "God the Father has put everything under Christ's feet" or 2) "Christ has put everything under his own feet"
|
||||
|
||||
### put everything under his feet
|
||||
Kings who won wars would put their feet on the necks of those whom they had defeated to show they have power over their enemies. See how "put ... under his feet" is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: "put everything under his power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### this does not include the one who put everything in subjection under him
|
||||
|
||||
"this does not include God the Father, who put everything in subjection under the Son"
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:28
|
||||
|
||||
### all things are subjected under him
|
||||
|
||||
This can stated as active. Alternate translation: "God the Father has made all things subject to the Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Son himself will be subjected
|
||||
|
||||
This can stated as active. Alternate translation: "the Son himself will become subject" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Son himself
|
||||
|
||||
In the previous verses he was referred to as "Christ." Alternate translation: "Christ, that is, the Son himself,"
|
||||
|
||||
### Son
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Or else what will those do who are baptized for the dead?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Otherwise it would be useless for Christians to receive baptism for the dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If the dead are not raised at all, why are they baptized for them?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to argue that the dead are raised. Apparently some people, probably some members of the church in Corinth, were being baptized for the dead. Paul infers that those people did so because they believed that the dead would be raised. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If the dead are not raised at all
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "If God does not raise the dead at all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are not raised
|
||||
|
||||
"are not caused to live again"
|
||||
|
||||
### why are they baptized for them?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there would be no reason for them to have people baptize them on behalf of dead people." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Why then are we in danger every hour?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this question to teach the Corinthians. The reason he and others were in danger is that some people were angry that they taught that Jesus will raise people from death. Alternate translation: "If people will not rise from the dead, we gain nothing by being in danger every hour for teaching that people will rise." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:31
|
||||
|
||||
### I die every day!
|
||||
|
||||
This exaggeration means he was in danger of dying. He knew that some people wanted to kill him because they did not like what he was teaching. Alternate translation: "Every day I am in danger of dying" or "Every day I risk my life!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### This is as sure as my boasting in you
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses this statement as evidence that he faces death every day. Alternate translation: "You can know that this is true, because you know about my boasting in you" or "You can know that this is true, because you know about how much I boast in you"
|
||||
|
||||
### my boasting in you, which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord
|
||||
|
||||
Paul boasted in them because of what Christ Jesus had done for them. Alternate translation: "my boasting in you, which I do because of what Christ Jesus our Lord has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my boasting in you
|
||||
|
||||
"the way I tell other people how good you are"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:32
|
||||
|
||||
### What do I gain ... if I fought with beasts at Ephesus ... not raised?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants the Corinthians to understand without him having to tell them. This can be a statement. Alternate translation: "I gained nothing ... by fighting with beasts at Ephesus ... not raised." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I fought with beasts at Ephesus
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is referring to something that he actually did. Possible meanings are 1) Paul was speaking figuratively about his arguments with learned pagans or other conflicts with people who wanted to kill him or 2) he was actually put into the arena to fight against dangerous animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die
|
||||
|
||||
Paul concludes that if there is no further life after death, it is better for us to enjoy this life as we can, for tomorrow our life will end without any further hope.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Bad company corrupts good morals
|
||||
|
||||
If you live with bad people, you will act like them. Paul is quoting a common saying.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Sober up
|
||||
|
||||
"You must think seriously about this"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul gives some specifics about how the resurrection of the believers' bodies will take place. He gives a picture of natural and spiritual bodies (15:36-44) and compares the first man Adam with the last Adam, Christ (15:45-49).
|
||||
|
||||
### But someone will say, "How are the dead raised, and with what kind of body will they come?"
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) The person is asking sincerely or 2) the person is using the question to mock the idea of a resurrection. Alternate translation: "But some will say that they cannot imagine how God will raise the dead, and what kind of body God would give them in the resurrection." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### someone will say
|
||||
|
||||
"someone will ask"
|
||||
|
||||
### with what kind of body will they come
|
||||
|
||||
That is, will it be a physical body or a spiritual body? What shape will the body have? What will the body be made of? Translate using the most general question that someone who wants to know the answers to these questions would ask.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:36
|
||||
|
||||
### You fool! What you sow
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so both instances of "you" here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fool
|
||||
|
||||
"unthinking person." Paul is accusing them of not thinking carefully, He is not accusing them of moral error.
|
||||
|
||||
### What you sow will not come to life unless it dies
|
||||
|
||||
A seed will not grow unless it is first buried underground. In the same way, a person has to die before God can resurrect him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:37
|
||||
|
||||
### What you sow is not the body that will be
|
||||
|
||||
Paul uses the metaphor of the seed again to say that God will resurrect the dead body of the believer, but that body will not appear as it was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### What you sow
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking to the Corinthians as if they were one person, so the word "you" here is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:38
|
||||
|
||||
### God will give it a body as he chooses
|
||||
|
||||
"God will decide what kind of body it will have"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Not all flesh is the same ... there is one flesh ... another flesh
|
||||
|
||||
"Not all kinds of bodies are the same ... there is one kind of body ... another kind of body"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:40
|
||||
|
||||
### heavenly bodies
|
||||
|
||||
"bodies in the sky"
|
||||
|
||||
### earthly bodies
|
||||
|
||||
"bodies on the earth." This refers to the kinds of bodies mentioned in 15:41.
|
||||
|
||||
### the glory of the heavenly body is one kind and the glory of the earthly is another
|
||||
|
||||
"the glory that the bodies in the sky have is different from the glory that the bodies on the earth have"
|
||||
|
||||
### glory
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "brightness" or "radiance" or 2) "beauty" or "splendor"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:42
|
||||
|
||||
### What is sown ... what is raised
|
||||
|
||||
The writer speaks of a person's body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person's body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What goes into the ground ... what comes out of the ground" or "What people bury ... what God raises" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is raised
|
||||
|
||||
"is caused to live again"
|
||||
|
||||
### is perishable ... is imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
"can rot ... cannot rot"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:43
|
||||
|
||||
### It is sown ... it is raised
|
||||
|
||||
The writer speaks of a person's body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person's body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It goes into the ground ... it comes out of the ground" or "People bury it ... God raises it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:44
|
||||
|
||||
### It is sown ... it is raised
|
||||
|
||||
The writer speaks of a person's body being buried as if it were a seed that is planted in the ground. And he speaks of a person's body being raised from the dead as if it were a plant growing from the seed. The passive verbs can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "It goes into the ground ... it comes out of the ground" or "People bury it ... God raises it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:45
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:46
|
||||
|
||||
### But the spiritual did not come first but the natural, and then the spiritual
|
||||
|
||||
"The natural being came first. The spiritual being is from God and came later."
|
||||
|
||||
### natural
|
||||
|
||||
created by earthly processes, not yet connected to God
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:47
|
||||
|
||||
### The first man is of the earth, made of dust
|
||||
|
||||
God made the first man, Adam, from the dust of the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### dust
|
||||
|
||||
dirt
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:48
|
||||
|
||||
### the man of heaven
|
||||
|
||||
Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
### those who are of heaven
|
||||
|
||||
"those who belong to God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:49
|
||||
|
||||
### we have borne the image of the man of dust, we will also bear the image of the man of heaven
|
||||
|
||||
"we have been just like the man of dust, we will also be just like the man of heaven"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants the Corinthians to realize that some believers will not die physically but will still get a resurrected body through Christ's victory.
|
||||
|
||||
### flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable inherit what is imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the two sentences mean the same thing. Alternate translation: "human beings who will surely die cannot inherit the permanent kingdom of God" or 2) the second sentence finishes the thought begun by the first. Alternate translation: "weak human beings cannot inherit the kingdom of God. Neither can those who will certainly die inherit a kingdom that will last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### flesh and blood
|
||||
|
||||
Those who inhabit a body that is doomed to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### inherit
|
||||
|
||||
Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if property and wealth were being inherited from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is perishable ... is imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
"can rot ... cannot rot." See how these words are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:51
|
||||
|
||||
We will not all sleep
|
||||
|
||||
Sleep here is a euphemism for death. Alternate translation: "We will not all die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we will all be changed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as active. Alternate translation: "God will change us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:52
|
||||
|
||||
### We will be changed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will change us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the twinkling of an eye
|
||||
|
||||
It will happen as fast as it takes for a person to blink his or her eye.
|
||||
|
||||
### at the last trumpet
|
||||
|
||||
"when the last trumpet sounds"
|
||||
|
||||
### the dead will be raised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will raise the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### raised
|
||||
|
||||
"caused to live again"
|
||||
|
||||
### imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
"in a form that cannot rot." See how a similar phrase is translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:53
|
||||
|
||||
### this perishable body ... is imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
"this body that can rot ... cannot rot." See how similar phrases are translated in [1 Corinthians 15:42](../15/42.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### must put on
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is speaking of God making our bodies so they will never die again as if God were putting new clothes on us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:54
|
||||
|
||||
### when this perishable body has put on what is imperishable
|
||||
|
||||
Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming imperishable is spoken of as if being imperishable were clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: "when this perishable body has become imperishable" or "when this body that can rot can no longer rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### when this mortal body has put on immortality
|
||||
|
||||
Here the body is spoken of as if it were a person, and becoming immortal is spoken of as if being immortal was clothing that a body would wear. Alternate translation: "when this mortal body has become immortal" or "when this body that can die can no longer die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:55
|
||||
|
||||
### Death, where is your victory? Death, where is your sting?
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks as if death were a person, and he uses this question to mock the power of death, which Christ has defeated. Alternate translation: "Death has no victory. Death has no sting." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your ... your
|
||||
|
||||
These are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:56
|
||||
|
||||
### The sting of death is sin
|
||||
|
||||
It is through sin that we are destined to face death, that is, to die.
|
||||
|
||||
### the power of sin is the law
|
||||
|
||||
God's law that was passed down by Moses defines sin and shows us how we sin before God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:57
|
||||
|
||||
### gives us the victory
|
||||
|
||||
"has defeated death for us"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 15:58
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wants believers, while they work for the Lord, to remember the changed, resurrected bodies that God is going to give them.
|
||||
|
||||
### be steadfast and immovable
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of someone who lets nothing stop him from doing what he has decided to do as if he could not be physically moved. Alternate translation: "be determined" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Always abound in the work of the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of efforts made in working for the Lord as if they were objects that a person could acquire more of. Alternate translation: "Always work for the Lord faithfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Corinthians 16
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
In his closing notes, Paul reminds the Corinthian believers to collect money for the needy believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### for God's holy people
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was collecting money from his churches for the poor Jewish Christians in Jerusalem and Judea.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:2
|
||||
|
||||
### store it up
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are: 1) "keep it at home" or 2) "leave it with the church"
|
||||
|
||||
### so that there will be no collections when I come
|
||||
|
||||
"so that you will not have to collect more money while I am with you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:3
|
||||
|
||||
### to whoever you approve, I will give letters of introduction to them and will send them
|
||||
|
||||
Some versions read, "to whoever you have approved by letter of introduction, I will send"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:6
|
||||
|
||||
### you may help me on my journey
|
||||
|
||||
This means they might give Paul money or other things he needs so that he and his ministry team could continue to travel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:7
|
||||
|
||||
### I hope to spend more time with you, if the Lord permits
|
||||
|
||||
Paul wanted to see the believers in Corinth, but he did not know if he actually would be able to do that. Alternate translation: "I expect to spend more time with you, if the Lord permits" or "I plan to spend more time with you, if the Lord permits"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Pentecost
|
||||
|
||||
Paul would stay in Ephesus until this festival, which comes in May or June, 50 days after Passover. He would then travel through Macedonia, and later try to arrive in Corinth before winter started.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:9
|
||||
|
||||
### a wide door has opened
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of the opportunity God has given him to win people to the gospel as if it were a door that God had opened so he could walk through it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
"Now" here marks a change in topic. Here Paul begins to talk about Timothy's visit to Corinth.
|
||||
|
||||
### see that he is with you unafraid
|
||||
|
||||
"see that he has no cause to fear being with you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Let no one despise him
|
||||
|
||||
Because Timothy was much younger than Paul, sometimes he was not shown the respect he deserved as a minister of the gospel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:12
|
||||
|
||||
### our brother Apollos
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "our" refers to Paul and his readers, so it is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Be watchful, stand fast in the faith, act like men, be strong
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is describing what he wants the Corinthians to do as if he were giving four commands to soldiers in war. These four commands mean almost the same thing and are used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Be watchful
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of people being aware of what is happening as if they were guards keeping watch over a city or vineyard. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "Be careful whom you trust" or "Watch out for danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### stand fast in the faith
|
||||
|
||||
Paul speaks of people continuing to believe in Christ according to his teaching as if they were soldiers refusing to retreat when the enemy attacks. Possible meanings are 1) "keep strongly believing what we have taught you" or 2) "keep strongly trusting in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### act like men
|
||||
|
||||
In the society in which Paul and his audience lived, men usually provided for families by doing the heavy work and fighting against invaders. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "be responsible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Let all that you do be done in love
|
||||
|
||||
"Everything you do should show people that you love them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Paul begins to close his letter and sends greetings from other churches, as well as from Prisca, Aquila, and Paul himself.
|
||||
|
||||
### household of Stephanas
|
||||
|
||||
Stephanas was one of the first believers in the church at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the firstfruits of Achaia
|
||||
|
||||
"the first people in Achaia to believe in Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
### Achaia
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a province in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Stephanas, Fortunatus, and Achaicus
|
||||
|
||||
These men were either some of the first Corinthian believers or church elders who were co-workers with Paul.
|
||||
|
||||
### Stephanas, Fortunatus, and Achaicus
|
||||
|
||||
These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### They have made up for your absence
|
||||
|
||||
"They made up for the fact that you were not here."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:18
|
||||
|
||||
### For they have refreshed my spirit
|
||||
|
||||
Paul is saying he was encouraged by their visit.
|
||||
|
||||
### acknowledge people like them
|
||||
|
||||
The word "acknowledge" here might be an understatement. Paul wants the Corinthians to honor Stephanas, Fortunatus, and Achaicus ([verse 17](./17.md)) and others like them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:21
|
||||
|
||||
### I, Paul, write this with my own hand
|
||||
|
||||
Paul was making it clear that the instructions in this letter are from him, even though one of his co-laborers wrote what Paul was saying in the rest of the letter. Paul wrote this last part with his own hand.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:22
|
||||
|
||||
### may he be accursed
|
||||
|
||||
"may God curse him." See how "accursed" was translated in [1 Corinthians 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Corinthians 16:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 John 1
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The apostle John wrote this letter to believers. All instances of "you," "your," and "yours" include all believers and are plural. Here the words "we" and "us" refer to John and those who had been with Jesus. In verses 1-2 many pronouns like "that," "which," and "it" are used. They refer to "the Word of life" and "the eternal life." But, since these are names for Jesus, you can use pronouns that refer to a person like "who," "whom" or "he." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### which we have heard
|
||||
|
||||
"which we have heard him teach"
|
||||
|
||||
### which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked at
|
||||
|
||||
This is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "which we ourselves have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Word of life
|
||||
|
||||
"Jesus, the one who causes people to live forever"
|
||||
|
||||
### life
|
||||
|
||||
The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:2
|
||||
|
||||
### the life was made known
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God made the eternal life known to us" or "God made us able to know him, who is eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we have seen it
|
||||
|
||||
or "we have seen him"
|
||||
|
||||
### testify to it
|
||||
|
||||
or "we testfiy about him"
|
||||
|
||||
### the eternal life, which was with the Father, and which has been made known to us
|
||||
|
||||
Here, "the eternal life" refers to the one who gives that life, Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one who enables us to live forever, who was with God the Father, and who has been made known to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### and which has been made known to us
|
||||
|
||||
This was when he lived on earth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and which the Father has made known to us" or "and who came to live among us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "we," "us," and "our" refer to John and those who had been with Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### That which we have seen and heard we declare also to you
|
||||
|
||||
"We say to you also what we have seen and heard"
|
||||
|
||||
### have fellowship with us. Our fellowship is with the Father
|
||||
|
||||
"be our close friends. We are friends with God the Father"
|
||||
|
||||
### Our fellowship
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
|
||||
|
||||
### Father ... Son
|
||||
|
||||
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:4
|
||||
|
||||
### so that our joy will be complete
|
||||
|
||||
"to make our joy complete" or "to make ourselves completely happy"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "we" and "us" refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
From here into the next chapter, John writes about fellowship—close relationships with God and other believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### God is light
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor that means that God is perfectly pure and holy. Cultures that associate goodness with light may be able to keep the idea of light without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "God is purely righteous like pure light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in him there is no darkness at all
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "in him there is nothing that is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:6
|
||||
|
||||
### walk in darkness
|
||||
|
||||
Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil." Alternate translation: "do what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:7
|
||||
|
||||
### walk in the light as he is in the light
|
||||
|
||||
Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "light" is a metaphor for "good" or "right." Alternate translation: "do what is good as God is perfectly good" or "do what is right as God is perfectly right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the blood of Jesus
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Son
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:8
|
||||
|
||||
### have no sin
|
||||
|
||||
"never sin"
|
||||
|
||||
### are deceiving
|
||||
|
||||
"are tricking" or "lying to"
|
||||
|
||||
### the truth is not in us
|
||||
|
||||
The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: "we do not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:9
|
||||
|
||||
### he is faithful
|
||||
"God is faithful"
|
||||
|
||||
### to forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John uses them to emphasize that God will surely forgive our sins. Alternate translation: "and will completely forgive us for what we have done wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 1:10
|
||||
|
||||
### we make him out to be a liar
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: "it is the same as calling God a liar, because he said we have all sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his word is not in us
|
||||
|
||||
"Word" here is a metonym for "message." Obeying and honoring God's word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: "we do not understand God's word and do not obey what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,440 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 John 2
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "we" refers to John and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
John continues to write about fellowship and shows that it is possible because Jesus goes between believers and the Father.
|
||||
|
||||
### Children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. Alternate translation: "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I am writing these things
|
||||
|
||||
"I am writing this letter"
|
||||
|
||||
### But if anyone sins
|
||||
|
||||
"But when anyone sins." This is something that is likely to happen.
|
||||
|
||||
### we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous
|
||||
|
||||
The word "advocate" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "we have Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous, who speaks to the Father and asks him to forgive us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:2
|
||||
|
||||
### He is the propitiation for our sins
|
||||
|
||||
"God is no longer angry with us because Jesus sacrificed his own life for our sins"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:3
|
||||
|
||||
### We know that we have come to know him
|
||||
|
||||
"We know that we know him" or "We know that we have a good relationship with him"
|
||||
|
||||
### if we keep his commandments
|
||||
|
||||
"if we obey what he commands"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:4
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who says
|
||||
|
||||
"Anyone who says" or "The person who says"
|
||||
|
||||
### I know God
|
||||
|
||||
"I have a good relationship with God"
|
||||
|
||||
### does not keep
|
||||
|
||||
"does not obey" or "disobeys"
|
||||
|
||||
### his commandments
|
||||
|
||||
"what God tells him to do"
|
||||
|
||||
### the truth is not in him
|
||||
|
||||
The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside the believers. Alternate translation: "he does not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:5
|
||||
|
||||
### keeps his word
|
||||
|
||||
To keep someone's word here is an idiom for to obey. Alternate translation: "does what God tells him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in him truly the love of God has been perfected
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "the love of God" refers to a person loving God, and "perfected" represents completely or fully. Alternate translation: "it is that person who loves God completely" or 2) "the love of God" refers to God loving people, and "perfected" represents completing its purpose. Alternate translation: "God's love has achieved its purpose in that person's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-possession]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### By this we know that we are in him
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "we are in him" means that the believer has fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "When we obey what God says, we can be certain that we have fellowship with him" or "By this we know that are joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:6
|
||||
|
||||
### remains in God
|
||||
|
||||
To remain in God means to continue to have fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God" or "stays joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### should himself also walk just as he walked
|
||||
|
||||
Conducting one's life is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "must live as he lived" or "should also obey God just as Jesus Christ did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
John gives believers basic principles of fellowship—obedience and love.
|
||||
|
||||
### Beloved, I am
|
||||
|
||||
"You people whom I love, I am" or "Dear friends, I am"
|
||||
|
||||
### I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment that you have had
|
||||
|
||||
"I write to you to love one other, which is not a new thing to do but an old commandment that you have heard." John refers to Jesus's command to love one another.
|
||||
|
||||
### from the beginning
|
||||
|
||||
Here, "beginning" refers to when they decided to follow Christ. Alternate translation: "from when you first believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The old commandment is the word that you heard
|
||||
|
||||
"The old commandment is the message that you heard"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Yet I am writing a new commandment to you
|
||||
|
||||
"But in one way the commandment I write to you is a new commandment"
|
||||
|
||||
### which is true in Christ and in you
|
||||
|
||||
"which is true, as shown in Christ's deeds and your deeds"
|
||||
|
||||
### the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining
|
||||
|
||||
Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil," and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "brother" refers to a fellow Christian.
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who says
|
||||
|
||||
"Anyone who says" or "Someone who claims." This does not refer to a specific person.
|
||||
|
||||
### he is in the light
|
||||
|
||||
Here to be "in the light" is a metaphor for doing what is right. Alternate translation: "he does what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is in the darkness
|
||||
|
||||
Here to be "in the darkness" is a metaphor for doing what is evil. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:10
|
||||
|
||||
### there is no occasion for stumbling in him
|
||||
|
||||
"nothing will cause him to stumble." The word "stumbling" is a metaphor that means to fail spiritually or morally. Alternate translation: "nothing will cause him to sin" or "he will not fail to do what is pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:11
|
||||
|
||||
### is in the darkness and walks in the darkness
|
||||
|
||||
Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here to be "in the darkness" and "walks in the darkness" mean the same thing. This brings attention to how evil it is to hate a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he does not know where he is going
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor for the believer who is not living as a Christian should be living. Alternate translation: "he does not know what he should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the darkness has blinded his eyes
|
||||
|
||||
"the darkness has made him unable to see." Darkness is a metaphor for sin or evil. Alternate translation: "sin has made it impossible for him to understand the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
John explains why he is writing his letter either to different age groups or to believers with differences in maturity. Try to use similar wording for these sentences, as they are written poetically.
|
||||
|
||||
### you, children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your sins are forgiven
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God forgives your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### because of his name
|
||||
|
||||
"his name" refers to Christ and who he is. Alternate translation: "because of what Christ has done for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:13
|
||||
|
||||
### I am writing to you, fathers
|
||||
|
||||
The word "fathers" here is possibly a metaphor referring to mature believers. Alternate translation: "I am writing to you, mature believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you know
|
||||
|
||||
"you have a relationship with"
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who is from the beginning
|
||||
|
||||
"the one who has always lived" or "the one who has always existed." It refers either to "Jesus" or to "God the Father."
|
||||
|
||||
### young men
|
||||
|
||||
This possibly refers to those who are no longer new believers but are growing in spiritual maturity. Alternate translation: "young believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### overcome
|
||||
|
||||
The writer is speaking of the believers' refusal to follow Satan and of their frustrating his plans as if it were a matter of conquering him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:14
|
||||
|
||||
### you are strong
|
||||
|
||||
Here "strong" refers not to believers' physical strength, but to their faithfulness to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of God remains in you
|
||||
|
||||
"Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. The writer refers to the believers' increased faithfulness to Christ and knowledge of him as if he were speaking of God's word existing in them. Alternate translation: "God's message continues to teach you" or "you know the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not love the world or
|
||||
|
||||
In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the things that are in the world
|
||||
|
||||
"the things that those who dishonor God want"
|
||||
|
||||
### If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him
|
||||
|
||||
A person cannot love this world and all that dishonors God and love the Father at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the love of the Father is not in him
|
||||
|
||||
"he does not love the Father"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:16
|
||||
|
||||
### the lust of the flesh
|
||||
|
||||
"the strong desire to have sinful physical pleasure"
|
||||
|
||||
### the lust of the eyes
|
||||
|
||||
"the strong desire to have things that we see"
|
||||
|
||||
### is not from the Father
|
||||
|
||||
"does not come from the Father" or "is not how the Father teaches us to live"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:17
|
||||
|
||||
### are passing away
|
||||
|
||||
"pass away" or "will one day not be here"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
John warns about those who are against Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### Children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### it is the last hour
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "the last hour" refers to the time just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: "Jesus will return soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### many antichrists have come
|
||||
|
||||
"there are many people who are against Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
### have come. By this we know
|
||||
|
||||
"have come, and because of this we know" or "have come, and because many antichrists have come, we know"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:19
|
||||
|
||||
### They went out from us
|
||||
|
||||
"They left us"
|
||||
|
||||
### but they were not from us
|
||||
|
||||
"but they did not really belong to us anyway" or "but they were not really part of our group in the first place." The reason they were not really part of the group is that they were not believers in Jesus.
|
||||
|
||||
### For if they had been from us they would have remained with us
|
||||
|
||||
"We know this because they would not have left us if they really had been believers"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
In the Old Testament the word "anointing" referred to pouring oil on a person to set him apart to serve God.
|
||||
|
||||
### But you have an anointing from the Holy One
|
||||
|
||||
John speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were "an anointing" that the people have received from Jesus. The abstract noun "anointing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "But the Holy One has anointed you" or "But Jesus Christ, the Holy One, has given you his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Holy One
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus, the Holy One" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you all know
|
||||
|
||||
Your language might allow you to use the abstract noun "knowledge" here. If your language requires you to state what it is that the readers know, be as general as possible. Alternate translation: "you all have knowledge" or "you all know what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:21
|
||||
|
||||
### the truth ... no lie is from the truth
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "truth" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "what is true ... no lie comes from what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Who is the liar but the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ?
|
||||
|
||||
"Who is the liar? Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Christ." John used a question to emphasize who liars are. Alternate translation: "The one who denies that Jesus is the Christ is the liar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### denies that Jesus is the Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"refuses to say that Jesus is the Christ" or "says that Jesus is not the Messiah"
|
||||
|
||||
### denies the Father and the Son
|
||||
|
||||
"refuses to say the truth about the Father and the Son" or "rejects the Father and the Son."
|
||||
|
||||
### Father ... Son
|
||||
|
||||
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:23
|
||||
|
||||
### has the Father
|
||||
|
||||
"belongs to the Father"
|
||||
|
||||
### confesses the Son
|
||||
|
||||
"speaks the truth about the Son"
|
||||
|
||||
### has the Father
|
||||
|
||||
"belongs to the Father"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the people to whom John wrote, as well as all believers. The word "he" is emphatic and refers to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
John reminds believers to continue in what they have first heard.
|
||||
|
||||
### As for you
|
||||
|
||||
This marks John's telling them how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of how those against Christ live.
|
||||
|
||||
### let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you
|
||||
|
||||
"remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what you have heard from the beginning
|
||||
|
||||
"what we taught you about Jesus when you first became believers"
|
||||
|
||||
### If what you heard from the beginning remains in you
|
||||
|
||||
The word "remains" is talking about relationship, not salvation. Alternate translation: "If you continue to trust what we first taught you"
|
||||
|
||||
### also remain in the Son and in the Father
|
||||
To "remain in" means to continue to have fellowship with. See how you translated a similar phrase to "remain in" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "also continue to have fellowship with the Son and with the Father" or "also stay joined to the Son and to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:25
|
||||
|
||||
### This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life.
|
||||
|
||||
"This is what he promised to give us—eternal life" or "He has promised to cause us to live forever"
|
||||
|
||||
### life
|
||||
|
||||
The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:26
|
||||
|
||||
### those who would lead you astray
|
||||
|
||||
Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "those who want to deceive you" or "those who want to make you believe lies about Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Starting in verse 29, John introduces the idea of being born into God's family. The previous verses show that believers continue to sin; this part shows that believers also have the new nature, which cannot sin. It continues to show how believers can recognize each other.
|
||||
|
||||
### As for you
|
||||
|
||||
This marks John's telling them something else about how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of following those who are against Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### the anointing that you received from him remains in you
|
||||
|
||||
John speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were "the anointing" that the people have received from Jesus and remains in them. The abstract noun "anointing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. See how you translated "anointing" in [1 John 2:20](../02/20.md). Alternate translation: "Jesus has anointed you with his Spirit, and his Spirit is still with you" or "the Spirit that you received from him still lives within you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as his anointing teaches you everything
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "everything" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "because his anointing teaches you everything that you need to know" or "because his Spirit teaches you everything that you need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This word is used here to mark a new part of the letter.
|
||||
|
||||
### Now, children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "Now, you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he appears
|
||||
|
||||
"we see him"
|
||||
|
||||
### boldness
|
||||
|
||||
having no fear
|
||||
|
||||
### not be ashamed before him
|
||||
|
||||
"not be ashamed in his presence"
|
||||
|
||||
### at his coming
|
||||
|
||||
"when he comes again"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 2:29
|
||||
|
||||
### has been born from him
|
||||
|
||||
"has been born of God" or "is God's child"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 John 3
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
In this part John tells the believers about their new nature, which cannot sin.
|
||||
|
||||
### See what kind of love the Father has given to us
|
||||
|
||||
"Think about how our Father loves us so much"
|
||||
|
||||
### we should be called children of God
|
||||
|
||||
"the Father called us his children"
|
||||
|
||||
### children of God
|
||||
|
||||
Here this means people who belong to God through faith in Jesus.
|
||||
|
||||
### For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
|
||||
### the world does not know us, because it did not know him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Beloved, we are
|
||||
|
||||
"You people whom I love, we are" or "Dear friends, we are." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### it has not yet been revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "God has not yet revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can mean here either "told," "demonstrated," or "shown."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Everyone who has this hope in him
|
||||
|
||||
The word "him" refers to Christ. Having hope in Christ means expecting that because of Christ, what is hoped for will happen. Alternate translation: "Everyone who has this hope because of Christ" or "Everyone who trusts Christ to fulfill this hope"
|
||||
|
||||
### who has this hope in him
|
||||
The phrase "this hope" refers to the hope of being like Christ, as mentioned in the previous verse. Here to have hope is to confidently expect something good. Alternate translation: "who confidently expects in Christ to become like Christ" or "who confidently waits for Christ to cause him to become like Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
### purifies himself just as he is pure
|
||||
|
||||
"keeps himself pure because Christ is pure"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ was revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ appeared" or "the Father revealed Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:6
|
||||
|
||||
### remains in him
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### No one ... has seen him or known him
|
||||
|
||||
John uses the words "seen" and "known" to say that the person who sins has never met Christ in a spiritual sense. A person behaving according to his sinful nature cannot know Christ. Alternate translation: "No one ... has ever truly believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Children, do not let
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "You who are as dear to me as my own children, do not let" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### do not let anyone lead you astray
|
||||
|
||||
Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "do not let anyone fool you" or "do not let anyone deceive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who does righteousness is righteous, just as Christ is righteous
|
||||
|
||||
"He who does what is right is pleasing to God just as Christ is pleasing to God."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:8
|
||||
|
||||
### is from the devil
|
||||
|
||||
"belongs to the devil" or "is like the devil"
|
||||
|
||||
### from the beginning
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the very earliest time of creation before humans first sinned. Alternate translation: "since the earliest time of creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Son of God was revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
For now John ends this section on the new birth and the new nature which cannot sin.
|
||||
|
||||
### Whoever has been born from God
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Whoever God has made his child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God's seed
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of the Holy Spirit, whom God gives to believers and who makes them able to resist sin and do what pleases God as if he were a physical seed that is planted in the earth and grows. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he has been born of God
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given him new spiritual life" or "he is a child of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:10
|
||||
|
||||
### In this the children of God and children of the devil are revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is how we know who the children of God are and who the children of the devil are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God, neither is the one who does not love his brother
|
||||
|
||||
"whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God; whoever does not love his brother is also not from God" or "those who are from God do what is right, and those who are from God love their brothers"
|
||||
|
||||
### his brother
|
||||
|
||||
Here "brother" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Cain and Abel were the first sons of Adam and Eve, the first man and woman.
|
||||
|
||||
### We should not be like Cain
|
||||
|
||||
"We should not do as Cain did"
|
||||
|
||||
### brother
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to Cain's younger brother Abel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Why did he kill him? Because
|
||||
|
||||
John uses a question to teach his audience. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "He killed him because" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his works were evil and his brother's righteous
|
||||
|
||||
The words "works were" are also understood in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "Cain's works were evil and his brother's works were righteous" or "Cain did evil things and his brother did what was right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:13
|
||||
|
||||
### my brothers
|
||||
|
||||
"my fellow believers." John's readers were both male and female.
|
||||
|
||||
### if the world hates you
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "world" refers to the people who do not honor God. Alternate translation: "if those who do not honor God hate you who do honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:14
|
||||
|
||||
### we have passed out of death into life
|
||||
|
||||
The conditions of living and of being dead are spoken of as if they were physical locations that a person could leave from and go to. The abstract nouns "life" and "death" can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "we are no longer spiritually dead but are spiritually alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### life
|
||||
|
||||
The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### remains in death
|
||||
|
||||
"is still spiritually dead"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer
|
||||
|
||||
John speaks of a person who hates another believer as if he were a murderer. Since people commit murder because they hate other people, God considers anyone who hates to be as guilty as someone who kills a person. Alternate translation: "Whoever hates another believer is as guilty as someone who kills a person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### no murderer has eternal life residing in him
|
||||
|
||||
"Eternal life" does refer to believers living forever after they have died, but it is also the power that God gives believers in this life to help them to stop sinning and to do what please him. Here eternal life is spoken of as if it were a person that could live in someone. Alternate translation: "a murderer does not have the power of spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ laid down his life for us
|
||||
|
||||
This expression means "Christ willingly gave his life for us" or "Christ willingly died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the world's goods
|
||||
|
||||
material possessions like money, food, or clothing
|
||||
|
||||
### sees his brother in need
|
||||
|
||||
"realizes a fellow believer needs help"
|
||||
|
||||
### shuts up his heart of compassion from him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Here "shuts up his heart of compassion" is a metaphor for no longer showing someone compassion. Alternate translation: "does not show him compassion" or "does not willingly help him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### how does the love of God remain in him?
|
||||
|
||||
John uses a question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "God's love is not in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:18
|
||||
|
||||
### My children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let us not love in word or in tongue, but in actions and truth
|
||||
|
||||
The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in actions and truth
|
||||
|
||||
The words "let us love" are understood here. Alternate translation: "let us love in actions and truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Here John probably means that believers' ability to love God and each other sincerely ([1 John 3:18](../03/18.md)) is a sign that their new life has indeed originated from the truth about Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### we are from the truth
|
||||
|
||||
People living according to the truth is spoken of as they were "from the truth." Alternate translation: "we are living according the way Jesus taught us" or "we belong to him who is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### we assure our hearts
|
||||
|
||||
The word "heart" here refers to feelings. Alternate translation: "we do not feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:20
|
||||
|
||||
### if our hearts condemn us
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's thoughts or consciences. Here "hearts condemn us" is a metaphor for feeling guilty. Alternate translation: "if we know that we have sinned and as a result feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God is greater than our hearts
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hearts" is metonym for people's thoughts or consciences. For God to be "greater than our hearts" means that God knows more than a person. Therefore he can judge things better than a person can. The effect of this truth is probably that God is more merciful than our consciences would suppose. Alternate translation: "God knows more than we do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Beloved, if
|
||||
|
||||
"You people whom I love, if" or "Dear friends, if." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:22
|
||||
|
||||
### do the things that are pleasing before him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "before him" represents God's opinion or what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: "do the things that are pleasing to him" or "do what pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:23
|
||||
|
||||
### This is his commandment: that we should believe ... just as he gave us this commandment
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "commandment" can be stated as "command." Alternate translation: "This is what God commands us to do: Believe ... just as he commanded us to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Son
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 3:24
|
||||
|
||||
### remains in him, and God remains in him
|
||||
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he remains in us
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 John 4
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
John gives a warning against false teachers who teach against Christ's having had a human body and teachers who talk the way those who love the world talk.
|
||||
|
||||
### Beloved, do not believe
|
||||
|
||||
"You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### do not believe every spirit
|
||||
|
||||
Here, the word "spirit" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### test the spirits
|
||||
|
||||
Here, the word "spirits" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "think carefully about what the prophet says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:2
|
||||
|
||||
### has come in the flesh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "flesh" represents the human body. Alternate translation: "has come as a human being" or "has come in a physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:3
|
||||
|
||||
### This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming, and now is already in the world
|
||||
|
||||
"These are prophets opposed to Christ, whom you have heard are coming, and now are already in the world"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:4
|
||||
|
||||
### God, children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "God, you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### have overcome them
|
||||
|
||||
"have not believed the false teachers"
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who is in you is
|
||||
|
||||
"God, who is in you, is"
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who is in the world
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the one" refers to the devil. Here "the world" represents the people of the world. Alternate translation: "the devil who is in the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:5
|
||||
|
||||
### They are from the world
|
||||
|
||||
"They" refers to the false teachers. "From the world" is in contrast to being from God. "The world" represents all things that oppose God. Alternate translation: "They are of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### therefore what they say is from the world
|
||||
|
||||
Here "from the world" is in contrast to being from God. Here "the world" represents all things that oppose God. Alternate translation: "therefore what the false teachers say is of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### and the world listens to them
|
||||
|
||||
The words "the world" are a metonym for people who do not obey God. Alternate translation: "so the people who do not obey God listen to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
John continues to teach about the new nature. He teaches his readers about God's love and loving one another.
|
||||
|
||||
### Beloved, let us love
|
||||
|
||||
"You people whom I love, let us love" or "Dear friends, let us love." See how you translated "Beloved" in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### let us love one another
|
||||
|
||||
"believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
|
||||
### and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God
|
||||
|
||||
"and because those who love their fellow believers have become God's children and know him"
|
||||
|
||||
### for love is from God
|
||||
|
||||
"because God causes us to love each other"
|
||||
|
||||
### born from God
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor which means someone has a relationship to God like a child to his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:8
|
||||
|
||||
### The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God, because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Because of this ... among us, that God has sent his only Son
|
||||
|
||||
"Because of this ... among us: God has sent his only Son." The phrase "Because of this" refers to the phrase "that God has sent his only Son."
|
||||
|
||||
### the love of God was revealed among us
|
||||
|
||||
The noun "love" can be translated as a verb. This phrase can be made active. Alternate translation: "God showed that he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so that we would live because of him
|
||||
|
||||
"to enable us to live eternally because of what Jesus did"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:10
|
||||
|
||||
### In this is love, not that
|
||||
|
||||
"The true demonstration of love was not that" or "This is true love: not that
|
||||
|
||||
### he sent his Son to be the propitiation for our sins
|
||||
|
||||
Here "propitiation" refers to Jesus's death on the cross appeasing God's wrath against sin. The word can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "he sent his Son to be the sacrifice that appeased his wrath against our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Beloved, if
|
||||
|
||||
"You people whom I love, if" or "Dear friends, if." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### if God so loved us
|
||||
|
||||
"since God loved us in this way"
|
||||
|
||||
### we also should love one another
|
||||
|
||||
"believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:12
|
||||
|
||||
### God remains in us
|
||||
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with us" or "God stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his love is perfected in us
|
||||
|
||||
"God's love is complete in us"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:13
|
||||
|
||||
### we remain in him and he in us
|
||||
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "we continue to have fellowship with God and he continues to have fellowship with us" or "we stay joined to God and he stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### and he in us
|
||||
|
||||
The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### By this we know ... us, because he has given
|
||||
|
||||
Your translation may be clearer if you omit either "by this" or "because." Alternate translation: "We know ... us because he gave" or "By this we know ... us: he gave"
|
||||
|
||||
### because he has given us some of his Spirit
|
||||
|
||||
"because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Also, we have seen and testify that the Father has sent the Son to be the Savior of the world
|
||||
|
||||
"And we apostles have seen the Son of God and tell everyone that God the Father has sent his Son to save people on this earth"
|
||||
|
||||
### Father ... Son
|
||||
|
||||
These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
"Anyone who says the truth about Jesus, that he is the Son of God"
|
||||
|
||||
### Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
### God remains in him and he in God
|
||||
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with him and he continues to have fellowship with God" or "God stays joined to him and he stays joined to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### and he in God
|
||||
|
||||
The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in God" (See: Ellipsis)
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:16
|
||||
|
||||
### God is love
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." See how you translated this in [1 John 4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who remains in this love
|
||||
|
||||
"those who continue to love others"
|
||||
|
||||
### remains in God, and God remains in him
|
||||
|
||||
To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with God, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Because of this, this love has been made perfect among us, so that we will have confidence
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "Because of this" refers back to [1 John 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: "Because whoever lives in love is in God and God is in him, God has made his love for us complete, and so we may have complete confidence" or 2) "Because of this" refers to "we may have confidence." Alternate translation: "We are confident that God will accept us on the day he judges everyone, so we know he has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### this love has been made perfect among us
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### because as he is, just so are we in this world
|
||||
|
||||
"because the relationship that Jesus has with God is the same relationship we have with God in this world"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Instead, perfect love throws out fear
|
||||
|
||||
Here "love" is described as a person with the power to remove fear. God's love is perfect. Alternate translation: "Instead, when our love is complete, we are no longer afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### because fear has to do with punishment
|
||||
|
||||
"because we would be afraid only if we thought that he would punish us"
|
||||
|
||||
### But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:20
|
||||
|
||||
### hates his brother
|
||||
|
||||
"hates a fellow believer"
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen
|
||||
|
||||
If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 4:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,253 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 John 5
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
John continues to teach his readers about God's love and the love believers are to have because they have this new nature from God.
|
||||
|
||||
### is born from God
|
||||
|
||||
"is a child of God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:2
|
||||
|
||||
### This is how we know that we love the children of God: when we love God and obey his commandments.
|
||||
|
||||
"When we love God and do what he commands, then we know that we love his children"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:3
|
||||
|
||||
### For this is love for God: that we keep his commandments
|
||||
|
||||
"Because when we do what he commands, that is true love for God"
|
||||
|
||||
### his commandments are not burdensome
|
||||
|
||||
"what he commands is not difficult"
|
||||
|
||||
### burdensome
|
||||
|
||||
"heavy" or "crushing" or "difficult"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:4
|
||||
|
||||
### everyone who is born from God overcomes
|
||||
|
||||
"all children of God overcome"
|
||||
|
||||
### overcomes the world
|
||||
|
||||
"has victory over the world," "succeeds against the world," or "refuses to do the evil things unbelievers do"
|
||||
|
||||
### the world
|
||||
|
||||
This passage uses "the world" to refer to all the sinful people and the evil systems in the world. Alternate translation: "everything in the world that is against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### And this is the victory that has overcome the world, even our faith
|
||||
|
||||
"And this is what gives us the power to resist whatever would lead us to sin against God: our faith" or "And it is our faith that gives us the power to resist whatever would lead us to sin against God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Who is the one who overcomes the world?
|
||||
|
||||
John used this question to introduce something he wanted to teach. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who overcomes the world:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
This does not refer to a specific person but to anyone who believes this. Alternate translation: "Anyone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
|
||||
### Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
John teaches about Jesus Christ and what God said about him.
|
||||
|
||||
### This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"Jesus Christ is the one who came by water and blood." Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus's death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God showed that Jesus Christ is his son at Jesus's baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He came not only by water, but also by water and blood
|
||||
|
||||
Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus's death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God did not show us Jesus was his son just through his baptism, but through his baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:9
|
||||
|
||||
### If we receive the testimony of men
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom to "receive the testimony" means to believe what another person testifies concerning something that he has seen. The abstract noun "testimony" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "If we believe what men testify" or "If we believe what men say about what they have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the testimony of God is greater
|
||||
|
||||
the testimony of God is more important and more reliable
|
||||
|
||||
### Son
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Anyone who believes in the Son of God has the testimony in himself
|
||||
|
||||
"Whoever believes in Jesus knows for sure Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
|
||||
### has made him out to be a liar
|
||||
|
||||
"has called God a liar"
|
||||
|
||||
### because he has not believed the testimony that God has given concerning his Son
|
||||
|
||||
"because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:11
|
||||
|
||||
### And the testimony is this
|
||||
|
||||
"This is what God says"
|
||||
|
||||
### life
|
||||
|
||||
The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### this life is in his Son
|
||||
|
||||
"this life is through his Son" or "we will live forever if we are joined with his Son" or "we will live forever if we are united with his Son"
|
||||
|
||||
### Son
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:12
|
||||
|
||||
### The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life
|
||||
|
||||
Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins the end of John's letter. He tells his readers the last purpose for his letter and gives them some final teachings.
|
||||
|
||||
### these things
|
||||
|
||||
"this letter"
|
||||
|
||||
### to you who believe in the name of the Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" is a metonym for the Son of God. Alternate translation: "to you who trust in the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:14
|
||||
|
||||
### this is the confidence we have before him, that
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "confidence" can be stated as "confident." Alternate translation: "we are confident in God's presence because we know that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### if we ask anything according to his will
|
||||
|
||||
"if we ask for the things that God desires"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:15
|
||||
|
||||
### we know that we have whatever we have asked of him
|
||||
|
||||
"we know that we will receive that for which we have asked God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:16
|
||||
|
||||
### his brother
|
||||
|
||||
"a fellow believer"
|
||||
|
||||
### life
|
||||
|
||||
The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### death
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to eternal death, that is, eternity spent away from God's presence.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
John closes his letter, reviewing what he has said about the new nature of believers, which cannot sin, and he reminds them to keep themselves from idols (5:21).
|
||||
|
||||
### the evil one cannot harm him
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan, the devil.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:19
|
||||
|
||||
### the whole world lies in the power of the evil one
|
||||
|
||||
Lying in someone's power represents being controlled or ruled by him. Alternate translation: "the whole world is controlled by the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the whole world lies in the power
|
||||
|
||||
Here "world" represents all the people who rebel against God. Alternate translation: "all the people of the world are under the power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Son of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has given us understanding
|
||||
|
||||
"has enabled us to understand the truth"
|
||||
|
||||
### we are in him who is true
|
||||
|
||||
Being "in" someone represents having a close relationship with him, that is being united to him or belonging to him. The phrase "him who is true" refers to the true God, and the phrase "in his Son Jesus Christ" explains how we are in him who is true. Alternate translation: "we are united to him who is true by being united to his Son Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### him who is true
|
||||
|
||||
"the true one" or "the real God"
|
||||
|
||||
### This one is the true God
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "This one" refers to Jesus Christ, or 2) "This one" refers to the one true God.
|
||||
|
||||
### and eternal life
|
||||
|
||||
He is called "eternal life" becasue he gives us eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the one who gives eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 John 5:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Children
|
||||
|
||||
John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### keep yourselves from idols
|
||||
|
||||
"stay away from idols" or "do not worship idols"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,529 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 1
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:1
|
||||
|
||||
### covered him with blankets
|
||||
|
||||
They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
|
||||
|
||||
### old and advanced in years
|
||||
|
||||
"very old." The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]].)
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:3
|
||||
|
||||
### So they searched
|
||||
|
||||
"So the king's servants searched"
|
||||
|
||||
### within all the borders of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. Alternate translation: "all over the land of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishag
|
||||
|
||||
This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shunammite
|
||||
|
||||
a person from the city of Shunem (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the king
|
||||
|
||||
"King David"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Adonijah son of Haggith
|
||||
|
||||
Haggith was a wife of David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### exalted himself
|
||||
|
||||
"began to boast"
|
||||
|
||||
### horsemen
|
||||
|
||||
These are men who drive chariots pulled by horses.
|
||||
|
||||
### fifty men to run ahead of him
|
||||
|
||||
These men would go ahead of the chariots to clear the way for them and protect them.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:6
|
||||
|
||||
### had never troubled him, saying
|
||||
|
||||
"had never troubled him. He had never even asked him" or "had never wanted to make him angry, so he never even asked him"
|
||||
|
||||
### Why have you done this or that?
|
||||
|
||||
This is a rhetorical question that a father would ask to discipline his son. Alternate translation: "You should know that what you have done is wrong." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### born next after Absalom
|
||||
|
||||
David was the father or both Absalom and Adonijah, but they had different mothers. Absalom was born, then Adonijah.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:7
|
||||
|
||||
### He conferred with Joab
|
||||
|
||||
"Adonijah discussed his plans with Joab"
|
||||
|
||||
### Joab ... Zeruiah ... Abiathar ... Adonijah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### followed Adonijah and helped him
|
||||
|
||||
"supported and helped Adonijah" or "promised to support and help Adonijah"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Zadok ... Benaiah ... Jehoiada ... Nathan ... Shimei ... Rei
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:9
|
||||
|
||||
### fattened calves
|
||||
|
||||
"calves that were given plenty of food so that they would be fat" or "young cows that were specially prepared for sacrifice"
|
||||
|
||||
### stone of Zoheleth
|
||||
|
||||
This is a rocky area near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### En Rogel
|
||||
|
||||
This was the name of a spring where people got water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all his brothers ... all the men
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all his brothers, the king's sons
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases refer to the same people.
|
||||
|
||||
### men of Judah, the king's servants
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases refer to the same people.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Have you not heard ... it?
|
||||
|
||||
The purpose of this question is to introduce the information that Nathan wants to tell Bathsheba. Alternate translation: "You do not seem to have heard ... it." or "Have you heard ... it?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that Adonijah son of Haggith has become king
|
||||
|
||||
"that Haggith's son Adonijah is trying to become king"
|
||||
|
||||
### Haggith
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah's mother and a wife of David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The prophet Nathan continues to speak to Bathsheba.
|
||||
|
||||
### did you not swear to your servant ... throne?
|
||||
|
||||
The purpose of this question was to remind David of what he had promised Bathsheba. Alternate translation: "you swore to your servant ... throne." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to your servant
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba speaks to David as if she were someone else to show that she respects David. Alternate translation: "to me, your servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he will sit on my throne
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. Alternate translation: "he will be king just as I was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Why then is Adonijah reigning?
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba was to use a question so David would pay attention. Alternate translation: "So then, Adonijah should not be reigning." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:14
|
||||
|
||||
### confirm your words
|
||||
|
||||
"tell him that what you have said is true"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:15
|
||||
|
||||
### the king's room
|
||||
|
||||
"the room in which the king slept"
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishag the Shunammite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the young virgin that King David's servants had brought to care for him. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:16
|
||||
|
||||
### bowed down and showed respect before the king
|
||||
|
||||
"bowed close to the ground in front of the king"
|
||||
|
||||
### What do you desire?
|
||||
|
||||
"What can I do for you?"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:17
|
||||
|
||||
### you swore to
|
||||
|
||||
The form of "you" here is emphatic. Alternate translation: "you yourself swore to"
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba speaks as if she were another person to show David that she respects him. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "me, your servant"
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
|
||||
### he shall sit on my throne
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "he will be king just as I was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba continues speaking to King David.
|
||||
|
||||
### see
|
||||
|
||||
"look" or "listen" or "pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba continues to speak to King David.
|
||||
|
||||
### the eyes of all Israel are on you, waiting
|
||||
|
||||
Here "eyes" refers to the people. Here "the eyes ... are on you" is an idiom that means the people are waiting expectantly. Alternate translation: "all the people of Israel are waiting expectantly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### will sit on the throne
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "will be king"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:21
|
||||
|
||||
### when my master the king sleeps with his fathers
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba speaks to King David as if she were speaking about him to show that she respects him. Alternate translation: "when you sleep with your fathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sleeps with his fathers
|
||||
|
||||
This is a polite way of saying "dies." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I and my son Solomon will be regarded as criminals
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the new king will regard my son Solomon and me as criminals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Nathan the prophet speaks to King David.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Nathan the prophet continues to speak to King David.
|
||||
|
||||
### have you said, 'Adonijah will reign after me, and he will sit on my throne?'
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "have you said that Adonijah will reign after you, and he will sit on your throne?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he will sit on my throne
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "he will be king just as I was"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:25
|
||||
|
||||
### eating and drinking before him
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah probably sat at a table where he could watch all those he had invited as they ate and drank. The main idea is that the people Nathan named were with Adonijah and they were celebrating together. Alternate translation: "eating and drinking with him" or "eating and drinking where he can see them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Nathan the prophet continues to speak to King David.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Has my master the king done this without telling us, your servants, who should sit on the throne after him?
|
||||
|
||||
Nathan refers to David in the third person. This is a way of showing respect to the king. It can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: "Have you, my master the king, done this without telling us, your servants, who should sit on the throne after you?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who should sit on the throne
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "who would be king after him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King David makes a promise to Bathsheba.
|
||||
|
||||
### came into the king's presence
|
||||
|
||||
"came before the king" or "came back to the king"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:29
|
||||
|
||||
### made an oath
|
||||
|
||||
"made a solemn promise"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:30
|
||||
|
||||
### he will sit on my throne in my place
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne is a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "he will take my place and be king just as I was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:31
|
||||
|
||||
### May my master King David live forever
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba knew David would not live forever; this is a way of saying that he is a good king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King David anoints Solomon king.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:33
|
||||
|
||||
### the servants of your master
|
||||
|
||||
David speaks of himself as if he were speaking of someone else so Zadok, Nathan, and Benaiah would remember that David is still king. Alternate translation: "my servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gihon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a water spring. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King David continues to speak on behalf of Solomon as the one who will become king.
|
||||
|
||||
### he will come and sit on my throne
|
||||
|
||||
The words "sit on the throne" are used as a metonym for being king in [1 Kings 1:13](../01/13.md), [1 Kings 1:17](./17.md), and [1 Kings 1:30](./30.md). Here David speaks of Solomon literally sitting on a physical throne.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:36
|
||||
|
||||
### So let it be!
|
||||
|
||||
They agree and will do what King David said.
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh, the God of my master the king, confirm
|
||||
|
||||
Benaiah speaks to King David as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects King David. Alternate translation: "My master and king, may Yahweh your God confirm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:37
|
||||
|
||||
### has been with my master the king, so
|
||||
|
||||
Benaiah speaks to King David as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects King David. Alternate translation: "has been with you, my master the king, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### make his throne greater than the throne of my master King David
|
||||
|
||||
The word "throne" is a metonym for either 1) the person who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: "make the one who sits on the throne greater than my master King David" or 2) the kingdom over which the one who sits on the throne rules. Alternate translation: "make his kingdom greater than the kingdom of my master King David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the throne of my master King David
|
||||
|
||||
Benaiah speaks to King David as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects King David. Alternate translation: "your throne, my master King David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:38
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The people of Israel anoint Solomon as king over Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Kerethites ... Pelethites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gihon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a spring, where fresh water comes out of the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:39
|
||||
|
||||
### took the horn of oil out of the tent
|
||||
|
||||
This means the priest took the special animal horn filled with olive oil that was kept in Yahweh's special tent.
|
||||
|
||||
### took the horn of oil
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the horn of an animal filled with olive oil or 2) a container that had replaced the original horn, but the people still called it a horn. Alternate translation: "took a container of oil"
|
||||
|
||||
### all the people
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:40
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah hears the loud noise and waits for the news.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:42
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah learns that Solomon is the new king.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:44
|
||||
|
||||
### Kerethites ... Pelethites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:45
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:46
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Jonathan continues to speak to Adonijah about Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### is sitting on the throne of the kingdom
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) that these words are a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:35](../01/35.md). Alternate translation: "is now king" or 2) that Solomon was physically sitting on the physical throne. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:47
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:48
|
||||
|
||||
### a person to sit on my throne this day
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) that these words are a metonym for being king. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 1:35](../01/35.md). Alternate translation: "a person to be king today as I was" or 2) that Solomon was physically sitting on the physical throne. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:49
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah becomes terrified of King Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### They stood up
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is "They began to act quickly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Adonijah ... took hold of the horns of the altar
|
||||
|
||||
The "horns of the altar" symbolized the strength and protection of Yahweh, but because Adonijah literally went into the area of the physical tent to take literal hold of the physical horns, you should translate this literally.
|
||||
|
||||
### Adonijah ... rose up, went
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is "Adonijah ... quickly went" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:51
|
||||
|
||||
### is afraid of King Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
The servants speak to King Solomon as if they were speaking of someone else to show that they respected King Solomon. Alternate translation: "is afraid of you, King Solomon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he will not kill his servant
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah speaks of himself as if he were speaking of another person so people will think that he respects King Solomon. Alternate translation: "he will not kill me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:52
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
|
||||
|
||||
### not a hair of his will fall to the earth
|
||||
|
||||
This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: "not a hair of his head will fall" or "I will keep him safe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### wickedness is found in him
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "wickedness" can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "he does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 1:53
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,458 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 2
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:2
|
||||
|
||||
### I am going the way of all the earth
|
||||
|
||||
This is a polite way of saying "I am going to die." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### show yourself a man
|
||||
|
||||
The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: "show yourself to be a man" or "show everyone that you are a man" or "live so that everyone can see you are a good man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:3
|
||||
|
||||
### walk in his ways
|
||||
|
||||
Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: "live the way he commands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so you may prosper
|
||||
|
||||
"so you may succeed" or "so you may do well"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:4
|
||||
|
||||
### may fulfill his word
|
||||
|
||||
"do everything he promised he would do"
|
||||
|
||||
### If your descendants ... you will never cease
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is talking to David, so the words "you" and "your" refer to David.
|
||||
|
||||
### to walk before me faithfully
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is talking to David, so the word "me" refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### with all their heart and with all their soul
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "with all ... heart" means "completely" and "with all ... soul" means "with all ... being." These two phrases have similar meanings. Alternate translation: "with all their being" or "with all their energy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you will never cease to have a man on the throne of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The word "throne" is a metonym for the king who sits on the throne. The phrase "will never cease to have" can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "your descendants will never cease to be kings of Israel" or "one of your descendants will always be the king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King David continues to tell Solomon how to lead Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### what Joab ... did to me, and what he did
|
||||
|
||||
David is referring to the same thing twice. Alternate translation: "what Joab ... did to me—that is, what he did"
|
||||
|
||||
### shed the blood of war in peace
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "killed those men during a time of peace as if he were killing them in war" or 2) "took revenge on those men during a time of peace because they had killed people in war" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### put the blood of war on the belt around his waist and on the shoes on his feet
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Joab was close enough to these men when he killed them that their blood spattered on his belt and on his sandals or 2) the word "blood" is a metonym for guilt of murder, and the belt and the shoes are metonyms for Joab's authority as commander, so David is saying that because Joab is guilty of murder, he should not be commander of the army. Either way, it is best to translate this literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:6
|
||||
|
||||
### do not let his gray head go down to Sheol in peace
|
||||
|
||||
Here being old is represented by having gray hair, that is, a "gray head." Alternate translation: "make sure Joab dies a violent death before he grows old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Sheol
|
||||
|
||||
the grave or the world of the dead
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King David continues to tell Solomon how to lead Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Barzillai
|
||||
|
||||
a man's name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let them be among those who eat at your table
|
||||
|
||||
The table is a metonym for the home where the table is. Alternate translation: "welcome them to eat at your home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King David continues to tell Solomon how to lead Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimei ... Gera
|
||||
|
||||
men's names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Benjamite
|
||||
|
||||
descendant of Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
### Bahurim ... Mahanaim
|
||||
|
||||
place names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:9
|
||||
|
||||
### do not let him go free from punishment
|
||||
|
||||
"be sure to punish him"
|
||||
|
||||
### bring his gray head down to Sheol with blood
|
||||
|
||||
Blood is a metonym for violent death, and the head is synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "make sure he dies a violent death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
David dies and Solomon takes his place as the new king of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
David dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### David ... and was buried
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "David ... and they buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:11
|
||||
|
||||
### The days that David reigned over Israel were
|
||||
|
||||
"The time that David reigned over Israel was" or "David reigned over Israel for"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:12
|
||||
|
||||
### sat on the throne of his father David
|
||||
|
||||
The throne represents the authority of the king. Alternate translation: "became king, as his father David had been" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his rule was firmly established
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh firmly established Solomon's rule" or "Yahweh caused Solomon to take complete control of the kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah comes to speak to Bathsheba.
|
||||
|
||||
### peacefully
|
||||
|
||||
with no desire to cause harm
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:15
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### things changed
|
||||
|
||||
"what we expected to happen did not happen"
|
||||
|
||||
### the kingdom was given to my brother
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh gave the kingdom to my brother" or "my brother became king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Adonijah shares his request with Bathsheba.
|
||||
|
||||
### do not turn away from my face
|
||||
|
||||
Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: "do not refuse to do what I request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:17
|
||||
|
||||
### he will not turn away from your face
|
||||
|
||||
Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. Alternate translation: "he will not refuse to do what you request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Abishag the Shunammite
|
||||
|
||||
See [1 Kings 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba goes to King Solomon with Adonijah's request.
|
||||
|
||||
### The king rose
|
||||
|
||||
"The king stood up" from where he was sitting on his throne.
|
||||
|
||||
### had a throne brought
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told someone to bring a throne" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the king's mother
|
||||
|
||||
Bathsheba
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:20
|
||||
|
||||
### you will not turn away from my face ... I will not turn away from your face
|
||||
|
||||
Turning from the face of someone is a metonym for refusing to look at someone, which in turn is a metonym for refusing to do what that person requests. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 2:16](../02/16.md) and [1 Kings 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: "you will not refuse to do what I request ... I will not refuse to do what you request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Let Abishag the Shunammite be given to Adonijah ... as his wife
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Allow Adonijah ... to marry Abishag the Shunammite" or "Give Abishag the Shunammite to Adonijah ... as his wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon gives an answer to Adonijah's request.
|
||||
|
||||
### Why do you ask ... Adonijah? Why do you not ask the kingdom for him also ... Zeruiah?
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon was angered by his mother's request. Alternate translation: "You are wrong to ask ... Adonijah! This is the same as asking the kingdom for him also ... Zeruiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:23
|
||||
|
||||
### May God do so to me, and more also, if Adonijah has not spoken this word against his own life
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God will have every right to execute me—and to do even worse things to me—if I do not execute Adonijah because he has made this request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon executes Adonijah.
|
||||
|
||||
### set me on the throne
|
||||
|
||||
The word "throne" refers to Solomon's authority to rule that was given by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who has made me a house
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" refers to descendants that Yahweh gave to King Solomon, who would continue to reign after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon dismisses Abiathar from being priest.
|
||||
|
||||
### suffered in every way my father suffered
|
||||
|
||||
Abiathar had suffered alongside King David before David became king.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:27
|
||||
|
||||
### that he might fulfill
|
||||
|
||||
The word "he" refers to King Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the things that Yahweh had said"
|
||||
|
||||
### which he had spoken
|
||||
|
||||
The word "he" refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon orders Benaiah to execute Joab.
|
||||
|
||||
### The news came to Joab
|
||||
|
||||
"Joab heard what Solomon did after he had become king"
|
||||
|
||||
### the horns of the altar
|
||||
|
||||
The horns of the altar symbolized Yahweh's power and protection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:29
|
||||
|
||||
### It was told King Solomon that Joab had fled
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone told King Solomon that Joab had fled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Benaiah goes to execute Joab.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:31
|
||||
|
||||
### bury him so that you may take away from me and from my father's house the blood that Joab shed without cause
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" stands for the descendants of David while "blood" represents guilt. Alternate translation: "bury him and so remove from me and my family the guilt for the murders Joab committed without cause" or "bury him. Do that so Yahweh will not hold me and my father's house guilty because Joab murdered people for no reason" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon explains why Joab should die.
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh return his blood on his own head
|
||||
|
||||
The word "his" refers to Joab. "Blood" is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom "his blood on his own head" means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: "Joab has murdered people, and I want Yahweh to hold him guilty for what he has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### more righteous and better
|
||||
|
||||
These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Abner and Amasa were much better men than Joab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:33
|
||||
|
||||
### may their blood return on the head of Joab and on the head of his descendants
|
||||
|
||||
The word "blood" is a metonym for murder. And, the idiom "blood return on the head of" means the person should be considered guilty for murder. Alternate translation: "I want Yahweh to hold Joab and his descendants guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to his house, and to his throne
|
||||
|
||||
The words "house" and "throne" are metonyms for the family and the kingdom. Alternate translation: "to David's descendants and to David's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Benaiah kills Joab and becomes the commander of King Solomon's army.
|
||||
|
||||
### He was buried in his own house
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "They buried Joab in his own house"
|
||||
|
||||
### in his own house
|
||||
|
||||
The house is a metonym for the land on which the house stood. The Israelites buried people out of doors in graves or tombs. Alternate translation: "where his family lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:36
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon tells Shimei to stay in Jerusalem or Shimei will die.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Your blood will be on your own head
|
||||
|
||||
Here "blood" is a metonym for guilt and the head is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: "You will be responsible for your own death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:38
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Shimei leaves Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### Achish ... Maacah ... Gath
|
||||
|
||||
men's names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gath
|
||||
|
||||
a Philistine city (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimei arose
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. "Shimei quickly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon judges Shimei for leaving Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon was told
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone told Solomon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:42
|
||||
|
||||
### Did I not make you swear ... saying, 'Know ... die'?
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon is reminding Shimei of what Shimei had promised. Alternate translation: "You know very well that I made you swear ... saying, 'Know ... die'!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon pronounces judgment upon Shimei for leaving Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
||||
### Why then have you not kept your oath ... you?
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Solomon is asking for an answer or 2) Alternate translation: "You have done wrong by breaking your oath ... you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:44
|
||||
|
||||
### will return your wickedness on your own head
|
||||
|
||||
Here the head represents the person, and wickedness is spoken of as if it were a solid or liquid that could be put on a person's head. Alternate translation: "will hold you responsible for all your wickedness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:45
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
|
||||
|
||||
### the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever
|
||||
|
||||
Here "throne of David" represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 2:46
|
||||
|
||||
### in Solomon's hand
|
||||
|
||||
This use of "hand" represents Solomon's power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 3
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon marries an Egyptian.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
|
||||
|
||||
### until he had finished building
|
||||
|
||||
She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the temple"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:2
|
||||
|
||||
### no house had yet been built
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one had yet built a house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for the name" refers to worshiping the person. Alternate translation: "in which people would worship Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:3
|
||||
|
||||
### walking in the statutes of David his father
|
||||
|
||||
How one lives one's life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: "obeying the laws that David his father had made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
God asks Solomon what he can do for Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### the great high place
|
||||
|
||||
"the most famous place for makings sacrifices" or "the most important altar"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Ask! What should I give you?
|
||||
|
||||
"Ask me for whatever you want and I will give it to you." or "What do you want? Ask and I will give it to you."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon responds to God's question.
|
||||
|
||||
### You have shown great covenant faithfulness to your servant
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "faithfulness" can be stated as "faithful" or "faithfully." Alternate translation: "You have been very faithful to your covenant with your servant" or "You have greatly and faithfully loved your servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### because he walked before you in trustworthiness, in righteousness, and in uprightness of heart
|
||||
|
||||
Walking is a metaphor for the way one lives. The abstract nouns "trustworthiness," "righteousness," and "uprightness" can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "because he was trustworthy and righteous, and his heart was upright" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in uprightness of heart
|
||||
|
||||
A sincere person is spoken of as one whose heart is upright. Alternate translation: "he was sincere" or "he spoke the truth and did what was good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### have given him a son
|
||||
|
||||
The "son" is Solomon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to sit on his throne
|
||||
|
||||
Sitting on the throne represents ruling as king. Alternate translation: "to rule in his place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### today
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon is speaking of the years he had already been ruling, not of the time since the sun had last set.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon asks for wisdom.
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks as if he is another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: "me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I am only a little child
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon is saying that he is like a child who does not know as much as a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I do not know how to go out or come in
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means Solomon does not know how to govern as king. Alternate translation: "I do not know how to be the king" or "I do not know the right way to do things as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:9
|
||||
|
||||
### For who is able to judge this great people of yours?
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon asks a question to emphasize that he knows that no one can judge. Alternate translation: "No one is able to judge this great people of yours." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
God gives Solomon wisdom and more.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:11
|
||||
|
||||
### the life of your enemies
|
||||
|
||||
The "life" is a metonym for the power to kill. Alternate translation: "the power to kill your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:12
|
||||
|
||||
### now I will do all you asked of me when you gave me your request
|
||||
|
||||
"I will do what you asked me to do when you spoke with me"
|
||||
|
||||
### I give you a wise and an understanding heart
|
||||
|
||||
The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and desires. Alternate translation: "I make you able to be wise and to understand many things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:14
|
||||
|
||||
### walk in my ways to keep
|
||||
|
||||
Living one's life is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: "live as I want you to live and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### lengthen your days
|
||||
|
||||
"make you live a long time"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:15
|
||||
|
||||
### behold
|
||||
|
||||
The word "behold" here shows that Solomon saw something interesting.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Two prostitutes ask Solomon to make a decision.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The two prostitutes tell Solomon their story.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:19
|
||||
|
||||
### lay on him
|
||||
|
||||
It may be helpful to state that this caused the baby to die. Alternate translation: "accidentally rolled on top of her baby and smothered him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:20
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant
|
||||
|
||||
The woman speaks as if she were speaking of someone else to show that she respects Solomon. Alternate translation: "I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Two prostitutes continue to share their story with Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### nurse my child
|
||||
|
||||
This means to feed her baby milk from her breast.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:22
|
||||
|
||||
### before the king
|
||||
|
||||
"before Solomon" or "while Solomon could see and hear them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon makes a decision for the two women.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The real mother asks the king to spare the child's life.
|
||||
|
||||
### her heart was full of compassion for her son
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of the woman having a lot of compassion as if her heart were a container and compassion were a solid object. Alternate translation: "she greatly loved her baby" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 3:28
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,417 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 4
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This is the beginning of a list of Solomon's officials. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:6.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Azariah ... Zadok
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Solomon's officials.
|
||||
|
||||
### Elihoreph ... Ahijah ... Shisha ... Jehoshaphat ... Ahilud
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Solomon's officials.
|
||||
|
||||
### Benaiah ... Jehoiada ... Zadok ... Abiathar
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues the list of Solomon's officials.
|
||||
|
||||
### Azariah ... Nathan ... Zabud
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This ends the list of Solomon's officials.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahishar ... Adoniram ... Abda
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the men who were subjected to forced labor
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the men whom Solomon forced to work for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins a list of Solomon's 12 officers. The list ends in 1 Kings 4:19.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben-Hur
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. Note that "Ben" before a name means "son of" so "Ben-Hur" means "the son of Hur." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the hill country
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of the hill country
|
||||
|
||||
### Ephraim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben-Deker
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. Note that "Ben" before a name means "son of" so "Ben-Deker" means "the son of Deker." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Makaz
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Makaz"
|
||||
|
||||
### Makaz ... Shaalbim ... Beth Shemesh ... Elon Beth Hanan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben-Hesed
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. Note that "Ben" before a name means "son of" so "Ben-Hesed" means "the son of Hesed." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Arubboth
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Arubboth"
|
||||
|
||||
### Arubboth ... Sokoh ... Hepher
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben-Abinadab
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. Note that "Ben" before a name means "son of" so "Ben-Abinadab" means "the son of Abinadab." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in all Naphoth Dor
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of all Naphoth Dor"
|
||||
|
||||
### Naphoth Dor
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Taphath
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Baana ... Ahilud
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Taanach
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Taanach"
|
||||
|
||||
### Taanach ... Megiddo ... Beth Shan ... Zarethan ... Jezreel ... Beth Shan to Abel Meholah ... Jokmeam
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben-Geber ... Jair ... Manasseh
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Ramoth Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Ramoth Gilead"
|
||||
|
||||
### Ramoth Gilead ... Argob ... Bashan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahinadab ... Iddo
|
||||
|
||||
These are men's names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Mahanaim
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Mahanaim"
|
||||
|
||||
### Mahanaim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimaaz
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Naphtali
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Naphtali"
|
||||
|
||||
### Naphtali
|
||||
|
||||
This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Basemath
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Baana ... Hushai
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Asher
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Asher"
|
||||
|
||||
### Asher
|
||||
|
||||
This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Bealoth
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a piece of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Jehoshaphat ... Paruah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Issachar
|
||||
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Issachar"
|
||||
|
||||
### Issachar
|
||||
|
||||
This is a tribal land named after a son of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### Shimei ... Ela
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in Benjamin
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of Benjamin"
|
||||
|
||||
### Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
This is a tribal land named for a son of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The list of Solomon's 12 officers ends.
|
||||
|
||||
### Geber ... Uri ... Sihon ... Og
|
||||
|
||||
These are men's names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the land of Gilead
|
||||
"who was the officer in charge of the land of Gilead"
|
||||
|
||||
### Gilead ... Bashan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the country of Sihon
|
||||
|
||||
"the land that in earlier years belonged to Sihon"
|
||||
|
||||
### Amorites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the land
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the land" refers to the land of Judah; the previous officials presided over different parts of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Judah and Israel were as numerous as the sand by the sea
|
||||
|
||||
The speaker uses exaggeration to say that there were so many people that it would be impossible to count them all. The words "Judah" and "Israel" are metonyms for the people who lived in Judah and Israel. Alternate translation: "There were as many people in Judah and Israel as there are grains of sand by the sea" or "there were more people in Judah and Israel than a person could count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:21
|
||||
|
||||
### the River
|
||||
|
||||
"the Euphrates River"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:22
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty cors
|
||||
|
||||
A cor is a unit of dry measure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:23
|
||||
|
||||
### deer, gazelles, roebucks
|
||||
|
||||
four-legged animals that run fast (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### deer
|
||||
|
||||
more than one of these animals
|
||||
|
||||
### fattened fowl
|
||||
|
||||
"birds that people fed so they would become fat"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Tiphsah
|
||||
|
||||
name of a piece of land
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Judah and Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The words "Judah" and "Israel" are metonyms for the people of Judah and Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### every man under his vine and under his fig tree
|
||||
|
||||
"each family had their own garden with grapevines and fig trees," This showed that the people lived in safety and peace, since they were not at war and had time to grow their gardens.
|
||||
|
||||
### from Dan to Beersheba
|
||||
|
||||
This represents the whole land of Israel from Dan in the north to Beersheba in the south. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:26
|
||||
|
||||
### stalls of horses
|
||||
|
||||
A stall is a place where an animal such as a horse is kept and cared for.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:27
|
||||
|
||||
### who came to King Solomon's table
|
||||
|
||||
"who ate with King Solomon" or "whom King Solomon invited to eat with him"
|
||||
|
||||
### every man in his month
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon had assigned 12 officers in [1 Kings 4:7](../04/07.md) to bring him food in different months.
|
||||
|
||||
### They let nothing be lacking
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: "They provided everything that Solomon needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:29
|
||||
|
||||
### God gave Solomon great wisdom and understanding
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract nouns "wisdom" and "understanding" can be translated as verbs. God giving him these things means that God enabled him to have these qualities. Alternate translation: "God enabled Solomon to be wise and to understand many things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### wideness of understanding like the sand on the seashore
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon was able to understand many things about many different subjects. The abstract noun "wideness" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "Solomon was able to understand many things about a wide range of subjects" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon's wisdom exceeded the wisdom of all the people
|
||||
|
||||
"Solomon was wiser than all the wise people"
|
||||
|
||||
### the people of the east
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to people from countries east of Israel such as Arabia and Mesopotamia.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Ethan ... Heman ... Kalkol ... Darda ... Mahol
|
||||
|
||||
men's names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:33
|
||||
|
||||
### cedar ... hyssop
|
||||
|
||||
These words form a merism that includes all plants. Alternate translation: "cedar tree ... hyssop bush" or "the greatest of trees ... least important of bushes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 4:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 5
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon talks with King Hiram about building the Temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### Hiram had always loved David
|
||||
|
||||
"Hiram had always been a close friend of King David"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet
|
||||
|
||||
To put an enemy under someone's foot means to conquer them. Alternate translation: "Yahweh was helping David to defeat his enemies" or "David was busy since Yahweh was giving him victory over his enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for the name" refers to worshiping the person.See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "in which people would worship Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### because of the wars that surrounded him
|
||||
|
||||
Another possible meaning is "because of the wars with which his enemies surrounded him" or "because he was fighting enemies on all sides"
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh was putting his enemies under the soles of his feet
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of Yahweh giving David complete control over his enemies as putting them under his feet. Alternate translation: "Yahweh was enabling David to completely defeat his enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon continues to talk with King Hiram about building the Temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### has given me rest on every side
|
||||
|
||||
Before Solomon became king, King David and the people of Israel had been at war, but now King Solomon and the people were at rest and in a time of peace.
|
||||
|
||||
### There is neither adversary nor disaster
|
||||
|
||||
neither humans who cause harm nor natural events that cause harm. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "We are safe from our enemies and from natural disasters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### adversary
|
||||
|
||||
enemy
|
||||
|
||||
### disaster
|
||||
|
||||
event that causes harm to people and their property
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:5
|
||||
|
||||
### So
|
||||
|
||||
This is to emphasize the words that follow. "Listen! This is what I am going to do:" or "Because of what Yahweh has done for me, this is what I am going to do:"
|
||||
|
||||
### for the name of Yahweh my God ... for my name
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: "where Yahweh my God will live ... where I will live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### set on your throne in your place
|
||||
|
||||
Here "throne" refers to ruling as king. Alternate translation: "make to be the king after you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon continues to talk with King Hiram about building the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### there is no one among us who knows how to cut timber like the Sidonians
|
||||
|
||||
"your workers know how to cut timber better than my men"
|
||||
|
||||
### Sidonians
|
||||
|
||||
people of the city of Sidon
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Hiram answers Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### the words of Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
"what Solomon said"
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh be blessed today
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I praise Yahweh today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:8
|
||||
|
||||
### cypress
|
||||
|
||||
Cypress is another kind of valuable wood that would be used for building the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
King Hiram continues to answer Solomon.
|
||||
|
||||
### make them into rafts
|
||||
|
||||
"tie them together so they will float in groups"
|
||||
|
||||
### them broken up there
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "my workers untie the logs from each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You will do what I desire
|
||||
|
||||
"You can do what I want" or "You can pay me"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:10
|
||||
|
||||
### fir
|
||||
|
||||
The word "fir" refers to many kinds of trees, including cypress trees.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:11
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty thousand cors of wheat
|
||||
"20,000 cors of wheat." A cor equals about 220 liters. Alternate translation: "4,400 cubic meters of wheat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty thousand baths of pure oil
|
||||
|
||||
"20,000 baths of pure oil." A bath equals about 22 liters. Alternate translation: "440 cubic meters of pure oil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### year by year
|
||||
|
||||
"every year"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon forces men to build the Temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### conscripted labor out of all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"forced men from all over Israel to work"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:14
|
||||
|
||||
### in shifts
|
||||
|
||||
That is, there were three groups that took turns spending one month in Lebanon and two months at home.
|
||||
|
||||
### One month they were in Lebanon and two months at home
|
||||
|
||||
Each of the three groups spent one month working in Lebanon and then two months at home in Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### the men who were subjected to forced labor
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the men whom Solomon was forcing to work for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon continues to force men to build the Temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### seventy thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"70,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### burdens
|
||||
|
||||
heavy things that people have to work hard to carry
|
||||
|
||||
### eighty thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"80,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### stonecutters
|
||||
|
||||
men who dig stones out of the ground and cut them to the proper shape
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:16
|
||||
|
||||
### 3,300 chief officers
|
||||
|
||||
"three thousand three hundred chief officers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon continues to force men to build the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### quarried large stones of high quality
|
||||
|
||||
"dug large, good stones out of the mountain and cut them to be the right shape"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 5:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Gebalites
|
||||
|
||||
men from the city of Gebal (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,455 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 6
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator describes the temple and its dimensions. This description continues through 1 Kings 6:38.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon began to build
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "Solomon commanded his workers to begin building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 480th ... fourth
|
||||
|
||||
These are the ordinal forms of 480 and 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the month of Ziv, which is the second month
|
||||
|
||||
"Ziv" is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
||||
### sixty cubits long, twenty cubits wide, and thirty cubits high
|
||||
|
||||
"60 cubits long, 20 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high." A cubit is 46 centimeters. This can be written used modern measures. Alternate translation: "27.6 meters long, 9.2 meters wide, and 13.8 meters high" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
||||
### portico
|
||||
|
||||
an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building's entrance door. This portico was probably attached to the front part of the wall that surrounded the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty cubits ... ten cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "9.2 meters ... 4.6 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
||||
### he made windows
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "they made windows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
||||
### he built
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "they built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he built rooms around it
|
||||
|
||||
He built rooms on the outside of the outside wall around the main chamber.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
||||
### he made
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "they made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The lowest story ... the middle ... the third
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the rooms in each story of the building.
|
||||
|
||||
### five cubits ... six cubits ... seven cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 2.3 meters ... about 2.8 meters ... about 3.2 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he made offsets in the wall of the house
|
||||
|
||||
They made ledges all around the main building to support the beams of the small rooms.
|
||||
|
||||
### beams
|
||||
|
||||
A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### the house
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" refers to God's house, the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### stones prepared at the quarry
|
||||
|
||||
A quarry is where people cut large stones from a mountain and shape them with tools so they are smooth. After they prepared the stones at the quarry, they brought them to the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### ground level ... middle level ... third level
|
||||
|
||||
There were a total of three floors. Some languages call these "ground floor," "first floor," and "second floor."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon built ... he covered
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "Solomon's workers built ... they covered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### beams ... of cedar
|
||||
|
||||
A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### planks ... of cedar
|
||||
|
||||
A plank is a flat wooden board used for floors and walls.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator continues to describe the temple and its dimensions.
|
||||
|
||||
### He built
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "They built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He built the side rooms
|
||||
|
||||
These are the same rooms that are referred to in [1 Kings 6:5](../06/05.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### inner chambers
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is a metonym for the walls that enclosed the chambers. Alternate translation: "exterior walls that enclosed the inner chambers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### five cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "2.3 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### timbers of cedar
|
||||
|
||||
The word "timbers" is a general term that refers to wood used for building, such as beams and planks.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:11
|
||||
|
||||
### The word of Yahweh came to Solomon, saying,
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "The word of Yahweh came to" is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: "Yahweh gave a message to Solomon. He said," or "Yahweh spoke this message to Solomon:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:12
|
||||
|
||||
### which you are building
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "which you are having your workers build" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walk in my statutes
|
||||
|
||||
The word "walk" is a metaphor for "live" or "obey." Alternate translation: "continually obey all my statutes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### do justice
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "carry out all of my laws" or 2) "treat the people whom you are ruling justly."
|
||||
|
||||
### keep all my commandments and walk in them
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the importance of obeying God's commandments. Alternate translation: "carefully obey all I tell you to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will confirm my promise with you that I had made to David your father
|
||||
|
||||
"I will do everything I promised David your father that I would do for you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "Solomon's workers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:15
|
||||
|
||||
### he built ... he covered them ... he covered the floor
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "they built ... they covered them ... they covered the floor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### interior walls
|
||||
|
||||
walls between the rooms on the inside
|
||||
|
||||
### cypress
|
||||
|
||||
Cypress is a kind of wood that was used for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:16
|
||||
|
||||
### He built twenty cubits ... He built this room
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do the building. Alternate translation: "He commanded them to build twenty cubits ... He had them build this room" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He built twenty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
"He built a room twenty cubits long"
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "9.2 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:17
|
||||
|
||||
### forty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "18.4 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### main hall
|
||||
|
||||
"main room"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:18
|
||||
|
||||
### gourds
|
||||
|
||||
a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground
|
||||
|
||||
### open flowers
|
||||
|
||||
"blooming flowers" or "flowers that were open"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon prepared
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They overlaid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
"9.2 meters"
|
||||
|
||||
### covered the altar with cedar wood
|
||||
|
||||
This altar would be used for burning incense.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon overlaid ... he placed
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They overlaid ... they placed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
"covered"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:22
|
||||
|
||||
### He overlaid ... He also overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They overlaid ... They also overlaid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### altar that belonged to the inner room
|
||||
|
||||
"altar of incense at the entrance to the inner room"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon made
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Solomon commanded them to make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### olivewood
|
||||
|
||||
wood from an olive tree
|
||||
|
||||
### ten cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "4.6 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:24
|
||||
|
||||
### five cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "2.3 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:25
|
||||
|
||||
### wingspan
|
||||
|
||||
the distance from the tip of one wing to the tip of the other wing
|
||||
|
||||
### same dimensions
|
||||
|
||||
"same size"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon placed
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They placed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### innermost room
|
||||
|
||||
another name for the most holy place
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They overlaid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
"covered." See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:29
|
||||
|
||||
### He carved
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "He commanded them to carve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:30
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "He had them overlay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
covered
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon made
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### lintel
|
||||
|
||||
beam across the top of a door frame
|
||||
|
||||
### indented sections
|
||||
|
||||
toothlike notches on each of five sections
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:32
|
||||
|
||||
### he made ... he made ... He overlaid ... he spread
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "they made ... they made ... They overlaid ... they spread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
"covered." See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:21](../06/21.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:33
|
||||
|
||||
### In this way, Solomon also made for the temple entrance doorposts of olive wood having four indented sections
|
||||
|
||||
"In the same way, Solomon also made doorposts of olive wood for the temple entrance, with four indented sections"
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon also made
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "they also made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### indented sections
|
||||
|
||||
tooth-like notches
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:34
|
||||
|
||||
### The two leaves of the one door
|
||||
|
||||
This means each door had two sections connected by hinges so they could fold together.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:35
|
||||
|
||||
### He carved ... he evenly overlaid
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They carved ... they evenly overlaid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:36
|
||||
|
||||
### He built the inner courtyard
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They built the inner courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cedar beams
|
||||
|
||||
A beam is a long heavy piece of wood used to support a building. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:37
|
||||
|
||||
### the fourth year
|
||||
|
||||
The word "fourth" is the ordinal form of "four." You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: "the fourth year after Solomon became king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### house of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the temple"
|
||||
|
||||
### in the month of Ziv
|
||||
|
||||
"Ziv" is the name of the second month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of April and the first part of May on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 6:38
|
||||
|
||||
### the eleventh year
|
||||
|
||||
The word "eleventh" is the ordinal forms of "eleven." You may need to make explicit the event from which the writer counts the years. Alternate translation: "the eleventh year after Solomon became king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month
|
||||
|
||||
"Bul" is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it"
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon took
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "It took Solomon's workers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,579 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 7
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The author is writing about Solomon's palace.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "It took Solomon's workers thirteen years to build his palace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### palace
|
||||
|
||||
If your language does not have a word for "palace," you may translate this as "house" or "big house."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Some details are given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon.
|
||||
|
||||
### He built
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "He commanded them to build" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon
|
||||
|
||||
"the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest"
|
||||
|
||||
### one hundred cubits ... fifty cubits ... thirty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "46 meters ... 23 meters ... 13.8 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### beams
|
||||
|
||||
A beam is a long piece of strong wood used to support walls and roofs.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Some details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon.
|
||||
|
||||
### The house was roofed with cedar that rested on beams
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The carpenters built a roof from cedar planks and attached them to beams" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### beams
|
||||
|
||||
long pieces of strong wood usually used to support a roof
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Some details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon.
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Some details continue to be given about the structure of the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon.
|
||||
|
||||
### were made square
|
||||
|
||||
"had rectangular frames"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The author writes about the structure of the Hall of Pillars.
|
||||
|
||||
### colonnade
|
||||
|
||||
a series of columns, all the same distance apart
|
||||
|
||||
### fifty cubits ... thirty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "23 meters ... 13.8 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### portico
|
||||
|
||||
an area of a building made of columns and a roof that leads to and connects with the building's entrance door. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:3](../06/03.md)
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The author writes about the hall of the throne.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon built
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Solomon had them build" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the hall of the throne
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "the house in which he was going to place his throne" or 2) "a house named The King's Chair House"
|
||||
|
||||
### It was covered with cedar
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The workers covered the floor with cedar wood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The author continues to write about the palace area.
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon's house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, was designed in a similar way
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Solomon had someone design the house in which he was to live, in another courtyard within the palace grounds, in almost the same way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He also built
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "He also commanded them to build" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer is writing about the stones used for the buildings.
|
||||
|
||||
### These buildings were adorned with costly hewn stones
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The workers adorned the buildings with costly, hewn stones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### hewn stones, precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "hewn stones, that workers had precisely measured and cut with a saw and smoothed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### These stones were used
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The workers used these stones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from the foundation to the stones on top, and also on the outside to the great court
|
||||
|
||||
The author is emphasizing that the workers used expensive stones for the foundations and all the buildings.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:10
|
||||
|
||||
### The foundation was constructed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The workers constructed the foundation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### eight and ten cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 3.7 meters and 4.6 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:11
|
||||
|
||||
### cedar beams
|
||||
|
||||
A beam is a long piece of wood used for structural support.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:12
|
||||
|
||||
### three rows of cut stone and a row of cedar beams
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:36](../06/36.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:13
|
||||
|
||||
### brought him from Tyre
|
||||
|
||||
Huram accepted Solomon's invitation to come to Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:14
|
||||
|
||||
### the son of a widow ... his father was a man of Tyre
|
||||
|
||||
A widow is a woman whose husband has died, so we know that the father is dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram was filled with wisdom and understanding and skill
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. The words "wisdom and understanding" mean basically the same thing and are used together for emphasis. Yahweh giving such things as wisdom is spoken of as if they were liquids that Yahweh had poured into a container, and Huram is spoken of as if he were that container. Alternate translation: "Yahweh had given Huram wisdom, understanding, and skill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:15
|
||||
|
||||
### eighteen cubits ... twelve cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 8.3 meters ... 5.5 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in circumference
|
||||
|
||||
Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:16
|
||||
|
||||
### five cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "2.3 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two capitals
|
||||
|
||||
decorations on top of each of the two pillars
|
||||
|
||||
### polished bronze
|
||||
|
||||
They polished the bronze so that it would reflect sunlight. "gleaming bronze"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Checker latticework and wreaths of chain work
|
||||
|
||||
"Crossed metal strips woven together and metal chains twisted together"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Huram commanded his workers to make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two rows of pomegranates
|
||||
|
||||
A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. Huram did not use real pomegranates to decorate the pillars. He made them out of bronze.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:19
|
||||
|
||||
### The capitals ... were decorated with lilies, four cubits high
|
||||
|
||||
Lilies are plants whose flowers are wide at one end and very narrow at the other end. These words can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram decorated the capitals ... with bronze lilies, four cubits high" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the tops of the portico
|
||||
|
||||
Translate "portico" as in [1 Kings 7:6](../07/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### four cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 1.8 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:20
|
||||
|
||||
### two hundred pomegranates
|
||||
|
||||
"200 pomegranates." A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:21
|
||||
|
||||
### He raised up
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They raised up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The pillar on the right was named Jakin
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The name of the pillar on the right side was Jakin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the pillar on the left was named Boaz
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The name of the pillar on the left side was Boaz" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:22
|
||||
|
||||
### The fashioning of the pillars was done
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram fashioned the pillars" or "Huram's men fashioned the pillars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Huram also commanded them to make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the round sea
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a bronze tank or basin that would hold water.
|
||||
|
||||
### cast metal
|
||||
|
||||
Huram melted the bronze and formed it in a mold.
|
||||
|
||||
### ten cubits ... five cubits ... thirty cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "4.6 meters ... 2.3 meters ... 13.8 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### from brim to brim
|
||||
|
||||
"from one edge to the other"
|
||||
|
||||
### in circumference
|
||||
|
||||
Circumference is the distance or measurement around a circular object or area.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:24
|
||||
|
||||
### encircling the sea were gourds
|
||||
|
||||
A gourd is a type of hard, round vegetable that grows on a vine on the ground.
|
||||
|
||||
### when that basin was cast
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when Huram cast that basin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:25
|
||||
|
||||
### The Sea
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the bronze tank or basin that held water for sacrifices.
|
||||
|
||||
### stood on
|
||||
|
||||
"was on top of"
|
||||
|
||||
### "The Sea" was set on top of them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram's workers set 'The Sea' on top of the bronze oxen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### hindquarters
|
||||
|
||||
This is the back quarter of the body of an animal with four feet.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:26
|
||||
|
||||
### the width of a hand
|
||||
This is about eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its brim was forged like the brim of a cup, like a lily blossom
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram forged the brim to look like the brim of a cup, to curve outward like a lily" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two thousand baths
|
||||
|
||||
"2,000 baths." A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: "44 cubic meters" or "44,000 liters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]] and (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]]))
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Huram also commanded them to make" or "They also made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four cubits ... three cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 1.8 meters ... about 1.4 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:28
|
||||
|
||||
### The work of the stands was like this
|
||||
|
||||
This means the author will describe the stands in the words that follow.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:29
|
||||
|
||||
### on the panels and on the frames were lions, oxen, and cherubim
|
||||
|
||||
There were decorative pieces in the shapes of lions, oxen, and cherubim fastened to the sides of the stands.
|
||||
|
||||
### wreaths of hammered work
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "wreaths" refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:30
|
||||
|
||||
### four bronze wheels and axles
|
||||
|
||||
There was one axle for each pair of wheels. Alternate translation: "four bronze wheels and two axles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### its four corners
|
||||
|
||||
"the four corners of each stand"
|
||||
|
||||
### The supports were cast with wreaths
|
||||
|
||||
Each support was cast as one piece with the wreaths. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram cast the supports with spiral-shaped pieces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:31
|
||||
|
||||
### a cubit and a half ... a cubit
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 70 centimeters ... about 50 centimeters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a crown that rose up
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "crown" refers to the circular piece at the top of the stand's opening that held the basin.
|
||||
|
||||
### their panels were square
|
||||
|
||||
"the panels of the stands were square." This phrase returns to the description of the panels that began in [1 Kings 7:28](../07/28.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:32
|
||||
|
||||
### their housings
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "their" refers to the axles. The word "housings" refers to the casings into which the axles were inserted.
|
||||
|
||||
### a cubit and a half
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 70 centimeters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:33
|
||||
|
||||
### The wheels were forged like chariot wheels
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram made the wheels like small chariot wheels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Their housings, rims, spokes, and hubs
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Their" refers to the wheels.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:34
|
||||
|
||||
### There were four handles at the four corners of each stand
|
||||
|
||||
"There was a handle at each of the four corners of each stand"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:35
|
||||
|
||||
### half a cubit deep
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit was 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "twenty-three centimeters wide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on the top of the stand its supports and panels were attached
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram attached the supports and panels to the top of each stand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram engraved
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "they engraved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they were surrounded
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "they" refers to the cherubim, lions, and palm trees.
|
||||
|
||||
### they were surrounded by wreaths
|
||||
|
||||
The word "wreaths" refers to spiral-shaped pieces of bronze. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there were wreaths all around them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:37
|
||||
|
||||
### He made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "He commanded them to make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### All of them were cast in the same molds
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Huram cast all of the stands in the same mold" or "They cast all of the stand in the same mold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they had one size, and the same shape
|
||||
|
||||
"all of the stands were the same size and shape"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:38
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram made ten
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Huram had them make ten" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### forty baths
|
||||
|
||||
A bath is a unit of volume equal to about 22 liters. Alternate translation: "about 880 liters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four cubits
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 1.8 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:39
|
||||
|
||||
### He made five ... He set
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Human had them make five ... Huram commanded them to set" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the south-facing side ... the north-facing side
|
||||
|
||||
"the south side ... the north side"
|
||||
|
||||
### on the east corner, facing toward the south of the temple
|
||||
|
||||
"near the southeast corner of the temple"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram made ... he finished
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Huram had them make ... they finished" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:41
|
||||
|
||||
### the bowl-like capitals
|
||||
|
||||
The capitals were shaped like bowls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### decorative latticework
|
||||
|
||||
"crossed metal strips woven together"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:42
|
||||
|
||||
### He made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four hundred pomegranates
|
||||
|
||||
"400 pomegranates." A pomegranate is a fruit with a hard, red rind and many juicy seeds inside. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:18](../07/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:44
|
||||
|
||||
### He made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:45
|
||||
|
||||
### Huram made
|
||||
|
||||
Huram would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "They made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the other implements
|
||||
|
||||
"all the other tools"
|
||||
|
||||
### polished bronze
|
||||
|
||||
bronze that was polished so that it would reflect light
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:46
|
||||
|
||||
### The king had cast them
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "The king had his workers cast them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### plain of the Jordan
|
||||
|
||||
"flat land near the Jordan River"
|
||||
|
||||
### Succoth ... Zarethan
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:47
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon did not weigh
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Solomon did not have them weigh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the weight of the bronze could not be measured
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one could measure the weight of the bronze" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:48
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon had made
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: "Solomon's workers had made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on which the bread of the presence was to be placed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on which the priests were to place the bread of the presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:49
|
||||
|
||||
### the flowers, the lamps
|
||||
|
||||
The "flowers" and "lamps" were part of the lampstands.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:50
|
||||
|
||||
### had made the cups ... all of which were made of pure gold
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "had his workers make all the cups ... out of pure gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sockets of gold made for the doors
|
||||
|
||||
Here "sockets" may refer to either 1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or 2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 7:51
|
||||
|
||||
### the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 8
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:1
|
||||
|
||||
### assembled the elders of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"called together the leaders of Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:2
|
||||
|
||||
### All the men of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This may refer either 1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or 2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### at the feast
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
|
||||
|
||||
### in the month of Ethanim, which is the seventh month
|
||||
|
||||
"Ethanim" is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:5
|
||||
|
||||
### all the assembly of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sheep and cattle that could not be counted
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "more sheep and cattle than anyone would ever be able to count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:6
|
||||
|
||||
### into the inner room of the house, to the most holy place, under
|
||||
|
||||
"into the inner room of the house—that is, to the most holy place—under"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:7
|
||||
|
||||
### poles by which it was carried
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "poles by which the priests carried it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:8
|
||||
|
||||
### their ends were seen ... they could not be seen
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people could see their ends ... people could not see them"
|
||||
|
||||
### this day
|
||||
|
||||
This means the day on which the writer wrote.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:9
|
||||
|
||||
### There was nothing in the ark except the two tablets ... Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
This double negative emphasizes that the two tablets were the only things in the ark. Alternate translation: "The only things in the ark were the two tablets ... Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:10
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh has said ... darkness
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:13
|
||||
|
||||
### lofty residence
|
||||
|
||||
beautiful building in which someone very important lives
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:14
|
||||
|
||||
### all the assembly of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"all the people of Israel who were gathered there"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:15
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh, the God of Israel, be praised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Praise Yahweh, the God of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### with his own hands
|
||||
|
||||
The hand is a metonym for the power in the hand. Alternate translation: "by his own power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:16
|
||||
|
||||
### in order for my name to be
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for ... name" refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "so that people would worship me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:17
|
||||
|
||||
### it was in the heart of David my father
|
||||
|
||||
What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: "David my father desired" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for the name" refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "in which people would worship Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:18
|
||||
|
||||
### In that it was in your heart
|
||||
|
||||
What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: "Because you desired" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for my name
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for ... name" refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "in which people will worship me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for it to be in your heart
|
||||
|
||||
What David desired is spoken of as if it were an item in a container and the heart as if it were a container. Alternate translation: "to desire to do that" or "by wanting to do that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:19
|
||||
|
||||
### one who will be born from your loins
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "one who will be your own offspring" or "one whom you yourself will father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:20
|
||||
|
||||
### has carried out the word that he had said
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "has done exactly what he said he would do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I have arisen in the place of David my father
|
||||
|
||||
Height is a metaphor for power. Alternate translation: "I have gained the power that David my father had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I sit on the throne of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: "I rule over Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for ... name" refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "in which people will worship Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:21
|
||||
|
||||
### is Yahweh's covenant, which
|
||||
|
||||
The stone tablets on which Yahweh had written the terms of the covenant are spoken of as if they were the covenant itself. Alternate translation: "are the tablets on which Yahweh wrote the terms of the covenant that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:22
|
||||
|
||||
### all the assembly of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"all the people of Israel who were gathered there"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:23
|
||||
|
||||
### who keeps his covenant faithfulness with your servants
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "faithfulness" can be stated as "faithfully" or "faithful." Alternate translation: "who faithfully loves your servants" or "who is faithful to your covenant with your servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walk before you with all their heart
|
||||
|
||||
The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "live wholeheartedly the way that you want them to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:24
|
||||
|
||||
### fulfilled it with your hand
|
||||
|
||||
The hand is a metonym for the power of the hand. Alternate translation: "by your power fulfilled what you said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:25
|
||||
|
||||
### to sit on the throne of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The throne is a metonym for the activity of the one who sits on the throne. Alternate translation: "to rule over Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walk before me ... have walked before me
|
||||
|
||||
The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "live as I want you to ... have lived as I want you to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:27
|
||||
|
||||
### But will God actually live on the earth?
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings of this question are 1) Solomon is asking a real question and expecting an answer or 2) the question is rhetorical and Solomon is emphasizing that God is too big and mighty to live on earth. Alternate translation: "But it surely cannot be that God will actually live on the earth!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### But will God
|
||||
|
||||
Here Solomon speaks about God in the third person. It can be stated in the second person. Alternate translation: "But will you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Look
|
||||
|
||||
"What I am about to say is important" or "The truth is that"
|
||||
|
||||
### you—how much less can this temple that I have built
|
||||
|
||||
"you, so this temple that I have built certainly cannot contain you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:28
|
||||
|
||||
### respect this prayer of your servant and his request
|
||||
|
||||
The words "prayer" and "request" mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. Solomon refers to himself as "your servant" to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "respect me, your servant, as I make this request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### listen to the cry and prayer that your servant prays before you today
|
||||
|
||||
The words "cry" and "prayer" mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he asks Yahweh to help him. Solomon refers to himself as "your servant" to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "listen to me, your servant, as I call today for you to help me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:29
|
||||
|
||||
### May your eyes be open toward
|
||||
|
||||
The eye is a metonym for what the eye does. Alternate translation: "May you watch over" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### night and day
|
||||
|
||||
This is a merism. Alternate translation: "all the time" or "continually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### My name and my presence
|
||||
|
||||
These two words together emphasize that Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that your servant will pray
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks of himself as "your servant" to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "that I, your servant, will pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:30
|
||||
|
||||
### listen to the request of your servant and of your people Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks of himself as "your servant" to show that he respects Yahweh. This can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "listen to my request and the request of your people Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:31
|
||||
|
||||
### is required to swear
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone requires him to swear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:32
|
||||
|
||||
### upon his own head
|
||||
|
||||
Here "head" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### give to him according to his righteousness
|
||||
|
||||
"to give him what he deserves because he is righteous"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:33
|
||||
|
||||
### your people Israel are defeated by an enemy
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "an enemy defeats your people Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### confess your name
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "confess that they have sinned against you" or 2) "praise you" or 3) "say that they will obey you from now on."
|
||||
|
||||
### request forgiveness from you
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "ask you to forgive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:35
|
||||
|
||||
### the skies are shut up and there is no rain
|
||||
|
||||
The sky is spoken of as if it were a building in which God stores the rain. Alternate translation: "you do not allow rain to fall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### confess your name
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "confess that they have sinned against you" or 2) "praise you" or 3) "say that they will obey you from now on." See how you translated this in [1 Kings 8:33](../08/33.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:36
|
||||
|
||||
### in which they should walk
|
||||
|
||||
The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "that they should live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Suppose there is famine in the land, or ... sickness
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks about events that he thinks could happen in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
### blight or mildew
|
||||
|
||||
These are agricultural terms that refer to the death of crops from either too little or too much rain, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
### locusts or caterpillars
|
||||
|
||||
A "locust" is a type of grasshopper that causes destruction by eating crops. The word "caterpillar" refers to an early growth stage of the locust.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:38
|
||||
|
||||
### prayers and requests
|
||||
|
||||
The words "prayer" and "request" mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the person is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: "requests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### knowing the plague in his own heart
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) The person's sin is spoken of as if it were a plague. Alternate translation: "knowing the sin in his own heart" or 2) The "plague" is a metonym for the sins that the disasters are a punishment for. Alternate translation: "knowing in his heart that the plague is the result of his own sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:40
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:42
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:43
|
||||
|
||||
### this house I have built is called by your name
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "is called by your name" shows that God possesses and owns the house. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you own this house that I have built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:44
|
||||
|
||||
### Suppose that your people go out ... suppose that they pray
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks about events that he thinks could happen in the future. The situations he describes are conditions for what he requests in the following sentence. The words "suppose that" can be translated with the word "if," and this sentence can be connected to his request in verse 45.
|
||||
|
||||
### for your name
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for ... name" refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "in which people will worship you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:45
|
||||
|
||||
### their prayer and their request
|
||||
|
||||
The words "prayer" and "request" mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people are sincere as they make their request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: "their request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:46
|
||||
|
||||
### Suppose that they sin ... suppose that you are
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks about events that he thinks could happen in the future. The events that he describes in verese 46-48 are conditions for his requests in verses 49-50.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:47
|
||||
|
||||
### suppose that they realize ... suppose that they repent ... Suppose that they say
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks about events that he thinks could happen in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
### where they have been exiled
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where their enemies have taken them as exiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### captors
|
||||
|
||||
people who keep others as prisoners
|
||||
|
||||
### We have acted perversely and sinned. We have behaved wickedly
|
||||
|
||||
These two sentences mean the same thing. Together they emphasize how bad the people's actions were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### acted perversely and sinned
|
||||
|
||||
The words mean basically the same thing and emphasize how badly the people sinned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:48
|
||||
|
||||
### Suppose that they return ... suppose that they pray
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon speaks about events that he thinks could happen in the future. The events that he describes in verese 46-48 are conditions for his requests in verses 49-50.
|
||||
|
||||
### with all their heart and with all their soul
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "with all ... heart" means "completely" and "with all ... soul" means "with all ... being." These two phrases have similar meanings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "with all their being" or "with all their energy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the land
|
||||
|
||||
"while they are living in the land"
|
||||
|
||||
### toward their land
|
||||
|
||||
"toward the land in which they belong." This refers to Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### for your name
|
||||
|
||||
The word "name" is a metonym for the person, and "for ... name" refers to worshiping the person. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "in which people will worship you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:49
|
||||
|
||||
### their prayer and their request
|
||||
|
||||
The two words "prayer" and "request" mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that the people were sincere as they made their request to Yahweh. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Forgive your people who have sinned against you, and all their transgressions that they have committed against you
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon twice requests Yahweh to forgive the people. This emphasizes the earnestness of his request. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:51
|
||||
|
||||
### a furnace where iron is forged
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a furnace where people forge iron" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:52
|
||||
|
||||
### May your eyes be open
|
||||
|
||||
The eye is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: "Please pay attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:53
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:54
|
||||
|
||||
### prayer and request
|
||||
|
||||
The words "prayer" and "request" mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he is sincere as he makes his request. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: "request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:55
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:56
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh be praised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Praise Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Not one word has failed out of all Yahweh's good promises
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "Yahweh has made every word of his good promises come true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:57
|
||||
|
||||
### leave us or forsake us
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Solomon's desire for Yahweh to be present with the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:58
|
||||
|
||||
### incline our hearts to him
|
||||
|
||||
Here their "hearts" refer to the people's desires and emotions. Desiring to please someone is spoken of as inclining the heart toward that person. Alternate translation: "make us want to please him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### live in all his ways
|
||||
|
||||
Here "in his ways" is an idiom that refers to the way he wants people to live. Alternate translation: "live as he requires us to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:59
|
||||
|
||||
### day and night
|
||||
|
||||
This merism refers to "all the time" or "continually." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:60
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:61
|
||||
|
||||
### let your heart be true
|
||||
|
||||
"be wholly devoted"
|
||||
|
||||
### walk in his statutes
|
||||
|
||||
The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "always obey his statutes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:62
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel with him
|
||||
|
||||
This generalization may refer either 1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or 2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:63
|
||||
|
||||
### all the people of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This generalization may refer either 1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or 2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-two thousand cattle
|
||||
|
||||
"22,000 cattle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 120,000 sheep
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred twenty thousand sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:64
|
||||
|
||||
### the bronze altar that was before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the bronze altar that was in Yahweh's presence." Since the temple is Yahweh's dwelling place among his people, the altar is described as being in his presence.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:65
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel with him
|
||||
|
||||
This generalization may refer either 1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in [1 Kings 8:1](../08/01.md), or 2) to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every person who lived in Israel. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:62](./62.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seven days ... seven days ... fourteen days
|
||||
|
||||
"7 days ... 7 days ... 14 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 8:66
|
||||
|
||||
### eighth day
|
||||
|
||||
The word "eighth" is the ordinal form of "8." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### joyful and glad
|
||||
|
||||
The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 9
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:3
|
||||
|
||||
### your prayer and your request
|
||||
|
||||
The words "prayer" and "request" mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon's request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: "your request" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to put my name there forever
|
||||
|
||||
The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: "to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### My eyes and my heart will be there
|
||||
|
||||
The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "I will protect and care for it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:4
|
||||
|
||||
### if you walk before me as David your father walked
|
||||
|
||||
The way a person lives is spoken of as if that person were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "if you live the way I want you to live, just as David your father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in integrity of heart and in uprightness
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how righteous David was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:5
|
||||
|
||||
### the throne of your kingdom
|
||||
|
||||
Here "throne" refers to his reign. Alternate translation: "your dynasty" or "your reign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### will never fail to be on the throne of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The action of ruling a kingdom is spoken of as if it were a person sitting on a throne. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: "will always rule over Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:6
|
||||
|
||||
### my commandments and my statutes
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "commandments" and "statutes" mean basically the same thing and emphasize all that Yahweh has commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### worship other gods and bow down to them
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:7
|
||||
|
||||
### set apart to my name
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "name" is a metonym for the person who possesses something. Alternate translation: "set apart for myself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will cast it out of my sight
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "sight" can be expressed with the verb "see." Looking at something is a metaphor for protecting it. Alternate translation: "I will put it where I no longer have to see it" or "I will get rid of it so I no longer have to protect it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:8
|
||||
|
||||
### This temple will become a heap of ruins
|
||||
|
||||
"This temple will be destroyed and its remains will be piled into a high mound"
|
||||
|
||||
### will be shocked and will hiss
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will express amazement and make a sound of disrespect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:9
|
||||
|
||||
### bowed down to them and worshiped them
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase "bowed down to them" describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:10
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### at the end of twenty years
|
||||
|
||||
"after 20 years"
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon had finished building
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:13
|
||||
|
||||
### What cities are these which you have given me, my brother?
|
||||
|
||||
Hiram is rebuking Solomon. This questions can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "These cities that you have given me are good for nothing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### which they are still called today
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and people still call them that today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:14
|
||||
|
||||
### 120 talents of gold
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred and twenty talents of gold." A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: "about 4,000 kilograms of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:15
|
||||
|
||||
### the account of the forced labor which King Solomon imposed
|
||||
|
||||
"the account of Solomon requiring men to work"
|
||||
|
||||
### the Millo
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "the terrace system" or 2) "the landfill."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Pharaoh king of Egypt had gone up
|
||||
|
||||
The person is a metonym for the army he commands. Alternate translation: "The army of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, had gone up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:17
|
||||
|
||||
### So Solomon rebuilt Gezer
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon made no forced laborers of the people of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"Solomon did not force the people of Israel to labor"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:23
|
||||
|
||||
### 550 of them
|
||||
|
||||
"five hundred and fifty of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:24
|
||||
|
||||
### built the Millo
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "built the terrace system" or 2) "built the landfill." See how you translated "the Millo" in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:25
|
||||
|
||||
### altar that was before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 8:64](../08/64.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### So he completed the temple
|
||||
|
||||
Solomon is a metonym for the workers he hired to do the work. Alternate translation: "So his workers completed the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:26
|
||||
|
||||
### King Solomon built
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a fleet of ships
|
||||
|
||||
"a large group of ships"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 9:28
|
||||
|
||||
### 420 talents of gold
|
||||
|
||||
"four hundred and twenty talents of gold." A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: "about 14,000 kilograms of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 10
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon's fame concerning the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here Yahweh is represented by his "name." Possible meanings are 1) Alternate translation: "Solomon's fame, which glorified Yahweh" or 2) Alternate translation: "Solomon's fame, which Yahweh had given him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:2
|
||||
|
||||
### all that was in her heart
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. Alternate translation: "everything she wanted to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:5
|
||||
|
||||
### the seating of his servants
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "how his servants were seated around the table" or 2) "where his servants lived."
|
||||
|
||||
### there was no more breath in her
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "she was utterly amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:6
|
||||
|
||||
### I heard in my own land
|
||||
|
||||
"I heard while I was in my own land"
|
||||
|
||||
### your words and your wisdom
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "wisdom" can describe the word "words." Alternate translation: "your wise sayings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:7
|
||||
|
||||
### my eyes have seen it
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "my eyes" emphasizes that she herself saw it. Alternate translation: "I have seen it for myself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Not half was told me about your wisdom and wealth
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated without the passive form. Alternate translation: "They did not tell me about even half of your wisdom and wealth" or "You are much more wise and wealthy than what they told me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:8
|
||||
|
||||
### who constantly stand before you
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "who are always in your presence waiting to serve you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:9
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh your God be praised
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May people praise Yahweh your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who placed you on the throne of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The throne is a metonym for the king who sits on it. Alternate translation: "who made you king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:10
|
||||
|
||||
### 120 talents of gold
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred and twenty talents of gold." A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: "about 4,000 kilograms of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
### No greater amount of spices ... was ever given to him again
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one ever again gave to King Solomon more spices than the queen of Sheba gave to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:11
|
||||
|
||||
### almug wood
|
||||
|
||||
a type of wood, possibly one with a pleasant scent (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:12
|
||||
|
||||
### The king made
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: "The king told his people to make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### or been seen again
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "nor has anyone ever seen such a great quantity again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to this day
|
||||
|
||||
This means to the day that the author was writing this.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:13
|
||||
|
||||
### everything she wished for, whatever she asked
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### of his royal bounty
|
||||
|
||||
"because as king he had so much"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:14
|
||||
|
||||
### in one year
|
||||
|
||||
"each year." This refers to every year of Solomon's reign, and not to just one time.
|
||||
|
||||
### 666 talents of gold
|
||||
|
||||
"six hundred sixty-six." A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: "almost 22,000 kilograms of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:16
|
||||
|
||||
### King Solomon made
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: "King Solomon's men made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two hundred large shields
|
||||
|
||||
"200 large shields" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Six hundred shekels of gold
|
||||
|
||||
A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "About 6.6 kilograms of gold" or "Six and one half kilograms of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Six hundred shekels
|
||||
|
||||
Because the word "shekels" does not appear here in the Hebrew text, some modern versions assume instead the unit of bekah, which was equivalent to only a half shekel. Any version making this assumption would signal a metric equivalent of about three kilograms.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:17
|
||||
|
||||
### He also made
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. Alternate translation: "The king's men also made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### three hundred shields
|
||||
|
||||
"300 shields" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Three minas of gold
|
||||
|
||||
A mina is a unit of weight equal to about 550 grams. Alternate translation: "About 1.7 kilograms of gold" or "One and three-quarters kilograms of gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon
|
||||
|
||||
"the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest." See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:18
|
||||
|
||||
### the king made
|
||||
|
||||
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped the king do this. Alternate translation: "the king's men made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### throne of ivory
|
||||
|
||||
Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:21
|
||||
|
||||
### the Palace of the Forest of Lebanon
|
||||
|
||||
"the house called the House of the Lebanon Forest." See how you translated this in [1 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:22
|
||||
|
||||
### ivory
|
||||
|
||||
Ivory is the hard, white substance from the tusks or teeth of large animals. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 10:18](../10/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### apes and baboons
|
||||
|
||||
These animals live wild in Africa. At the ends of their four limbs are what look like human hands and feet, and they have long tails. Some people consider baboons a type of ape. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:24
|
||||
|
||||
### All the earth
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization. Alternate translation: "People from everywhere" or "People from many different places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### sought the presence of Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
The presence of the person is a metonym for being able to speak and listen to the person. Alternate translation: "sought an audience with Solomon" or "wanted to visit Solomon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart
|
||||
|
||||
The heart is a metonym for what a person thinks and is spoken of as if it were a container. The abstract noun "wisdom" is spoken of as if it were an object that could be put in a container and can be translated as an adjective. It can be a metonym for either the person or the words the person speaks. Alternate translation: "to hear his wisdom, which God had given him" or "to hear how wise God had enabled him to be" or "to hear him speak the wise words that God had enabled him to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:26
|
||||
|
||||
### 1,400 chariots and twelve thousand horsemen
|
||||
|
||||
"one thousand four hundred chariots and 12,000 horsemen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:27
|
||||
|
||||
### The king had silver in Jerusalem, as much as the stones on the ground
|
||||
|
||||
The narrator uses exaggeration to emphasize the great amount of silver that was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "The king had so much silver in Jerusalem, it was like there was as much silver as there was stones on the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:28
|
||||
|
||||
### were imported from Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that his merchants had bought from people in Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Kue
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a region. Some think that Kue was the same as Cilicia, in Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 10:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Chariots were purchased
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "His merchants purchased chariots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### six hundred shekels of silver ... 150 shekels
|
||||
|
||||
A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "about 6.6 kilograms of silver ... about 1.7 kilograms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
### six hundred shekels of silver
|
||||
|
||||
"600 shekels of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 150 shekels
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred and fifty shekels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Many of these were then sold
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "His merchants then sold many of these" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 11
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Now King Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line where the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
||||
### Moabites, Ammonites, Edomites, Sidonians, and Hittites
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:2
|
||||
|
||||
### turn your heart to their gods
|
||||
|
||||
To "turn someone's heart" is to convince that person to change his affection. Alternate translation: "persuade you to worship the gods that they worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:3
|
||||
|
||||
### seven hundred royal wives and three hundred concubines
|
||||
|
||||
"700 royal wives and 300 concubines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### turned his heart away
|
||||
|
||||
To "turn someone's heart" is to convince that person to change his affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: "turned his heart away from Yahweh" or "persuaded him to stop worshiping Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:4
|
||||
|
||||
### his heart was not fully surrendered ... as was the heart of David
|
||||
|
||||
To "surrender" your heart refers to giving total allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: "he was not fully devoted ... as was David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Ashtoreth ... Molech
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Sidonians
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he followed Molech
|
||||
|
||||
Some version render this as "Milcom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:6
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase, "in the sight of" refers to someone's opinion. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considered to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Chemosh ... Molech
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:8
|
||||
|
||||
### sacrificed to their gods at them
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "at them" refer to the shrines that Solomon built.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:9
|
||||
|
||||
### his heart had turned away from him
|
||||
|
||||
The words "his heart had turned" refer to his having changed allegiance and affection. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: "Solomon had stopped worshiping Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he had appeared to him twice
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh had appeared to Solomon twice"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:11
|
||||
|
||||
### tear the kingdom from you
|
||||
|
||||
To "tear from" is to forcefully remove. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. Alternate translation: "forcefully take the kingdom from you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:12
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of your son
|
||||
|
||||
The word "hand" refers to control, authority and power. Alternate translation: "your son's control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Hadad
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This begins three verses of background material that happened long before.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This continues background material that happened long before.
|
||||
|
||||
### Joab and all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The words "all Israel" refer to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: "Joab and all of the Israelite army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
This concludes background material that happened long before.
|
||||
|
||||
### But Hadad was taken with other Edomites by his father's servants
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. "But the servants of Hadad's father took him with other Edomites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This section continues the background information that began in [1 Kings 11:15](../11/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### They left Midian
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "They" refers to Hadad and the other Edomites mentioned in [1 Kings 11:17](../11/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Midian ... Paran ... Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Tahpenes
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Tahpenes
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hadad ... Genubath
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:21
|
||||
|
||||
### David had lain down with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
This is a polite way of saying David was dead. Alternate translation: "David had died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Rezon ... Eliada ... Hadadezer
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zobah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Zobah ... Damascus
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of locations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### when David defeated
|
||||
|
||||
Here "David" refers to David and his army. Alternate translation: "when David's army overcame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Aram
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the days of Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
"during the time that Solomon was alive" or "all the days of Solomon's life"
|
||||
|
||||
### Rezon abhorred Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"Rezon hated Israel very much"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeroboam ... Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zeredah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Zeruah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### lifted up his hand against the king
|
||||
|
||||
The word "hand" refers to authority, power and control. The phrase "lifted up against" refers to having opposed someone by using authority, power and control. This is a metonym used as a common idiom. Alternate translation: "rebelled against the king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon had built up the place located at Millo
|
||||
|
||||
Translate "Millo" as in [1 Kings 9:15](../09/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:28
|
||||
|
||||
### a mighty man of valor
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "a great warrior" or 2) "a very capable man" or 3) "a wealthy and influential man."
|
||||
|
||||
### he gave him command
|
||||
|
||||
"he made him commander"
|
||||
|
||||
### all the labor
|
||||
|
||||
The word "labor" refers to the work that Solomon commanded the people to do for his government. This is a metonym. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of Joseph
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the descendants of Joseph who were the people groups of Ephraim and Manasseh. This is a metonym. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahijah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shilonite
|
||||
|
||||
The Shilonites are a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:31
|
||||
|
||||
### He said
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "He" refers to Ahijah.
|
||||
|
||||
### tear the kingdom out
|
||||
|
||||
Here "tear ... out" is a metaphor that refers to the action of forcefully removing. This is like a person tears apart a piece of cloth. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: "forcefully take the kingdom out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" is a metonym that refers to a person's authority, control and power. Alternate translation: "Solomon's control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Solomon will have
|
||||
|
||||
The name "Solomon" here is a metonym referring to his descendants. Alternate translation: "Solomon's sons will have" or "Solomon's descendants will have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Ashtoreth ... Chemosh ... Molech
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Sidonians ... Moab ... Ammon
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of locations and the people groups that live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what is right in my eyes
|
||||
|
||||
"Eyes" here is a metonym for someone's opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. Alternate translation: "what I consider to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Ahijah continues to tell Jeroboam what Yahweh has said.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will not take
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "I" refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### out of Solomon's hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" is a metonym that refers to a person's authority, control and power. Alternate translation: "out of Solomon's control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:35
|
||||
|
||||
### I will give it to you
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "you" refers to Jeroboam.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:36
|
||||
|
||||
### may always have a lamp before me
|
||||
|
||||
The word "lamp" is a metonym that refers to a person's influence and guidance. Alternate translation: "will always have a descendant to rule as an influence and a guide for obeying my covenant with David's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:37
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Ahijah continues to tell Jeroboam what Yahweh has said.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will take you
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "I" refers to Yahweh and the word "you" refers to Jeroboam.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:38
|
||||
|
||||
### what is right in my eyes
|
||||
|
||||
The word "eyes" here is a metonym for someone's opinion or idea. This is a commonly used idiom. See how you translated this phrase in [1 Kings 11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### build you a sure house
|
||||
|
||||
The clause "build a house" is a metaphor for establishing descendants from that time on. Alternate translation: "establish for you a lasting kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:39
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Shishak
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:41
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of Solomon?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "you can find them in the book of the events of Solomon." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the book of the events of Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
This book no longer exists.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:42
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 11:43
|
||||
|
||||
### He slept with his ancestors and he was buried
|
||||
|
||||
The clause "slept with his ancestors" is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: "He died and he was buried with his ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he was buried
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 12
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:1
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel was coming
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here "all Israel" is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: "all the men of Israel were coming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:2
|
||||
|
||||
### It happened that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeroboam ... Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:3
|
||||
|
||||
### called him
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "him" refers to Jeroboam.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:4
|
||||
|
||||
### made our yoke heavy
|
||||
|
||||
A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. Alternate translation: "treated us cruelly" or "forced us to work very hard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:6
|
||||
|
||||
### the old men who had stood before Solomon
|
||||
|
||||
To "stand before" is an idiom for serving the king in his presence. Alternate translation: "the old men who counseled Solomon" or "the old men who attended to Solomon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Lighten the yoke that your father put on us
|
||||
|
||||
To "lighten the yoke" is a metaphor to represent lifting of the burden. Alternate translation: "Do not treat us as cruelly as your father did" or "Do not force us to work as hard as your father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:10
|
||||
|
||||
### My little finger is thicker than my father's waist
|
||||
|
||||
This metaphor means that Rehoboam is more cruel and intimidating than his father. Alternate translation: "What I will do to make your burden heavier is much more than what my father put on you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:11
|
||||
|
||||
### My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions
|
||||
|
||||
This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. Alternate translation: "My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### punish you with scorpions
|
||||
|
||||
The word "scorpions" may refer to 1) a whip with sharp metal barbs on the end or 2) a spider-like creature that has a poisonous sting.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:14
|
||||
|
||||
### burdened you with a heavy yoke
|
||||
|
||||
A heavy yoke is a metaphor for very difficult labor and requirements. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:4](../12/04.md). Alternate translation: "treated you cruelly" or "forced you to work very hard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions
|
||||
|
||||
This metaphor means that the punishment Rehoboam plans to give will be worse than what his father gave. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 12:11](../12/11.md). Alternate translation: "My father used whips to force you to work but I will use even crueler punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:15
|
||||
|
||||
### it was a turn of events brought about by Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom and can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh caused things to happen like this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his word that he had spoken by Ahijah ... to Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "had spoken by" someone refers to giving someone a message to tell others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahijah ... Jeroboam ... Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shilonite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:16
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" represents all he men of Israel capable of fighting. "All Israel" is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: "all the men of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### What share do we have in David?
|
||||
|
||||
"Share" here is a metonym meaning a part, involvement, or interest. This question can be translated as a simple statement. Alternate translation: "We will have no part in the family of David." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### We have no inheritance in the son of Jesse
|
||||
|
||||
"Son of Jesse" here is a metonym for David, a son of Jesse. "Inheritance" is a metonym for the part left for these people from David's successes. Alternate translation: "We will have nothing to do with the descendants of Jesse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Go to your tents, Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"Tents" here is a metonym representing a person's place of residence. Alternate translation: "Go to your homes, people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Now see to your own house, David
|
||||
|
||||
"House" here is a metonym for David's lineage of power and prestige. Alternate translation: "Now take care of your own kingdom, descendant of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Adoniram
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" is a metonym for the people of Israel. "All Israel" is a generalization which means almost all the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "all the people of Israel who were there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:19
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of David
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" is a metonym that represents family or descendants. Alternate translation: "the kings descended from David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to this day
|
||||
|
||||
"ever since that time." This refers to the time that the writer was actually writing this.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:20
|
||||
|
||||
### It happened that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### when all Israel heard
|
||||
|
||||
"All Israel" here is a generalization that means the capable men of Israel who represent the rest of the people by a synecdoche. Alternate translation: "when all the leaders of Israel heard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### king over all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"Israel" implicitly means the northern ten tribes that rebelled against Rehoboam. Alternate translation: "king over all of the 10 tribes of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### There was no one who followed the family of David, except only the tribe of Judah
|
||||
|
||||
This double negative emphasizes that the tribe of Judah was the only tribe that followed the family of David. Alternate translation: "The only people who followed the family of David were the people of the tribe of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the family of David
|
||||
|
||||
"David's descendants"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:21
|
||||
|
||||
### all the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. And, here "tribe" refers specifically to the soldiers from those tribes. Alternate translation: "all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 180,000 chosen men
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred eighty thousand chosen men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" represents the kingdom made up of the 10 northern tribes of Israel. Alternate translation: "the kingdom of Israel" or "the people of the northern tribes of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of God came ... it said
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: "God spoke this message ... and he said" or "God spoke these words ... and he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shemaiah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the man of God
|
||||
|
||||
The expression "man of God" is a respectful way of referring to a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "the man who belongs to God" or "the prophet of God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:23
|
||||
|
||||
### all the house of Judah and Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants. Alternate translation: "all the people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:24
|
||||
|
||||
### your brothers the people of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The words "brothers" and "people of Israel" are a doublet that refer to the men of the ten northern tribes and emphasize the family relationship between them and the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for this thing has been made to happen by me
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because I have made this thing happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:26
|
||||
|
||||
### thought in his heart
|
||||
|
||||
"Heart" here is a metonym for a person's inner consciousness, thoughts, motivation, or feelings. Alternate translation: "thought to himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of David
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" is a metonym representing family or descendants. Alternate translation: "the kings descended from David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:27
|
||||
|
||||
### If these people go up
|
||||
|
||||
The words "these people" refer to the people of the northern ten tribes of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### the heart of these people
|
||||
|
||||
"Heart" here is a metonym for the people's allegiance and affection. Alternate translation: "the allegiance of these people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### turn again to their master, to Rehoboam king of Judah ... return to Rehoboam king of Judah
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize Jeroboam's fear that the people would turn again to Rehoboam as king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:28
|
||||
|
||||
### brought you up
|
||||
|
||||
"You" here is a metonym for the ancestors of the people. Alternate translation: "brought your ancestors up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Jeroboam made houses on high places
|
||||
|
||||
The workers who did this at Jeroboam's commands are represented by the metonym of the name of Jeroboam himself. Alternate translation: "Jeroboam's workers made houses on high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### houses on high places
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that these were houses of worship. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "houses of worship on high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### made priests
|
||||
|
||||
"appointed men to be priests"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:32
|
||||
|
||||
### in the eighth month, on the fifteenth day of the month
|
||||
|
||||
This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of November on Western calendars. Alternate translation: "on the fifteenth day of the eighth month" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### went up to the altar
|
||||
|
||||
"Went up" here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: "offered sacrifices on the altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 12:33
|
||||
|
||||
### went up to the altar
|
||||
|
||||
"Went up" here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: "offered sacrifices on the altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the month he had planned in his own mind
|
||||
|
||||
"in the month that he had determined"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 13
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:1
|
||||
|
||||
### A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### A man of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: "A prophet"
|
||||
|
||||
### came out of Judah
|
||||
|
||||
"came from Judah"
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:2
|
||||
|
||||
### He cried against the altar
|
||||
|
||||
Here "He" refers to the man of God.
|
||||
|
||||
### cried against the altar
|
||||
|
||||
This means he prophesied toward the altar in a loud and condemning voice. Alternate translation: "prophesied loudly toward the altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Altar, altar
|
||||
|
||||
The prophet spoke to the altar as if it were a person who could hear him. He said this twice for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a son named Josiah will be born to the family of David
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "family of David" refers to the descendants of David. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a descendant of David will have a son named Josiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they will burn
|
||||
|
||||
Here "they" refers to Josiah and the people with him.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:3
|
||||
|
||||
### the altar will be split apart, and the ashes on it will be poured out
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will split the altar apart and the ashes on it will fall to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:4
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand with which he had reached out against the man dried up
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh dried up the hand with which he had reached out against the man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### dried up
|
||||
|
||||
"withered" or "became paralyzed"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:5
|
||||
|
||||
### The altar was also split apart
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh also split the altar apart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as described by the sign that the man of God had given by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the man of God had described by the word of Yahweh as a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Plead for the favor of Yahweh your God
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "favor" can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: "Plead that Yahweh your God may favor me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my hand may be restored to me again
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh may restore my hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the king's hand was restored to him again, and it became as it was before
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh restored the king's hand and made it as it was before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Come home with me and refresh yourself
|
||||
|
||||
The word "yourself" is a reflexive pronoun. Alternate translation: "Come home with me and eat some food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:8
|
||||
|
||||
### half your possessions
|
||||
|
||||
"half of your house"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:9
|
||||
|
||||
### You will eat no bread nor drink water, nor return by the way that you came
|
||||
|
||||
"Do not eat bread, drink water, or return by the way that you came"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:10
|
||||
|
||||
### left another way
|
||||
|
||||
"went a different way"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:12
|
||||
|
||||
### his sons had seen the way
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that the sons also told their father which way the man of God went. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Saddle
|
||||
|
||||
This means to place a seat on the back of an animal so a person can ride on it.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:14
|
||||
|
||||
### The old prophet
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the prophet who lived in Bethel.
|
||||
|
||||
### he said to him
|
||||
|
||||
"the old prophet said to the man of God"
|
||||
|
||||
### He answered
|
||||
|
||||
"The man of God answered"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:16
|
||||
|
||||
### go in with you
|
||||
|
||||
"go into your house"
|
||||
|
||||
### in this place
|
||||
|
||||
"in Bethel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:17
|
||||
|
||||
### it was commanded to me by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh commanded me by his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:18
|
||||
|
||||
### an angel spoke to me by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"an angel delivered to me a message from Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
### by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:20
|
||||
|
||||
### As they sat at the table
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that they were still eating and drinking at the table. Alternate translation: "As they were eating and drinking at the table" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came to the prophet
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "the word of Yahweh came to" is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh gave a message to the prophet" or "Yahweh spoke this message to the prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### brought him back
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "him" refers to the man of God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:21
|
||||
|
||||
### came from Judah, saying, "Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "the word of Yahweh came to" in the previous verse is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "came from Judah. He said, 'Yahweh" or "came from Judah: 'Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he cried to the man of God
|
||||
|
||||
"the prophet spoke loudly to the man of God"
|
||||
|
||||
### Because you have been disobedient to the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"Because you have not obeyed the word of Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:23
|
||||
|
||||
### the prophet saddled the donkey
|
||||
|
||||
This means he placed a seat on the back of the donkey so the man of God could ride on it. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 13:13](../13/13.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:24
|
||||
|
||||
### his body was left on the road
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "left his body on the road" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his body
|
||||
|
||||
"his dead body"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:25
|
||||
|
||||
### they came and told it
|
||||
|
||||
Here "it" refers to what they had seen on the road. Alternate translation: "they came and told about what they had seen"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:28
|
||||
|
||||
### the body
|
||||
|
||||
"the dead body of the man of God"
|
||||
|
||||
### left in the road
|
||||
|
||||
"lying in the road"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:29
|
||||
|
||||
### took up
|
||||
|
||||
"lifted up"
|
||||
|
||||
### the body
|
||||
|
||||
"the dead body"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:30
|
||||
|
||||
### they mourned
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "they" refers to the prophet and his sons.
|
||||
|
||||
### Woe, my brother!
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Woe" here is an expression of great sorrow.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:31
|
||||
|
||||
### he had buried him
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "he" refers to the old prophet and the word "him" refers to the man of God.
|
||||
|
||||
### Lay my bones beside his bones
|
||||
|
||||
Here "my bones" represents his entire body. Alternate translation: "Lay my dead body beside his bones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:32
|
||||
|
||||
### houses on the high places
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that these were houses of worship. Alternate translation: "houses of worship on the high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 13:34
|
||||
|
||||
### This matter became sin to the family of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jeroboam's family sinned by doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### This matter
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase refers to Jeroboam's setting up shrines and appointing priests.
|
||||
|
||||
### caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to be destroyed and to be exterminated
|
||||
|
||||
These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: "to be completely destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 14
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:2
|
||||
|
||||
### disguise yourself
|
||||
|
||||
"change how you appear to others"
|
||||
|
||||
### you will not be recognized
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one will recognize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Look, the wife of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Look" means "pay attention."
|
||||
|
||||
### coming to seek advice from you
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "advice" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "coming to ask you to advise her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Say such and such to her
|
||||
|
||||
The words "such and such" mean that Yahweh told Ahijah what to say. Alternate translation: "Speak in this way to her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Why do you pretend to be someone you are not?
|
||||
|
||||
This question shows that Ahijah knew she was disguised. Alternate translation: "Stop pretending to be someone else; I know who you are." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I have been sent to you with bad news
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh told me to give you bad news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:7
|
||||
|
||||
### I raised you
|
||||
|
||||
"I exalted you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:8
|
||||
|
||||
### I tore the kingdom away
|
||||
|
||||
God forcefully removed most of the kingdom like a person tears a piece of cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### followed me
|
||||
|
||||
"obeyed me"
|
||||
|
||||
### with all his heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "heart" refers to a person's will and desire. Alternate translation: "with all his will" or "with complete commitment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what was right in my eyes
|
||||
|
||||
The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what I judged to be right" or "what I considered to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:9
|
||||
|
||||
### thrust me behind your back
|
||||
|
||||
Jeroboam has disrespected Yahweh like a person throws away something that is not wanted. Alternate translation: "completely rejected me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:10
|
||||
|
||||
### look
|
||||
|
||||
"pay attention." This word is added to indicate that what follows is important.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will cut off ... and will completely remove
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases are very similar in meaning and are repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cut off from you every male child in Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh speaks of destroying Jeroboam's family and preventing him from having any descendants as if he were cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: "destroy every one of your male children in Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### will completely remove your family, like someone who burns up dung until it is gone
|
||||
|
||||
This simile compares the removal of every descendant of Jeroboam with the complete burning up of dung that was mixed with straw, dried, and burned for fuel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Anyone who belongs to your family who dies in the city will be eaten by dogs
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Dogs will eat anyone who belongs to your family and who dies in the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### anyone who dies in the field will be eaten by the birds of the heavens
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the birds of the heavens will eat anyone who dies in the field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:12
|
||||
|
||||
### when your feet enter the city
|
||||
|
||||
The word "feet" here is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "when you enter the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:13
|
||||
|
||||
### All Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization that means the people of the northern kingdom of Israel. Alternate translation: "The Israelite people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### go into a grave
|
||||
|
||||
"be buried in a grave"
|
||||
|
||||
### out of Jeroboam's house
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" here is a metonym for "family." Alternate translation: "in all of Jeroboam's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was anything good found in the sight of Yahweh, the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "did Yahweh, the God of Israel, find anything he judged to be good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:14
|
||||
|
||||
### cut off the family of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
The writer speaks of the new king of Israel destroying Jeroboam's family and preventing him from having any descendants like one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: "destroy the descendants of Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh will attack Israel as a reed is shaken in the water
|
||||
|
||||
The writer here uses a simile to express how Yahweh will bring judgment on the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will attack the people of Israel as a reed is shaken in the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as a reed is shaken in the water
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "like a river of water shakes a reed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he will root up Israel out of this good land
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh compares Israel with a plant that he will tear out of the ground by its roots. Alternate translation: "he will remove the people of Israel from this good land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### scatter them
|
||||
|
||||
"disperse them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of the city where king Jeroboam lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:18
|
||||
|
||||
### All Israel buried him and mourned for him
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization that means the people of Israel buried him and mourned for him. Alternate translation: "A great number of the people of Israel were present when people buried him, and the people of Israel mourned for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### just as it was told to them by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as Yahweh told them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"by the message of Yahweh" or "in Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:19
|
||||
|
||||
### see
|
||||
|
||||
"look" or "see for yourself"
|
||||
|
||||
### they are written in
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you can find them written in" or "someone has written about them in" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the book of the events of the kings of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:20
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-two years
|
||||
|
||||
"22 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
Jeroboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:21
|
||||
|
||||
### forty-one years old ... seventeen years
|
||||
|
||||
"41 years old ... 17 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in which to put his name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "put his name" is a metonym for "dwell" and refers to the temple where Yahweh was to be worshiped. Alternate translation: "in which to dwell" or "in which to be worshiped" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### His mother's name
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "His" refers to Rehoboam.
|
||||
|
||||
### Naamah
|
||||
|
||||
This is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Judah did
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Judah" represents the people of Judah. Alternate translation: "The people of Judah did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The "sight" of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considered to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they provoked him to jealousy
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "jealousy" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "they made him jealous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### their fathers
|
||||
|
||||
"their ancestors"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:23
|
||||
|
||||
### For they also built
|
||||
|
||||
The word "they" here refers to the people of Judah.
|
||||
|
||||
### built for themselves
|
||||
|
||||
The words "for themselves" are a metonym for what they will do with the high places. Alternate translation: "built for their own use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on every high hill and under every green tree
|
||||
|
||||
This is likely to be an exaggeration that indicates there were many places like these for false worship all over the country. Alternate translation: "on the high hills and under the green trees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:24
|
||||
|
||||
### cultic prostitutes
|
||||
|
||||
"religious prostitutes" or "male prostitutes." This probably refers to male prostitutes who were associated with idol worship.
|
||||
|
||||
### the same despicable practices as the nations that
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "nations" represents the people in those nations. Alternate translation: "the same disgusting things that the people did, whom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:25
|
||||
|
||||
### in the fifth year of King Rehoboam
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the fifth year of Rehoboam's reign as king. Alternate translation: "in the fifth year that Rehoboam was king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the fifth year
|
||||
|
||||
"in year 5" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shishak king of Egypt came up against Jerusalem
|
||||
|
||||
"Shishak king of Egypt" represents himself along with the Egyptian army. Alternate translation: "Shishak king of Egypt, and his army with him, came up against Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shishak
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:40](../11/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### came up against
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means marched against or attacked. Alternate translation: "came to attack" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:26
|
||||
|
||||
### He took everything away
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization that indicates every valuable thing that could be found was taken away. Alternate translation: "He took away many valuable things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He took
|
||||
|
||||
The word "He" represents Shishak and the soldiers who were with him. Alternate translation: "Shishak and his army took" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that Solomon had made
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Solomon" refers to the craftsmen who worked for Solomon to make the shields. Alternate translation: "that Solomon had his workers make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:27
|
||||
|
||||
### King Rehoboam made shields
|
||||
|
||||
Here "King Rehoboam" represents the persons who worked for him to make the shields. Alternate translation: "King Rehoboam's workers made shields" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in their place
|
||||
|
||||
"in place of the shields of gold"
|
||||
|
||||
### entrusted them into the hands of the commanders
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hands" represents care or responsibility. Alternate translation: "made them the responsibility of the commanders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who guarded the doors to the king's house
|
||||
|
||||
Here "doors" represents the entrance. Alternate translation: "who guarded the entrance to the king's house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:28
|
||||
|
||||
### the guards would carry them
|
||||
|
||||
"the guards would carry the shields of bronze"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:29
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." or "you can read about them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the book of the events of the kings of Judah
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a book that no longer exists.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:30
|
||||
|
||||
### There was constant warfare
|
||||
|
||||
"There was continuing war" or "There were constant battles"
|
||||
|
||||
### warfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
The names of the kings represent themselves and their armies. Alternate translation: "the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam fought in battle again and again" or "Rehoboam and his people and Jeroboam and his people engaged in battle continually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 14:31
|
||||
|
||||
### slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was buried with them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Naamah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Abijah his son
|
||||
|
||||
"Abijah the son of Rehoboam"
|
||||
|
||||
### became king in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Rehoboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,387 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 15
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:1
|
||||
|
||||
### In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam's reign. Alternate translation: "After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### In the eighteenth year
|
||||
|
||||
"In year 18" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:3
|
||||
|
||||
### He walked in all the sins
|
||||
|
||||
Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: "Abijah continued to practice all the sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that his father had committed before his time
|
||||
|
||||
Since these verses refer to several kings, it may help to include the name of Abijah's father. This information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "that his father, Rehoboam, had committed before Abijah's time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his time
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase represents the time that he was king. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "before Abijah was king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his heart was not devoted ... as the heart of David
|
||||
|
||||
The heart represents the whole person. Alternate translation: "Abijah was not devoted ... as David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:4
|
||||
|
||||
### gave him a lamp in Jerusalem
|
||||
|
||||
The word "lamp" here represents a descendant who would be king as David was. Alternate translation: "gave David a descendant to rule in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by raising up his son after him
|
||||
|
||||
"by raising up Abijah's son after him" or "by giving Abijah a son"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:5
|
||||
|
||||
### what was right in his eyes
|
||||
|
||||
The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh judges to be right" or "what Yahweh considers to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for all the days of his life
|
||||
|
||||
"the whole time that David lived" or "throughout David's whole life"
|
||||
|
||||
### he had not turned away from anything that he commanded him, except only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite
|
||||
|
||||
This double negative emphasizes that only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite had David turned away from God's commands. Alternate translation: "the only time David turned away from anything that God commanded him was in the matter of Uriah the Hittite" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he had not turned away from anything that he commanded him
|
||||
|
||||
Turning away from a command represents disobeying it. Alternate translation: "David did not disobey anything that God commanded him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### except only in the matter of Uriah the Hittite
|
||||
|
||||
This is a general way to refer to the situation with Uriah. It can be stated more clearly what this matter was. Alternate translation: "except for what he did to Uriah the Hittite" or "except when he caused Uriah the Hittite to be killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:6
|
||||
|
||||
### between Rehoboam and Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
These kings represent themselves and their armies. Rehoboam was Abijah's father. Alternate translation: "between the armies of Rehoboam and Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the days of Abijah's life
|
||||
|
||||
"the whole time that Abijah lived"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:7
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?
|
||||
|
||||
This can stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### between Abijah and Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
The names "Abijah" and "Jeroboam" represent the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: "between the armies of Abijah and Jeroboam" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Abijah slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
In this euphemism, sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: "Abijah died as his ancestors had" or "Like his ancestors, Abaijah died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### became king in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Abijah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:9
|
||||
|
||||
### In the twentieth year of Jeroboam king of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the twentieth year of Jeroboam's reign. Alternate translation: "After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost twenty years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### In the twentieth year
|
||||
|
||||
"In year 20" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:10
|
||||
|
||||
### forty-one years
|
||||
|
||||
"41 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:11
|
||||
|
||||
### what was right in the eyes of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Asa's actions. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh judges to be right" or "what Yahweh considers to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:12
|
||||
|
||||
### the cultic prostitutes
|
||||
|
||||
This probably refers to prostitutes who were associated with idol worship and who were all men. Alternate translation: "religious prostitutes" or "the prostitutes who worked for idols" or "male prostitutes"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Asa cut down the disgusting figure
|
||||
|
||||
Since Asa was king, he may have told his officials to cut down the figure. Alternate translation: "Asa caused the disgusting figure to be cut down" or "Asa made them cut down the disgusting figure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:14
|
||||
|
||||
### But the high places were not taken away
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But Asa did not command the people to take away the high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Asa's heart was completely devoted
|
||||
|
||||
The heart represents the person. Alternate translation: "Asa was completely devoted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all his days
|
||||
|
||||
"the whole time that he lived" or "throughout his whole life"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:16
|
||||
|
||||
### all their days
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the entire time they reigned as kings. Alternate translation: "the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:17
|
||||
|
||||
### acted aggressively against Judah
|
||||
|
||||
"attacked Judah"
|
||||
|
||||
### built up Ramah
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "captured and fortified Ramah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:18
|
||||
|
||||
### He put it into the hands of his servants
|
||||
|
||||
Putting things in their hands represents giving those things to them. It is implied that they would do with it what he wanted them to do. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "He entrusted it to his servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He said
|
||||
|
||||
This means he spoke by means of his servants. Asa told his servants what to say to Ben Hadad and they did. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Asa told his servants to say to Ben Hadad" or "Through his servants, Asa said to Ben Hadad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Let there be a covenant between me and you
|
||||
|
||||
A covenant being between two people represents those two people having a covenant with each other. Alternate translation: "Let us have a covenant with each other" or "Let us make a peace treaty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Look, I
|
||||
|
||||
"As proof that I want a treaty with you, I"
|
||||
|
||||
### Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Breaking a covenant represents canceling it and not doing what one has promised to do. Alternate translation: "Cancel your covenant with Baasha king of Israel" or "Do not be loyal to Baasha king of Israel as you promised in your covenant with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Asa wanted Ben Hadad to attack Israel. Ben Hadad could only do that if he broke his covenant with the king of Israel. The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Break your covenant with Baasha king of Israel, and attack Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:21
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### he stopped building up Ramah
|
||||
|
||||
King Baasha did this by telling his workers to do this. Alternate translation: "he had his workers stop building up Ramah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:22
|
||||
|
||||
### No one was exempted
|
||||
|
||||
This can also be stated positively. Alternate translation: "Every one had to obey King Asa's proclamation"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:23
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Abijah is in this other book. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Asa slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
Sleeping here is a euphemism which represents dying. Alternate translation: "Asa died as his ancestors had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was buried with them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they buried him with his ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### David his father
|
||||
|
||||
The word "father" here refers to an ancestor. Alternate translation: "King David, his ancestor"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The rest of chapter 15 and 16 is about the kings of Israel. These events happened while King Asa of Judah was still alive.
|
||||
|
||||
### the second year of Asa king of Judah
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the second year of Asa's reign. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "when Asa had been king of Judah for almost two years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he reigned over Israel two years
|
||||
|
||||
"Nadab reigned over Israel two years"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:26
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walked in the way of his father
|
||||
|
||||
Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: "did the same things that his father had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his own sin
|
||||
|
||||
Walking in his own sin represents sinning in ways that were different from the ways that his father had sinned. Alternate translation: "he sinned in his own ways" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: "and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:27
|
||||
|
||||
### conspired against Nadab
|
||||
|
||||
"secretly plotted to kill King Nadab"
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibbethon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Nadab and all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"The phrase "all Israel" is a generalization that represents the many soldiers of Israel. Alternate translation: "Nadab and the many soldiers of Israel" or "Nadab and the army of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### were laying siege to Gibbethon
|
||||
|
||||
"were surrounding Gibbethon, so that the people of Gibbethon would surrender to them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:28
|
||||
|
||||
### became king in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Nadab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Baasha killed all the family of Jeroboam. He left none of Jeroboam's descendants breathing.
|
||||
|
||||
These two sentences mean the same thing and are combined to emphasize his descendents were all killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the family of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
Jeroboam was King Nadab's father.
|
||||
|
||||
### He left none of Jeroboam's descendants breathing
|
||||
|
||||
Breathing represents being alive. Alternate translation: "He left none of Jeroboam's descendants living" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his royal line
|
||||
|
||||
"Jeroboam's royal line"
|
||||
|
||||
### just as Yahweh had spoken by his servant Ahijah the Shilonite
|
||||
|
||||
In [1 Kings 14:10](../14/10.md) and [1 Kings 14:11](../14/11.md) Yahweh spoke through his prophet Ahijah and told Jeroboam that he would destroy his family.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahijah the Shilonite
|
||||
|
||||
"Ahijah, who was from Shiloh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:30
|
||||
|
||||
### for the sins of Jeroboam which he committed and by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "sins" can be expressed with the verb "sin." Alternate translation: "because Jeroboam sinned and led Israel to sin in the same ways" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do something. Alternate translation: "by which he influenced Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:31
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Nadab is in this other book. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about this in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:32
|
||||
|
||||
### all their days
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the whole period of time that they reign as kings. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:16](../15/16.md) Alternate translation: "the whole time that they reigned over Judah and Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Starting in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md), the author told about how Baasha became king. Here the author begins to tell about what Baasha did as king of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 15:34
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walked in the way of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: "did the same things that Jeroboam had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his sin by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are that "his" and "he" refer to 1) Baasha or 2) Jeroboam.
|
||||
|
||||
### by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: "and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 16
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:1
|
||||
|
||||
### The word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Although I exalted you
|
||||
|
||||
This is God's message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word "you" refers to Baasha.
|
||||
|
||||
### I exalted you out of the dust
|
||||
|
||||
"I raised you out of the dust." Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: "I raised you from a very unimportant position" or "when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you have walked in the way of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
Walking represents behaving. Jeroboam and Baasha both sinned. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "you have done the same things that Jeroboam did" or "you have sinned as Jeroboam sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh continues telling Baasha what he will do to him.
|
||||
|
||||
### See, I will completely sweep away Baasha and his family
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is speaking to Baasha, and the phrase "his family" refers to Baasha's family. This can be translated using the words "you" and "your." Alternate translation: "Listen, Baasha. I will completely sweep away you and your family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I will completely sweep away
|
||||
|
||||
Sweeping away represents destroying. Alternate translation: "I will completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:5
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Baasha is in this other book. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Baasha slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
Sleeping is a euphemism that represents dying. Alternate translation: "Baasha died as his ancestors had" or "Like his ancestors, Baasha died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was buried
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### became king in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Baasha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:7
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke this message" or "Yahweh spoke these words" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the evil that he did in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. Alternate translation: "all the things that Baasha that are evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "all the things that Baaha did that Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so as to provoke him to anger
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "anger" can be expressed with the adjective "angry." Alternate translation: "so as to make Yahweh very angry" or "that made God very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### with the work of his hands
|
||||
|
||||
Here Basha is represented by his "hands." This speaks of all of his actions as his "work." Alternate translation: "by the things Baasha had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:9
|
||||
|
||||
### His servant Zimri
|
||||
|
||||
"Elah's servant Zimri"
|
||||
|
||||
### captain of half his chariots
|
||||
|
||||
The word "chariots" here represents the soldiers who drove the chariots. Alternate translation: "captain of half his chariot drivers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### drinking himself drunk
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "drinking so much wine that he was getting drunk" or "getting drunk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who was over the household
|
||||
|
||||
Being over the household represents being in charge of the things in King Elah's house. Alternate translation: "who was in charge of the things in the Elah's house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:10
|
||||
|
||||
### attacked him and killed him
|
||||
|
||||
"attacked and killed Elah"
|
||||
|
||||
### became king in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Elah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:11
|
||||
|
||||
### He did not leave alive a single male
|
||||
|
||||
This means that he killed all the men and boys. Alternate translation: "He did not leave even one male alive"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:12
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
### which he spoke against Baasha by Jehu the prophet
|
||||
|
||||
Speaking "by" a prophet represents telling a prophet to speak and the prophet speaking. Alternate translation: "that Yahweh told Jehu the prophet to speak against Baasha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:13
|
||||
|
||||
### they had led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: "they had influenced Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they had led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to the ten northern tribes of Israel. Baasha and Elah had been their king.
|
||||
|
||||
### they provoked Yahweh, the God of Israel, to anger with their idols
|
||||
|
||||
God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: "they made Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped idols" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:14
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written ... kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Elah is in this other book. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written ... Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### the army was camped by Gibbethon
|
||||
|
||||
The word "army" refers to the army of the kingdom of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibbethon
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 15:27](../15/27.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:16
|
||||
|
||||
### The army camped there heard it said
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The soldiers who camped there heard someone say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Both times this phrase is used, it represents the army of Israel. Here the word "all" is a generalization meaning "most." Alternate translation: "all the army of Israel" or "most of the soldiers in the army of Israel" or "the army of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:18
|
||||
|
||||
### that the city had been taken
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Omri and the army had taken the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:19
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walking in the way of Jeroboam
|
||||
|
||||
Here walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: "doing the same things that Jeroboam had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so as to lead Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: "so as to influence Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:20
|
||||
|
||||
### the treason that he carried out
|
||||
|
||||
This treason refers to Zimri's plot to kill Elah, the king of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: "how he plotted against King Elah" or "how he killed the king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Zimri is in this other book. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated a similar phrase concerning Judah in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written ... Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:21
|
||||
|
||||
### followed Tibni ... followed Omri
|
||||
|
||||
Here "followed" represents supporting or wanting to make him king. Alternate translation: "supported Tibni son of Ginath, to make him king, and half supported Omri" or "wanted to make Tibni son of Ginath king, and half wanted to make Omri king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:22
|
||||
|
||||
### were stronger than the people who followed Tibni
|
||||
|
||||
"overpowered the people who followed Tibni"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Tirzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [1 Kings 14:17](../14/17.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Shemer
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### two talents of silver
|
||||
|
||||
You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "about 66 kilograms of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He built a city
|
||||
|
||||
The word "He" refers to Omri. He commanded people to build the city. Alternate translation: "Omri had his people build a city" or "Omri commanded and his workers built a city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### after the name of Shemer
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means "to honor Shemer" or "so that people would remember Shemer." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:25
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:26
|
||||
|
||||
### walked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
Walking represents behaving. Alternate translation: "did all the same things that Jeroboam son of Nebat did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his sins by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are that "his" and "he" refer to 1) Baasha or 2) Jeroboam.
|
||||
|
||||
### in his sins
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are walking in his sins represents 1) sinning as Jeroboam sinned. Alternate translation: "he sinned as Jeroboam sinned" or 2) or sinning habitually. Alternate translation: "he sinned habitually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by which he led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Leading people to sin represents influencing them to sin. Alternate translation: "his sins, by which he influenced Israel to sin" or "and by sinning like this, he influenced people to sin.
|
||||
|
||||
### to provoke Yahweh ... to be angry with their worthless idols
|
||||
|
||||
God became angry with the people because they worshiped idols. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Kings 16:13](../16/13.md). Alternate translation: "to make Yahweh, the God of Israel, angry because they worshiped worthless idols" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### their worthless idols
|
||||
|
||||
The word "worthless" here reminds people that idols are worthless because they cannot do anything. Alternate translation: "their idols, which are worthless" or "their idols, which are useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:27
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This question is used to either inform or remind the readers that the information about Omri is in this other book. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written ... Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone has written about them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Omri slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
The euphemism "sleeping" here represents dying. Alternate translation: "Omri died as his ancestors had" or "Like his ancestors, Omri died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### became king in his place
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "in his place" is a metaphor meaning "instead of him." Alternate translation: "became king instead of Omri" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:30
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh's judgment. Alternate translation: "what was evil in Yahweh's judgment" or "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:31
|
||||
|
||||
### It was to Ahab a trivial thing to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
This implies that Ahab wanted to commit worse sins. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "It was as if Ahab thought that walking in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat was not enough" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### It was to Ahab a trivial thing
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. The phrase "to Ahab" means that Ahab considered or thought something. Alternate translation: "Ahab considered it a trivial thing" or "Ahab thought that it was not enough" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a trivial thing
|
||||
|
||||
"an insignificant thing" or "not enough"
|
||||
|
||||
### to walk in the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
Walking in Jeroboam's sins represents sinning as Jeroboam had sinned. Alternate translation: "to sin as Jeroboam son of Nebat had sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### worshiped Baal and bowed down to him
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase "bowed down to him" describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:33
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to the nation of Israel, which consisted of twelve tribes.
|
||||
|
||||
### the kings of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to the kingdom of Israel, which consisted of ten tribes.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 16:34
|
||||
|
||||
### at the cost of the life of Abiram, his firstborn son
|
||||
|
||||
The consequence of building the city is spoken of as if it were a cost that Hiel paid. Alternate translation: "and the consequence of his sin was that Abiram, his firstborn son, died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Segub, his youngest son, lost his life
|
||||
|
||||
Dying is spoken of as if he lost his life. Alternate translation: "Segub, his youngest son, died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### while he was building the gates of the city
|
||||
|
||||
"while Hiel was building the gates of the city"
|
||||
|
||||
### in keeping with the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"according to the word of Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
### which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun
|
||||
|
||||
Speaking "by" someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: "which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 17
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:1
|
||||
|
||||
### the Tishbite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Tishbe
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
|
||||
|
||||
### before whom I stand
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means "to serve." Alternate translation: "whom I serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### dew
|
||||
|
||||
drops of water that form on the plants during the night
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:2
|
||||
|
||||
### The word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Kerith
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a very small stream. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:4
|
||||
|
||||
### It will happen that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used to introduce how Yahweh will take care of Elijah during the drought. Alternate translation: "There"
|
||||
|
||||
### ravens
|
||||
|
||||
large, black birds (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:5
|
||||
|
||||
### as the word of Yahweh commanded
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the word" represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: "as Yahweh commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the brook Kerith
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a very small stream. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 17:2](../17/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:7
|
||||
|
||||
### in the land
|
||||
|
||||
"in that area" or "in that country"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:8
|
||||
|
||||
### The word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### came to him
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "him" refers to Elijah.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Zarephath
|
||||
|
||||
This is a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Look, I
|
||||
|
||||
"Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: I"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:12
|
||||
|
||||
### As Yahweh your God lives
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what she will say is true.
|
||||
|
||||
### only a handful of meal
|
||||
|
||||
"only a little bit of meal"
|
||||
|
||||
### meal
|
||||
|
||||
"flour." This what is used to make bread.
|
||||
|
||||
### See, I
|
||||
|
||||
"Let me tell you what I am doing: I"
|
||||
|
||||
### two sticks
|
||||
|
||||
This may refer to two sticks or to only a few sticks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that we may eat it, and die
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that they will die because they do not have anymore food. Alternate translation: "that we may eat. Afterwards, we will starve to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:13
|
||||
|
||||
### afterward make some for you and for your son
|
||||
|
||||
It is implicit that there would be enough flour and oil to make more bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh sends rain
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means Yahweh causes it to rain. Alternate translation: "Yahweh causes rain to fall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:15
|
||||
|
||||
### She and Elijah, along with her household, ate for many days
|
||||
|
||||
In the original language it says, "And she and he and her household ate for many days." It is unclear who "he" is. Possible meanings are 1) Elijah, the widow, and her son ate for many days or 2) the widow, her son, and everyone living in her house ate for many days or 3) Elijah, the widow, and everyone living in her house ate for many days.
|
||||
|
||||
### along with her household
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings for "household" are 1) this refers only to the widow's son or 2) this refers to other people who live in her house but are not named in the story or 3) this refers to her son and others living in her house.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:16
|
||||
|
||||
### just as the word of Yahweh had said
|
||||
|
||||
Here "word" represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: "just as Yahweh had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the woman's son, the woman who owned the house
|
||||
|
||||
"the son of the woman who owned the house"
|
||||
|
||||
### there was no more breath left in him
|
||||
|
||||
This is a polite way of saying the boy died. Alternate translation: "he stopped breathing" or "he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:18
|
||||
|
||||
### man of God
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "man of God" is another title for a prophet.
|
||||
|
||||
### of my sin
|
||||
|
||||
This means sins in general not a specific sin. Alternate translation: "of my sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:19
|
||||
|
||||
### where he was staying
|
||||
|
||||
Here "he" refers to Elijah.
|
||||
|
||||
### on his own bed
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his" refers to Elijah.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:20
|
||||
|
||||
### have you also brought disaster on the widow with whom I am staying, by killing her son?
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Elijah is truly asking a question. Alternate translation: "why would you cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son" or 2) Elijah uses a question to express how sad he is. Alternate translation: "surely, you would not cause the widow with whom I am staying to suffer even more by killing her son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### have you also brought disaster on the widow
|
||||
|
||||
Causing the widow to suffer is spoken of as if "disaster" were an object that is placed on the widow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### also brought disaster
|
||||
|
||||
Here "also" means in addition to the disaster that the drought has caused.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:21
|
||||
|
||||
### stretched himself on the child
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "lay on top of the child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh listened to the voice of Elijah
|
||||
|
||||
Here "voice" represents what Elijah prayed. Alternate translation: "Yahweh answered Elijah's prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the life of the child returned to him, and he revived
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: "the child came back to life" or "the child lived again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:23
|
||||
|
||||
### his room
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his" refers to Elijah.
|
||||
|
||||
### See, your son is alive
|
||||
|
||||
The word "See" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 17:24
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true." The word "mouth" represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: "the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,403 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 18
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:1
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### send rain on the land
|
||||
|
||||
"cause rain to fall on the land"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:2
|
||||
|
||||
### now the famine was severe
|
||||
|
||||
The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Now Obadiah honored Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:4
|
||||
|
||||
### one hundred prophets and hid them by fifties
|
||||
|
||||
"100 prophets and hid them in groups of 50" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:5
|
||||
|
||||
### save the horses and mules alive ... not lose all the animals
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: "prevent the horses and mules from dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahab went one way by himself and Obadiah went another way
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "by himself" emphasizes that Ahab and Obadiah went in separate directions, not necessarily that no one was with Ahab. Alternate translation: "Ahab lead a team in one direction and Obadiah lead a team in the other direction" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:7
|
||||
|
||||
### master Elijah
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "master" is used as a term of respect.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Go tell your master, 'Look, Elijah is here.'
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "master" refers to Ahab.
|
||||
|
||||
### Look, Elijah
|
||||
|
||||
"Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: Elijah"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:9
|
||||
|
||||
### How have I sinned ... for him to kill me?
|
||||
|
||||
Obadiah asks this question to emphasize the danger to himself because of King Ahab's anger at Elijah. Alternate translation: "I have not wronged you ... for him to kill me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### give your servant into the hand of Ahab
|
||||
|
||||
"Hand" is metonymy for power and control. Alternate translation: "deliver your servant to Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant
|
||||
|
||||
Obadiah refers to himself as Elijah's servant in order to honor Elijah.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:10
|
||||
|
||||
### As Yahweh your God lives
|
||||
|
||||
This is an oath used to emphasize that what he is saying is true.
|
||||
|
||||
### there is no nation or kingdom where my master has not sent men
|
||||
|
||||
Here "no nation or kingdom" is an exaggeration that means that men have traveled very far and gone to many places to find Elijah. This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: "my master has sent men to every nation and kingdom" or "my master has sent men to many nations and kingdoms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Yet now
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used to emphasize the danger in what Elijah is telling Obadiah to do.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Has it not been told to you ... with bread and water?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Surely you have been told about what I did ... with bread and water!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my master
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "master" is a term of respect used to refer to Elijah.
|
||||
|
||||
### one hundred of Yahweh's prophets by fifties
|
||||
|
||||
"100 of Yahweh's prophets in groups of 50" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Go and tell your master that Elijah is here
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated these words in [1 Kings 18:11](../18/11.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### your master
|
||||
|
||||
Here "master" refers to King Ahab.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:15
|
||||
|
||||
### As Yahweh of hosts lives
|
||||
|
||||
This is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
|
||||
|
||||
### before whom I stand
|
||||
|
||||
To "stand before" is an idiom for being in someone's presence and ready to serve him. Alternate translation: "whom I serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:16
|
||||
|
||||
### told him what Elijah said
|
||||
|
||||
"Obadiah told Ahab what Elijah had told him to say"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Is it you? You are the one who brings trouble to Israel!
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab asks the question for emphasis to be certain about Elijah's identity. Alternate translation: "So here you are. You are the troublemaker of Israel!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:19
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a generalization to refer to the leaders and people who represent the ten tribes of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 450 prophets
|
||||
|
||||
"four hundred and fifty prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four hundred prophets
|
||||
|
||||
"400 prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:20
|
||||
|
||||
### sent word to ... and gathered
|
||||
|
||||
"Word" represents Ahab's message and is also a metonym for the messenger who delivered the message. This is a common statement used with the meaning understood. Alternate translation: "sent a message to ... and gathered" or "sent a messenger to summon ... to gather" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:21
|
||||
|
||||
### How long will you keep changing your mind?
|
||||
|
||||
Elijah asks this question to urge the people to make a decision. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You have been indecisive for long enough." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### did not answer him a word
|
||||
|
||||
"did not say anything" or "were silent"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:22
|
||||
|
||||
### I, I alone, am left
|
||||
|
||||
The word "I" is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
|
||||
### 450 men
|
||||
|
||||
"four hundred and fifty men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:24
|
||||
|
||||
### call on the name of your god ... call on the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"Name" is metonymy for the reputation and honor of someone and "calling on" him represents an appeal. Alternate translation: "call to your god ... call to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the people answered and said, "This is good."
|
||||
|
||||
"all the people said, 'This is a good thing to do.'"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:25
|
||||
|
||||
### prepare it
|
||||
|
||||
"make it ready to be sacrificed"
|
||||
|
||||
### you are many people
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:26
|
||||
|
||||
### They took the bull
|
||||
|
||||
"The prophets of Baal took the bull"
|
||||
|
||||
### the bull that was given to them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bull that someone gave them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### But there was no voice, nor anyone who answered
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that there was no one to respond to the prayers of the false prophets. The word "voice" represents someone speaking. Alternate translation: "But Baal did not say or do anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Perhaps he is thinking
|
||||
|
||||
"Maybe he is thinking" or "It could be that he is thinking"
|
||||
|
||||
### relieving himself
|
||||
|
||||
This euphemism is a more pleasant way to express a harsh statement. Elijah uses understatement to insult Baal with sarcasm. Alternate translation: "in the bathroom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### must be awakened
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you must awaken him" or "you must wake him up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:29
|
||||
|
||||
### they were still raving
|
||||
|
||||
"they continued their wild behavior." Prophets often acted in ways that seemed unusual or even crazy. In this case they were calling on Baal while dancing, shouting loudly, and cutting themselves with knives.
|
||||
|
||||
### of offering of the evening sacrifice
|
||||
|
||||
"to offer the evening sacrifice"
|
||||
|
||||
### but there was no voice or anyone to answer; there was no one who paid any attention to their pleadings
|
||||
|
||||
These phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that no one responded to the prayers of the false prophets. Alternate translation: "but Baal did not say or do anything or even pay attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### there was no voice or anyone to answer
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:26](../18/26.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:30
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:31
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve stones
|
||||
|
||||
"12 stones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:32
|
||||
|
||||
### in the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"Name" here is a metonym for honor and reputation. Possible meanings are 1) "to honor Yahweh" or 2) "with the authority of Yahweh." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### trench
|
||||
|
||||
a small waterway to hold water
|
||||
|
||||
### two seahs of seeds
|
||||
|
||||
A seah is a unit of volume equal to about 7.7 liters. Alternate translation: "about 15 liters of seeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:33
|
||||
|
||||
### He arranged the wood for a fire
|
||||
|
||||
"On the altar" where he placed the wood is assumed in this sentence. Alternate translation: "He put the wood for a fire on the altar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### four jars
|
||||
|
||||
"4 jars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### jars
|
||||
|
||||
A jar is a container for water.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:35
|
||||
|
||||
### trench
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Kings 18:30](../18/30.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:36
|
||||
|
||||
### It happened
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to reference a significant and meaningful time of the day in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" is referring to Jacob. God changed Jacob's name to Israel (Genesis 32:28), and God named the nation of Jacob's descendants "Israel."
|
||||
|
||||
### let it be known this day
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "make these people know today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:37
|
||||
|
||||
### Hear me ... hear me
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is repeated to emphasize the appeal of Elijah to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### turned their heart back again to yourself
|
||||
|
||||
The people's "heart" is a metonym for the affection and loyalty of the people. Alternate translation: "caused them to be loyal to you again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:38
|
||||
|
||||
### the fire of Yahweh fell
|
||||
|
||||
"the fire of Yahweh came down"
|
||||
|
||||
### licked up
|
||||
|
||||
The fire is compared to a thirsty person drinking water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh, he is God! Yahweh, he is God!
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:40
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:41
|
||||
|
||||
### there is the sound of much rain
|
||||
|
||||
"it sounds like it is going to rain a lot"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:42
|
||||
|
||||
### bowed himself down on the earth and put his face between his knees
|
||||
|
||||
This describes a posture used for praying.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:43
|
||||
|
||||
### seven times
|
||||
|
||||
The word "seven" can be rendered as the numeral "7." Alternate translation: "7 times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:44
|
||||
|
||||
### as small as a man's hand
|
||||
|
||||
From a long distance, the cloud could be covered from sight by a man's hand.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:45
|
||||
|
||||
### It happened
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 18:46
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: "Yahweh gave his power to Elijah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### tucked his robe in his belt
|
||||
|
||||
Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 19
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:2
|
||||
|
||||
### So may the gods do to me, and more also
|
||||
|
||||
This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. "May the gods kill me and do even more bad things"
|
||||
|
||||
### if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets
|
||||
|
||||
"if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:3
|
||||
|
||||
### he arose
|
||||
|
||||
"he stood up"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:4
|
||||
|
||||
### he himself went a day's journey
|
||||
|
||||
The word "himself" is used to emphasize that he was alone. Alternate translation: "he walked by himself for a day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### broom tree
|
||||
|
||||
A "broom tree" is a plant that grows in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He requested for himself that he might die
|
||||
|
||||
"He prayed that he would die"
|
||||
|
||||
### It is enough, now, Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"These troubles are too much for me, Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:6
|
||||
|
||||
### bread that had been baked on coals
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "bread that someone had cooked on hot stones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### jug of water
|
||||
|
||||
"a container of water"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:7
|
||||
|
||||
### will be too much for you
|
||||
|
||||
"will be too difficult for you."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:8
|
||||
|
||||
### he traveled in the strength of that food forty days and forty nights
|
||||
|
||||
"that food gave him energy to travel for 40 days and 40 nights" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:9
|
||||
|
||||
### to a cave there
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "there" refers to Mount Horeb. A cave is an opening in a mountainside that leads to a natural room or rooms underground.
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came to him and said to him, "What
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "The word of Yahweh came to," is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh gave a message to him. He said, 'What" or "Yahweh spoke this message to him: 'What" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### What are you doing here, Elijah?
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh asks this question to rebuke Elijah and to remind him of his duty. Alternate translation: "This is not where you should be, Elijah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:10
|
||||
|
||||
### I, only I, am left
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "I" is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:11
|
||||
|
||||
### on the mountain before me
|
||||
|
||||
"Before me" here is an idiom for standing in front of someone. Alternate translation: "on the mountain in my presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:13
|
||||
|
||||
### he wrapped his face in his cloak
|
||||
|
||||
"he covered his face with his cloak" A cloak is a long robe, a piece of clothing that covers the whole body.
|
||||
|
||||
### Then a voice came to him
|
||||
|
||||
"Then he heard a voice"
|
||||
|
||||
### What are you doing here, Elijah?
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:9](../19/09.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Elijah replied, "I have been very zealous ... and they are also trying to take my life."
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this text in [1 Kings 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### I, only I, am left
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "I" is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:16
|
||||
|
||||
### prophet in your place
|
||||
|
||||
"prophet instead of you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:17
|
||||
|
||||
### It will happen
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used to introduce what will happen when Elijah does what Yahweh has told him to do. "What will happen is"
|
||||
|
||||
### whoever escapes from the sword of Hazael
|
||||
|
||||
"Sword" is metonymy for for killing as in battle. Alternate translation: "whomever Hazael does not kill with the sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:18
|
||||
|
||||
### I will leave for myself
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "I" and "myself" refer to Yahweh. Alternate translation: "I will save from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seven thousand people
|
||||
|
||||
"7,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### whose knees have not bent down to Baal, and whose mouths have not kissed him
|
||||
|
||||
"Bending down" and "kissing" are metonymies for actions people did to worship idols. They are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: "who have not bowed down and kissed Baal" or "who have not worshiped Baal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Shaphat
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twelve yoke of oxen
|
||||
|
||||
"12 yoke of oxen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke
|
||||
|
||||
The word "himself" indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:20
|
||||
|
||||
### he said, "Please
|
||||
|
||||
The word "he" refers to Elisha.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 19:21
|
||||
|
||||
### he gave it to the people
|
||||
|
||||
Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 20
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben Hadad
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-two lesser kings
|
||||
|
||||
"32 lesser kings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### lesser kings
|
||||
|
||||
"kings ruling smaller groups of people"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:4
|
||||
|
||||
### It is as you say
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom to express agreement. Alternate translation: "I agree with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:6
|
||||
|
||||
### tomorrow about this time
|
||||
|
||||
"tomorrow at the same time of day that it is now"
|
||||
|
||||
### whatever pleases their eyes
|
||||
|
||||
Here the "eyes" represent the whole person and emphasize them looking at something and desiring it. Alternate translation: "whatever pleases them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:7
|
||||
|
||||
### of the land
|
||||
|
||||
"The land" represents all the people living there. Alternate translation: "of the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### take note and see
|
||||
|
||||
"Take note" here is an idiom to observe carefully. Alternate translation: "pay close attention to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I have not refused him
|
||||
|
||||
"I have agreed to his demands"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:10
|
||||
|
||||
### May the gods do so to me and more also
|
||||
|
||||
This is an oath with great emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 19:2](../19/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### if even the ashes of Samaria will be enough for all the people who follow me to have a handful each
|
||||
|
||||
Ben Hadad is threatening that his army will totally destroy everything in Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Tell Ben Hadad, 'No one who is just putting on his armor ... as if he were taking it off.'
|
||||
|
||||
This is an expression to give advice. "Putting on armor" is metonymy for getting prepared for battle. "Tell Ben Hadad, 'Do not boast as if you have already won a battle that you have not yet fought.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Then behold
|
||||
|
||||
The word "behold" alerts us to the sudden appearance of a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
||||
### Have you seen this great army?
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh asks this question to emphasize the size and strength of Ben Hadad's army. Alternate translation: "Look at this great army." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Look, I will place it into your hand today
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Look" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
### place it into your hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "give you victory over that army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:14
|
||||
|
||||
### By whom?
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab leaves out the words 'will you do this' Alternate translation: "By whom will you do this?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahab mustered the young officers
|
||||
|
||||
"Ahab assembled the young officers"
|
||||
|
||||
### all the soldiers, all the army of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### seven thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"7,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:16
|
||||
|
||||
### They went out
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "They" refers to the Israelite army.
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-two lesser kings
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Kings 20:1](../20/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben Hadad was informed by scouts that he had sent out
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: "Scouts that Ben Hadad had sent out informed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### scouts
|
||||
|
||||
A "scout" is a soldier sent to gather information about the enemy.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Ben Hadad said
|
||||
|
||||
It is understood that Ben Hadad is speaking to his soldiers. Alternate translation: "Ben Hadad said to his soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Whether they have ... take them
|
||||
|
||||
Here "they" and "them" refer to the Israelite army.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:19
|
||||
|
||||
### So the young officers ... the army followed
|
||||
|
||||
"The young Israelite officers ... the Israelite army followed"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel pursued them
|
||||
|
||||
"Israel" is synecdoche for all the soldiers of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "the men of the army of Israel pursued them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:21
|
||||
|
||||
### the king of Israel went out and attacked
|
||||
|
||||
"The king" is synecdoche for the king and all the soldiers serving under him. Alternate translation: "The king of Israel and his soldiers went out and attacked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:22
|
||||
|
||||
### strengthen yourself
|
||||
|
||||
"Yourself" represents by metonymy the army of the king. Alternate translation: "strengthen your forces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### understand and plan
|
||||
|
||||
These two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. Alternate translation: "determine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### at the return of the year
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "in the springtime of next year" or 2) "at this time next year."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:23
|
||||
|
||||
### let us fight ... we will be stronger
|
||||
|
||||
The words "us" and "we" refer to the servants, the king, and the army all together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Remove all the kings from their positions of authority
|
||||
|
||||
"You must remove the thirty-two kings who are leading your troops"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Aphek
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to fight against Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"Israel" represents the army of Israel. Alternate translation: "to fight against the army of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:27
|
||||
|
||||
### The people of Israel were mustered and supplied
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Israelite army also gathered together, and the commanders gave the arms that they needed for the battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### like two little flocks of goats
|
||||
|
||||
This simile compares the Israelite army to two little flocks of goats. Alternate translation: "The Israelite army appeared to be small and weak like two flocks of goats" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:28
|
||||
|
||||
### a man of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: "a prophet"
|
||||
|
||||
### place this great army into your hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "give you victory over this great army" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:29
|
||||
|
||||
### seven days
|
||||
|
||||
"7 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### 100,000
|
||||
|
||||
"one hundred thousand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### footmen
|
||||
|
||||
A "footman" is a soldier who marches on foot.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:30
|
||||
|
||||
### The rest fled to Aphek
|
||||
|
||||
The expression "the rest" assumes the words "of the Aramean soldiers." Alternate translation: "The rest of the Aramean soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Aphek
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-seven thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"27,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:31
|
||||
|
||||
### Look now
|
||||
|
||||
This emphasizes what they will say. Alternate translation: "Listen" or "Pay attention to what we are about to tell you"
|
||||
|
||||
### put sackcloth around our waists and ropes around our heads
|
||||
|
||||
This was a sign of surrender.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Is he still alive?
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab asks this question to express surprise. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that he is still alive!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He is my brother
|
||||
|
||||
"My brother" here is a metaphor for somebody who is a good friend. Alternate translation: "He is like a brother to me" or "He is like family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:33
|
||||
|
||||
### Now the men
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
### for any sign from Ahab
|
||||
|
||||
"Sign" is metonymy for an action that gives a meaning. Alternate translation: "for any action from Ahab that would show them that Ahab wanted to be merciful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:35
|
||||
|
||||
### one of the sons of the prophets
|
||||
|
||||
"a member of the group of prophets"
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh" or "Yahweh's message"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:36
|
||||
|
||||
### you have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"The voice" is metonymy for what Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: "you have not obeyed Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:37
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:38
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:39
|
||||
|
||||
### Your servant went out
|
||||
|
||||
The prophet refers to himself in the third person as a sign of respect to the king.
|
||||
|
||||
### into the heat of the battle
|
||||
|
||||
"Heat of the battle" here is an idiom to express the most intense and fierce fighting. Alternate translation: "to where the battle was most intense" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your life will be given for his life
|
||||
|
||||
"you will die in his place"
|
||||
|
||||
### a talent of silver
|
||||
|
||||
A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: "33 kilograms of silver" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:40
|
||||
|
||||
### going here and there
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: "doing other things" or "doing this and that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:42
|
||||
|
||||
### let go from your hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: "released" or "spared the life of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people
|
||||
|
||||
"you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 20:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 21
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Now some time later
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: "Now this is what happened later" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Naboth the Jezreelite
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### king of Samaria
|
||||
|
||||
"Samaria" was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: "king of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:3
|
||||
|
||||
### May Yahweh forbid that I should give
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is an oath that emphasizes that what follows will not happen. Alternate translation: "Because Yahweh forbids it, I will never give" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### give the inheritance of my ancestors to you
|
||||
|
||||
The land that his ancestors received as a permanent possession is spoken of as if it were an inheritance. Alternate translation: "give to you the land that my ancestors received as an inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Why is your heart so sad
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: "Why are you so sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you not still rule the kingdom of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
Jezebel uses this negative rhetorical question to rebuke Ahab. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: "You still rule the kingdom of Israel!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let your heart be happy
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" refers to the entire person and his emotions. Alternate translation: "be happy" or "cheer up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:8
|
||||
|
||||
### wrote letters in Ahab's name
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) she wrote Ahab's name on the letters. Alternate translation: "wrote letters and signed them with Ahab's name" or 2) the word "name" is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: "wrote letters on behalf of Ahab" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the wealthy who sat with him
|
||||
|
||||
The word "wealthy" refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: "the wealthy people who sat with Naboth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:9
|
||||
|
||||
### seat Naboth above the people
|
||||
|
||||
Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. Alternate translation: "have Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:10
|
||||
|
||||
### let them testify against him
|
||||
|
||||
"have them accuse him"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:11
|
||||
|
||||
### the wealthy who lived in Naboth's city
|
||||
|
||||
The word "wealthy" refers to wealthy people. Alternate translation: "the wealthy people who lived in Naboth's city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
||||
### as was written in the letters
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as she had written in the letters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:12
|
||||
|
||||
### seated Naboth above the people
|
||||
|
||||
Having Naboth sit in a place of honor is spoken of as if it were having him sit above the rest of the people who were present. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: "had Naboth sit in a place of honor among the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:13
|
||||
|
||||
### sat before Naboth
|
||||
|
||||
"sat in front of Naboth"
|
||||
|
||||
### they carried him out
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "they" refers to the people of the city.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Naboth has been stoned and is dead
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We have stoned Naboth and he is dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:15
|
||||
|
||||
### that Naboth had been stoned and was dead
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the people had stoned Naboth and he was dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Naboth is not alive, but dead.
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize Jezebel's statement. Alternate translation: "Naboth is dead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke this message" or "Yahweh spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Have you killed and also taken possession?
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh asks this question to scold Ahab. Alternate translation: "You have killed Naboth and stolen his vineyard!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your blood, yes, your blood
|
||||
|
||||
This is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Have you found me, my enemy?
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab uses this question to express anger toward Elijah. That Elijah "found" Ahab likely refers to Elijah discovering Ahab's actions, not to finding his physical location. Alternate translation: "You have found me, my enemy!" or "You have discovered what I have done, my enemy!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you have sold yourself to do what is evil
|
||||
|
||||
A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. Alternate translation: "you have dedicated yourself to doing what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what is evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase, "in the sight of" refers to someone's opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:21
|
||||
|
||||
### See
|
||||
|
||||
"Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
|
||||
### completely consume and cut off from Ahab every male child and slave and free man in Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh speaks to Ahab as if he were speaking of someone else. He speaks of destroying Ahab's family and preventing him from having any decedents as if he were consuming these people like a fire would consume them and cutting them off as one would cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: "destroy every one of your male children in Israel, whether slave or free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:22
|
||||
|
||||
### I will make your family like the family of Jeroboam ... and like the family of Baasha
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh will destroy Ahab's family like he destroyed the families of Jeroboam and Baasha.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Anyone who belongs to Ahab
|
||||
|
||||
"Anyone who belongs to Ahab's family"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:25
|
||||
|
||||
### who sold himself to do what was evil
|
||||
|
||||
A person being committed to doing what is evil is spoken of as if that person had sold himself to evil. See how you translated this idea in [1 Kings 21:20](../21/20.md). Alternate translation: "who dedicated himself to doing what was evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase, "in the sight of" refers to someone's opinion. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 11:6](../11/06.md). Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considers to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:26
|
||||
|
||||
### removed before the people of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" refers to all twelve tribes of Israel and not just to the northern kingdom. Alternate translation: "removed from the presence of the people of Israel" or "drove out of the land before the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:28
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: "Yahweh spoke this message" or "Yahweh spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 21:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me?
|
||||
|
||||
God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab's sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: "I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me." or "Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in his days ... in his son's day
|
||||
|
||||
"during his lifetime ... during his son's lifetime"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Kings 22
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Three years
|
||||
|
||||
"3 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:2
|
||||
|
||||
### it came about that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram?
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: "Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to take it from the hand of the king of Aram
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "to take it from the control of the king of Aram" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:4
|
||||
|
||||
### I am like you, my people are like your people, and my horses are like your horses
|
||||
|
||||
Jehoshaphat tells Ahab that he, his people, and his horses belong to Ahab, meaning that Ahab can command them as he pleases. Alternate translation: "I, my soldiers, and my horses are yours to use in any way you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:6
|
||||
|
||||
### four hundred men
|
||||
|
||||
"400 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the Lord will give it into the hand of the king
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "for the Lord will allow the king to capture Ramoth Gilead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:8
|
||||
|
||||
### May the king not say that
|
||||
|
||||
Jehoshaphat refers to Ahab in the third person to show respect for him. Alternate translation: "You should not say that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:11
|
||||
|
||||
### made himself horns of iron
|
||||
|
||||
"made iron horns for himself"
|
||||
|
||||
### With these you will push the Arameans until they are consumed
|
||||
|
||||
The prophet's actions are a symbolic metaphor that illustrates the way that Ahab would defeat the Arameans. Ahab's army will win with great strength, as a bull attacks another animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### until they are consumed
|
||||
|
||||
Destroying an enemy army is spoken of as if it were consuming them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until you consume them" or "until you destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:12
|
||||
|
||||
### given it into the hand of the king
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "allowed the king to capture it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Now look
|
||||
|
||||
"Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
|
||||
### the words of the prophets declare good things to the king with one mouth
|
||||
|
||||
The prophets all saying the same thing is spoken of as if they all spoke with the same mouth. Alternate translation: "the prophets all declare the same good things to the king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### let your word be like one of them
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "them" refers to "the words of the prophets." Alternate translation: "let what you say agree with what they have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:15
|
||||
|
||||
### should we go
|
||||
|
||||
The word "we" refers to Ahab, Jehoshaphat, and their armies but not to Micaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### will give it into the hand of the king
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "will allow the king to capture it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:16
|
||||
|
||||
### How many times must I require ... in the name of Yahweh?
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab asks this question out of frustration to rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: "Many times I have required ... in the name of Yahweh." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "as the representative of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:17
|
||||
|
||||
### I saw all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "all Israel" refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: "I saw the entire army of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### like sheep who have no shepherd
|
||||
|
||||
The people of the army are compared to sheep that have no one to lead them because their shepherd, the king, has died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### These have no shepherd
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh speaks of the king as if he were a shepherd. Just like a shepherd is responsible to care for and protect his sheep, the king is responsible to lead and protect his people. Alternate translation: "These people no longer have a leader" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Did I not tell you ... but only disaster?
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab asks this question to emphasize that he had spoken the truth about Micaiah. Alternate translation: "I told you ... but only disaster!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:19
|
||||
|
||||
### all the host of heaven were standing by him
|
||||
|
||||
"all the army of heaven was standing by him." Here "the host of heaven" refers to the living beings that God created in the heavens. Possible meanings are that they are called host 1) because they fight as armies. Alternate translation: "all the angel army of heaven was standing by him" or 2) because there are so many of them, just as armies have many soldiers. Alternate translation: "all the multitude of heaven was standing by him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:20
|
||||
|
||||
### fall at Ramoth Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab dying in battle is spoken of as if he will fall. Alternate translation: "die at Ramoth Gilead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### One of them said ... and another one said
|
||||
|
||||
"One ... and another" refers to two or more angels in the heavenly host who were responding to Yahweh's question in the previous verse.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:22
|
||||
|
||||
### be a lying spirit in the mouth of all his prophets
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "spirit" refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words "the mouth" represents what they will say. Alternate translation: "cause all his prophets to speak lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:23
|
||||
|
||||
### see
|
||||
|
||||
"pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important"
|
||||
|
||||
### has put a lying spirit in the mouth of all these prophets of yours
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "spirit" refers to the attitudes of the prophets and the words "the mouth" represents what they will say. Alternate translation: "has caused all of your prophets to speak lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Which way did the Spirit of Yahweh take to go from me to speak to you?
|
||||
|
||||
Zedekiah asks this sarcastic question to insult and rebuke Micaiah. Alternate translation: "Do not think that Yahweh's Spirit left me to speak to you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Look
|
||||
|
||||
"Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
|
||||
### you will see
|
||||
|
||||
"you will know the answer to your question." If Zedekiah's rhetorical question is translated as a statement, this phrase may be translated to supply implicit information. Alternate translation: "you will know that the Spirit of Yahweh has spoken to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:28
|
||||
|
||||
### If you return safely, then Yahweh has not spoken by me
|
||||
|
||||
Micaiah knew that the king would not return safely because Yahweh had already told him that. So he said this to emphasize that. Alternate translation: "If you return safely, then that would mean that Yahweh has not spoken by me"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah, went up
|
||||
|
||||
Here the kings represent themselves accompanied by their armies. Alternate translation: "Ahab, the king of Israel, and Jehoshaphat, the king of Judah led their armies up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:30
|
||||
|
||||
### disguise
|
||||
|
||||
This means to change the usual appearance so as not to be identified.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:31
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-two captains
|
||||
|
||||
"32 captains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not attack unimportant or important soldiers
|
||||
|
||||
By mentioning both "unimportant" and "important soldiers," the king meant all soldiers. Alternate translation: "Do not attack any of the soldiers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:32
|
||||
|
||||
### It came about that
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:34
|
||||
|
||||
### drew his bow at random
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or 2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:35
|
||||
|
||||
### the king was held up in his chariot
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone held the king up in his chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:36
|
||||
|
||||
### a cry went up
|
||||
|
||||
Here "a cry" represents the soldiers who were shouting. Alternate translation: "soldiers began to shout" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Every man should go back to his city; and every man should go back to his region
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:37
|
||||
|
||||
### was brought to Samaria
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his soldiers brought his body to Samaria" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they buried him
|
||||
|
||||
"people buried him"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:38
|
||||
|
||||
### just as the word of Yahweh had declared
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the word of Yahweh" represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: "just as Yahweh had declared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:39
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 15:31](../15/31.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." or "you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:40
|
||||
|
||||
### slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
Ahab dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:41
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:42
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty-five years old
|
||||
|
||||
"35 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty-five years
|
||||
|
||||
"25 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:43
|
||||
|
||||
### He walked in the ways of Asa, his father
|
||||
|
||||
A person's behavior is spoken of as if that person walked along a path. Alternate translation: "He did the same things that Asa, his father, had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what was right in the eyes of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "eyes" represents seeing and Yahweh's opinion is spoken of as if he were able to see something. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considered to be right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the high places were not taken away
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he did not take away the high places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:44
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:45
|
||||
|
||||
### are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah?
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:29](../14/29.md). Alternate translation: "they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." or "you can read them in the book of the events of the kings of Judah." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:46
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:47
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:48
|
||||
|
||||
### the ships were wrecked
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the ships wrecked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:49
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:50
|
||||
|
||||
### slept with his ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was buried with them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:51
|
||||
|
||||
### he reigned two years
|
||||
|
||||
"he reigned 2 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:52
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh's opinion regarding something is spoken of as if Yahweh were seeing that thing. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considered to be evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walked in the way of his father, in the way of his mother, and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat
|
||||
|
||||
A person's behavior is spoken of as if that person were walking along a path. Alternate translation: "did the same things that his father, mother, and Jeroboam son of Nebat had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### led Israel to sin
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to the ten northern tribes that made up the kingdom of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Kings 22:53
|
||||
|
||||
### He served Baal and worshiped him
|
||||
|
||||
The words "served" and "worshiped" mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "Israel" refers to all of the twelve tribes descended from Jacob.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Peter 1
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
|
||||
|
||||
### the foreigners of the dispersion
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Cappadocia ... Bithynia
|
||||
|
||||
Along with the other places that Peter mentions, "Cappadocia" and "Bithynia" were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
|
||||
|
||||
### the chosen ones
|
||||
|
||||
"the ones whom God the Father has chosen." God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:2
|
||||
|
||||
### the foreknowledge of God the Father
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "foreknowledge" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father decided previously" or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father knew beforehand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the blood" refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### May grace be to you, and may your peace increase
|
||||
|
||||
This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to talk about the believers' salvation and faith.
|
||||
|
||||
### our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth
|
||||
|
||||
The words "our" and "us" refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he has given us new birth to a living hope
|
||||
|
||||
Here "new birth" is a metaphor meaning that God has changed people so that they live their lives in a new way. Here "living hope" is a metaphor meaning an enduring, confident expectation." Alternate translation: "he has caused us to live in a new way, having an enduring, confident hope" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he has given us new birth
|
||||
"he has caused us to be born again"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:4
|
||||
|
||||
### This is for an inheritance
|
||||
|
||||
You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: "We confidently expect to receive an inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### inheritance
|
||||
|
||||
Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### will not perish, will not become stained, and will not fade away
|
||||
|
||||
Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### It is reserved in heaven for you
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is reserving it in heaven for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:5
|
||||
|
||||
### You are protected by God's power
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by God's power
|
||||
|
||||
Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### through faith
|
||||
|
||||
Here "faith" refers to the fact that the believers trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that is ready to be revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is ready to reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the last time
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a particular time, not to an extended period of time. This particular time is as the world as we know it is ending, before the age to come begins.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:6
|
||||
|
||||
### You are very glad about this
|
||||
|
||||
The word "this" refers to all the blessings that Peter mentions in the previous verses.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:7
|
||||
|
||||
### This is for the proving of your faith
|
||||
|
||||
In the same way in which fire refines gold, hardships test how well believers trust in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the proving of your faith
|
||||
|
||||
God wishes to test how well believers trust in Christ.
|
||||
|
||||
### faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes, even though it is tested by fire
|
||||
|
||||
Faith is more valuable than gold, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in fire.
|
||||
|
||||
### your faith will be found to result in praise, glory, and honor
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) that "God will honor you very highly" because of your faith or 2) that "your faith will bring praise, glory, and honor" to God.
|
||||
|
||||
### at the revealing of Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"when Jesus Christ is revealed." This refers to the return of Christ. This can also be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:8
|
||||
|
||||
### joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory
|
||||
|
||||
"wonderful joy that words cannot describe"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:9
|
||||
|
||||
### the salvation of your souls
|
||||
|
||||
Here "soul" refers to the whole person. The abstract noun "salvation" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "your salvation" or "God saving you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:10
|
||||
|
||||
### salvation ... grace
|
||||
|
||||
These words present two ideas as if they were things or objects. In reality, "salvation" refers to the action of God saving us, or to what happens as a result. Similarly, "grace" refers to the kind way in which God deals with believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### searched diligently and examined carefully
|
||||
|
||||
The words "inquired carefully" mean basically the same thing as "searched." Together these words emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. Alternate translation: "carefully searched to know all about this salvation" or "carefully examined everything about this salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues talking about the prophets' search for salvation.
|
||||
|
||||
### inquiring into
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "trying to learn" or 2) "trying to make known."
|
||||
|
||||
### the Spirit of Christ
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:12
|
||||
|
||||
### It was revealed to them
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed to the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### into which angels long to look
|
||||
|
||||
"that angels want to understand"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:13
|
||||
|
||||
### So gird
|
||||
|
||||
"Because of this, gird." Peter uses the word "So" here to refer back to everything he has said about salvation, their faith, and the Spirit of Christ giving revelations to the prophets.
|
||||
|
||||
### gird up the loins of your mind
|
||||
|
||||
Girding up the loins refers to preparing to work hard. It comes from the custom of tucking the bottom of one's robe into a belt around the waist in order to move with ease. Alternate translation: "get your minds ready" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Be sober
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Put your hope fully on the grace that will be brought to you
|
||||
Peter tells Christians to confidently wait to receive God's grace. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Confidently wait for the grace that God will bring to you" or "Fully trust in the grace that God will bring to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the grace that will be brought to you
|
||||
|
||||
God's way of dealing kindly with believers is spoken of as if it were an object that he will bring to them. Alternate translation: "the good things that God will kindly give to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### when Jesus Christ is revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to when Christ returns. This can also be expressed with an active form. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:14
|
||||
|
||||
### do not conform yourselves to the desires
|
||||
|
||||
"do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:16
|
||||
|
||||
### For it is written
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to God's message in the scripture. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For as God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Be holy, because I am holy
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:17
|
||||
|
||||
### go through the time of your journey in reverence
|
||||
|
||||
Christians living their lives on earth is spoken of as if they were on a journey away from their homes. Alternate translation: "be reverent while you are living your life on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:18
|
||||
|
||||
### you have been redeemed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has redeemed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:19
|
||||
|
||||
### the precious blood of Christ
|
||||
|
||||
Here "blood" stands for Christ's death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### like a lamb without blemish or spot
|
||||
|
||||
Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people's sins. Alternate translation: "like the lambs without blemish or spot that the Jewish priests sacrificed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### without blemish or spot
|
||||
|
||||
Peter expresses the same idea in two different ways to emphasize Christ's purity. Alternate translation: "with no imperfections" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ was foreknown
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knew Christ" or "God chose Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### before the foundation of the world
|
||||
|
||||
You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "before God created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he has been revealed to you
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has revealed him to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he has been revealed to you
|
||||
|
||||
Peter does not mean that his readers have actually seen Christ, but that they have learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:21
|
||||
|
||||
### who raised him from the dead
|
||||
|
||||
Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead"
|
||||
|
||||
### and gave him glory
|
||||
|
||||
"and glorified him" or "and showed that he is glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your faith and hope are in God
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hope" means "a confident expectation." Alternate translation: "your faith and trust are in God" or "you believe in God and trust him"
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:22
|
||||
|
||||
### You made your souls pure
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You made yourselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### pure
|
||||
|
||||
Here the idea of cleanliness refers to being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by obedience to the truth
|
||||
|
||||
You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "by obeying the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### brotherly love
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to love between fellow believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### love one another earnestly from the heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or emotions. To love someone "from the heart" means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: "love one another earnestly and completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:23
|
||||
|
||||
### born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable seed
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either 1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or 2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### imperishable seed
|
||||
|
||||
seed that will not rot or dry up or die
|
||||
|
||||
### through the living and remaining word of God
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
|
||||
|
||||
### All flesh is like grass, and all its
|
||||
|
||||
The word "flesh" refers to humanity. The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: "All people will die like grass dies, and all their" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### glory is like the wild flower of the grass
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "glory" refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: "goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 1:25
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of the Lord
|
||||
|
||||
"the message that comes from the Lord"
|
||||
|
||||
### the gospel that was preached
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the gospel that we preached" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Peter 2
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues teaching his readers about holiness and obedience.
|
||||
|
||||
### Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander
|
||||
|
||||
These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word "Therefore" here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: "So then, stop being evil, deceptive, hypocritical, envious, and slanderous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:2
|
||||
|
||||
### As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food that they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God's word. Alternate translation: "Just as babies long for their mother's breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### long for
|
||||
|
||||
"desire intensely" or "yearn for"
|
||||
|
||||
### pure spiritual milk
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were spiritual milk that nourishes children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you may grow in salvation
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "salvation" refers to when God brings the salvation of his people to completion when Jesus returns (see [1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)). They were to increasingly act in ways that were consistent with this salvation. You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "you may grow up spiritually until God saves you completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### grow
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of believers advancing in knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:3
|
||||
|
||||
### if you have tasted that the Lord is kind
|
||||
|
||||
Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: "if you have experienced the Lord's kindness toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to tell a metaphor about Jesus and the believers being living stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Come to him who is a living stone
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: "Come to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who is a living stone
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
|
||||
### that has been rejected by people
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but that has been chosen by God
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but that God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:5
|
||||
|
||||
### You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house
|
||||
|
||||
Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You also are like living stones
|
||||
|
||||
Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that are being built up to be a spiritual house
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices
|
||||
|
||||
Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Scripture contains this
|
||||
|
||||
The scriptures are spoken of as if they were a container. This passage refers to the words that a person reads in scripture. Alternate translation: "This is what a prophet wrote in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### See
|
||||
|
||||
The word "see" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
|
||||
### a cornerstone, chosen and valuable
|
||||
|
||||
God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: "a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a cornerstone
|
||||
|
||||
The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues quoting from the scriptures.
|
||||
|
||||
### The value, then, is to you who believe
|
||||
|
||||
You may need to make explicit that the value is of the "cornerstone" ([verse 6](./06.md)). Alternate translation: "only you who believe know the value of this cornerstone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The stone that was rejected ... has become the head of the corner
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God has made him the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The stone that was rejected by the builders
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The stone that the builders rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the head of the corner
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as "cornerstone" in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:8
|
||||
|
||||
### A stone of stumbling and a rock that makes them fall
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take offense at this "stone," which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "a stone or a rock over which people will stumble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### stumble because they disobey the word
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means to not believe. Alternate translation: "stumble because they do not believe the message about Jesus"
|
||||
|
||||
### which is what they were appointed to do
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for which God also appointed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:9
|
||||
|
||||
### a chosen people
|
||||
|
||||
You can clarify that God is the one who has chosen them. Alternate translation: "a people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a royal priesthood
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "a group of priests who are also kings" or 2) "a group of priests who serve the king."
|
||||
|
||||
### a people for God's possession
|
||||
|
||||
"a people who belong to God"
|
||||
|
||||
### who called you out
|
||||
|
||||
"who called you to come out"
|
||||
|
||||
### from darkness into his marvelous light
|
||||
|
||||
Here "darkness" refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and "light" refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: "from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Here Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to talk about how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
|
||||
### foreigners and exiles
|
||||
|
||||
These two words mean basically the same thing. Peter speaks of his readers as people who are living in foreign lands away from their home. See how you translated "foreigners" in [1 Peter 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to abstain from fleshly desires
|
||||
|
||||
Here the idea of flesh refers to the sinful nature of humanity in this fallen world. Alternate translation: "to not to give in to sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### fight against your soul
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "soul" refers to a person's spiritual life. Peter speaks of sinful desires as soldiers that are trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. Alternate translation: "seek to destroy your spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Your conduct among the Gentiles should be honorable
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "conduct" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "When you are with the Gentiles, you should always act in an honorable way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### honorable
|
||||
|
||||
morally good
|
||||
|
||||
### they may be eyewitnesses of your good deeds
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "deeds" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they may be eyewitnesses of the good things that you do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on the day when he appears
|
||||
|
||||
"on the day when he comes." This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "when he comes to judge everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:13
|
||||
|
||||
### for the Lord's sake
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or 2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
|
||||
### the king as supreme
|
||||
|
||||
"the king as the highest human authority"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:14
|
||||
|
||||
### who are sent for the punishment
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "punishment" can be translated using the verb "punish," and the idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the king has sent to punish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:15
|
||||
|
||||
### in doing good you silence the ignorant talk of foolish people
|
||||
|
||||
"by doing good you stop foolish people from speaking about things that they do not know"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:16
|
||||
|
||||
### as a covering for wickedness
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of their condition as free people as something that they should not use to hide sinful behavior. Alternate translation: "as an excuse to do wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the brotherhood
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to all Christian believers.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to speak specifically to people who are servants of other people.
|
||||
|
||||
### the good and gentle masters
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "good" and "gentle" share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: "the very kind masters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the malicious ones
|
||||
|
||||
"the cruel ones" or "the mean ones"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:19
|
||||
|
||||
### it is praiseworthy
|
||||
|
||||
"it is deserving of praise" or "it is pleasing to God"
|
||||
|
||||
### because he is conscious of God, a person endures sorrows while suffering unjustly
|
||||
|
||||
This person accepts unjust suffering because he knows that he is obeying God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:20
|
||||
|
||||
### For how much credit is there ... while being afflicted?
|
||||
|
||||
Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: "For there is no credit ... while being afflicted." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### while being afflicted
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "afflicted" is a metonym for "punished." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while someone afflicts you" or "while someone punishes you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues speaking to people who are servants of other people.
|
||||
|
||||
### it is to this that you were called
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "this" refers to believers enduring while suffering for doing good, as Peter has just described. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has called you to this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for you to follow in his steps
|
||||
|
||||
"so that you would follow his footprints." Peter speaks of following Jesus's example in the way that they suffer as if one were walking on the same path that Jesus had taken. Alternate translation: "so that you would imitate his behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:22
|
||||
|
||||
### neither was any deceit found in his mouth
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### neither was any deceit found in his mouth
|
||||
|
||||
Here "deceit" refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: "neither did he speak any lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:23
|
||||
|
||||
### When he was reviled, he did not revile back
|
||||
|
||||
To "revile" someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people insulted him, he did not insult them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### committed himself to the one who judges justly
|
||||
|
||||
"he entrusted himself to the one who judges justly." This means that he trusted God to take away his shame, which had been put on him by those who treated him harshly.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:24
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues talking about Jesus Christ. He is still speaking to people who are servants.
|
||||
|
||||
### He himself
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to Jesus, with emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### carried our sins in his body on the tree
|
||||
|
||||
Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the tree
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### By his bruises you have been healed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has healed you because people bruised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 2:25
|
||||
|
||||
### you had been straying like lost sheep
|
||||
|
||||
Peter compares his readers' actions before they had believed in Christ to the way lost sheep wander away from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the shepherd ... of your souls
|
||||
|
||||
The word "shepherd" is a metaphor for a person who protects another, and the word "souls" is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "your shepherd..." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Peter 3
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
|
||||
|
||||
### In this way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands
|
||||
|
||||
Just as believers are to "Obey every human authority" ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to "be subject" to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to submit to their husbands. The words "Obey," "be subject," and "submit" translate the same word.
|
||||
|
||||
### some men are disobedient to the word
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: "some men do not believe the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they may be won
|
||||
|
||||
"they may be persuaded to believe in Christ." This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they may become believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### without a word
|
||||
|
||||
"without the wife saying a word." Here "a word" refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:2
|
||||
|
||||
### having been eyewitnesses of your respectful, pure behavior
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "having seen for themselves that you behave sincerely and respectfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your respectful, pure behavior
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "your sincere behavior toward them and the way that you honor them" or 2) "your pure behavior toward them and the way that you honor God."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues speaking to women who are wives.
|
||||
|
||||
### Let it be done
|
||||
|
||||
The word "it" refers to the wives' submission to and conduct towards their husbands.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:4
|
||||
|
||||
### the inner person of the heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "inner person" and "heart" refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: "what you really are on the inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a gentle and quiet spirit
|
||||
|
||||
"a gentle and peaceful attitude." Here the word "quiet" means "peaceful" or "calm." The word "spirit" refers to a person's attitude or temperament.
|
||||
|
||||
### which is precious before God
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of God's opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: "which God considers to be precious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:5
|
||||
|
||||
### who hoped in God
|
||||
|
||||
The holy women confidently expected that God would do what he promised to do. Alternate translation: "who fully trusted God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:6
|
||||
|
||||
### called him her lord
|
||||
|
||||
said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
|
||||
### You are now her children
|
||||
|
||||
Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:7
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands.
|
||||
|
||||
### In the same way
|
||||
|
||||
This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### wives according to understanding, as with a weaker container, a woman
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. The abstract noun "understanding" can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "wives, understanding that the woman is the weaker partner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life
|
||||
|
||||
You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "honor them because they will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### heirs of the grace of life
|
||||
|
||||
Eternal life is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do this
|
||||
|
||||
Here "this" refers to the ways husbands should treat their wives. Alternate translation: "Live with your wives in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so that your prayers will not be hindered
|
||||
|
||||
To "hinder" is to prevent something from happening. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will hinder your prayers" or "so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### be likeminded, compassionate
|
||||
|
||||
"have the same opinion and be compassionate" or "have the same attitude and be compassionate"
|
||||
|
||||
### tenderhearted
|
||||
|
||||
being gentle and compassionate towards others
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### continue to bless
|
||||
|
||||
You can clarify the object of blessing. Alternate translation: "continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for this you were called
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you for this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### that you might inherit a blessing
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of receiving God's blessing as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: "that you might receive God's blessing as your permanent possession" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
In these verses Peter quotes from the Psalms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to love life and see good days
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### see good days
|
||||
|
||||
Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good days. The word "days" refers to one's lifetime. Alternate translation: "experience good things during life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit
|
||||
|
||||
The words "tongue" and "lips" refer to the person who is speaking. The phrases "his tongue from evil" and "his lips from speaking deceit" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: "stop himself from saying evil and deceitful things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Let him turn away from what is bad
|
||||
|
||||
Here "turn away" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "Let him stop doing what is bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:12
|
||||
|
||||
### The eyes of the Lord see the righteous
|
||||
|
||||
The word "eyes" refers to the Lord's ability to know things. The Lord's approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: "The Lord sees the righteous" or "The Lord approves of the righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his ears hear their prayers
|
||||
|
||||
The word "ears" refers to the Lord's awareness of what people say. That the Lord hears their prayers implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: "he hears their prayers" or "he grants their prayers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the face of the Lord is against
|
||||
|
||||
The word "face" refers to the Lord's will to oppose his enemies. Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one's face against that person. Alternate translation: "the Lord opposes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
|
||||
### Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good?
|
||||
|
||||
Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: "No one will harm you if you do good things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:14
|
||||
|
||||
### suffer because of righteousness
|
||||
|
||||
You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "suffer because you do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you are blessed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what they fear
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "they" refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Instead, set apart
|
||||
|
||||
"Instead of being troubled, set apart"
|
||||
|
||||
### set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### about the hope you have
|
||||
Here "hope" means "a confident expectation." Alternate translation: "about why you have confidence in God" or "about what you are confidently expecting God to do for you"
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:17
|
||||
|
||||
### if it should be God's will
|
||||
|
||||
This statement is hypothetical. Peter is saying that it is sometimes God's will that his people suffer, but it is not always God's will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering.
|
||||
|
||||
### suffered for us
|
||||
|
||||
The word "us" includes the people Peter was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### so that he would bring us to God
|
||||
|
||||
Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He was put to death in the flesh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "flesh" refers to Christ's body; Christ was physically put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People put Christ to death physically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he was made alive by the Spirit
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit made Jesus alive. Alternate translation: "the Spirit made him alive" or 2) Jesus now had a spiritual body that would never die. Alternate translation: "he was made alive in the spirit" or "he was made alive with a spiritual body"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:19
|
||||
|
||||
### By the Spirit, he went
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "By the Holy Spirit's power, he went" or 2) "In his spiritual existence, he went."
|
||||
|
||||
### the spirits who are now in prison
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings of the word "spirits" are 1) "evil spirits" or 2) "spirits of the dead people."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:20
|
||||
|
||||
### when the patience of God was waiting
|
||||
|
||||
God's patience is a metonym for God himself. Peter writes of God's patience as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "when God was waiting patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the days of Noah, in the days of the building of an ark
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:21
|
||||
|
||||
### through the resurrection of Jesus Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ." This phrase completes the thought, "This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 3:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Christ is at the right hand of God
|
||||
|
||||
To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbol that God has given Jesus the greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: "Christ is beside God in the place of honor and authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### submit to him
|
||||
|
||||
"submit to Jesus Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Peter 4
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ's sufferings.
|
||||
|
||||
### in the flesh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "flesh" means "body." Alternate translation: "in his body" or "while here on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### arm yourselves with the same intention
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "arm yourselves" makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures "the same intention" as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: "prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has ceased from sin
|
||||
|
||||
"has stopped sinning"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:2
|
||||
|
||||
### for men's desires
|
||||
|
||||
for the things that sinful people normally desire
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:3
|
||||
|
||||
### drunken celebrations, having wild parties
|
||||
|
||||
These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:4
|
||||
|
||||
### floods of reckless behavior
|
||||
|
||||
These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that sweep over people.
|
||||
|
||||
### reckless behavior
|
||||
|
||||
doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:5
|
||||
|
||||
### the one who is ready to judge
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "God, who is ready to judge" or 2) "Christ, who is ready to judge"
|
||||
|
||||
### the living and the dead
|
||||
|
||||
This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: "every person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:6
|
||||
|
||||
### the gospel was preached also to the dead
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "the gospel was preached also to people who had already died" or 2) "the gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead"
|
||||
|
||||
### the gospel was preached
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: "Christ preached the gospel" or 2) men preached. Alternate translation: "men preached the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they have been judged in the flesh as humans
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: "God judged them in their bodies as humans" or 2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: "men judged them in their bodies as humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### judged in the flesh as humans
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### live in the spirit the way God does
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so" or 2) "live according to God's standards by the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:7
|
||||
|
||||
### The end of all things
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the end of the world at Christ's second coming.
|
||||
|
||||
### is coming
|
||||
|
||||
The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it is physically coming closer in distance. Alternate translation: "will soon happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### be of sound mind, and be sober in your thinking
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### be sober in your thinking
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "control your thoughts" or "be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Above all things
|
||||
|
||||
"Most importantly of all"
|
||||
|
||||
### for love covers a multitude of sins
|
||||
|
||||
Peter describes "love" as if it were a person who places a cover over the sins of others. Possible meanings are 1) "for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned" or 2) "for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Be hospitable
|
||||
|
||||
Show kindness to and welcome guests and travelers
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:10
|
||||
|
||||
### As each one of you has received a gift
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: "Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:11
|
||||
|
||||
### so that in all ways God would be glorified
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that in all ways you will glorify God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### glorified
|
||||
|
||||
praised, honored
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:12
|
||||
|
||||
### the testing in the fire that has happened to you
|
||||
|
||||
In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person's faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:13
|
||||
|
||||
### rejoice and exult
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: "rejoice even more" or "be very glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### at the revealing of his glory
|
||||
|
||||
"when God reveals Christ's glory"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:14
|
||||
|
||||
### If you are insulted for Christ's name
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God is resting
|
||||
|
||||
Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God, is resting" or "the glorious Spirit of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is resting on you
|
||||
|
||||
"is staying with you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:15
|
||||
|
||||
### a meddler
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:16
|
||||
|
||||
### with that name
|
||||
|
||||
"because he bears the name Christian" or "because people have recognized him as a Christian." The words "that name" refer to the word "Christian."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:17
|
||||
|
||||
### household of God
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who disobey God's gospel?
|
||||
|
||||
Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what will be the outcome for those
|
||||
|
||||
"what will happen to those"
|
||||
|
||||
### those who disobey God's gospel
|
||||
|
||||
"those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "disobey" means to not believe.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:18
|
||||
|
||||
### the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner?
|
||||
|
||||
Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: "the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "saved" refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what will become of the ungodly and the sinner
|
||||
|
||||
"what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner"
|
||||
|
||||
### the ungodly and the sinner
|
||||
|
||||
The "the ungodly" is a nominal adjective that means "the ungodly person." The words "ungodly" and "sinner" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: "ungodly sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 4:19
|
||||
|
||||
### commit their souls
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "souls" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "commit themselves" or "commit their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in well-doing
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "well-doing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "while they do good" or "while they live rightly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Peter 5
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
|
||||
|
||||
### the glory that will be revealed
|
||||
|
||||
This is a reference to Christ's second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the glory of Christ that God will reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Be shepherds of God's flock
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example
|
||||
|
||||
Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who are in your care
|
||||
|
||||
You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "whom God has placed in your care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd who has authority over all other shepherds. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Jesus, the Chief Shepherd, appears" or "When God reveals Jesus, the Chief Shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### an unfading crown of glory
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "crown" represents the reward that someone receives as a symbol of victory. The word "unfading" means that it is eternal. Alternate translation: "a glorious prize that will last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Peter gives an instruction specifically to younger men and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
|
||||
|
||||
### In the same way
|
||||
|
||||
This refers back to the way the elders were to submit to the Chief Shepherd as Peter described in [1 Peter 5:1](../05/01.md) through [1 Peter 5:4](../05/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### All of you
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to all believers, not just the younger men.
|
||||
|
||||
### clothe yourselves with humility
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of the moral quality of humility as if it were clothing that people could put on. Alternate translation: "act humbly toward each other" or "act with humility" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:6
|
||||
|
||||
### under God's mighty hand so
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Cast all your anxiety on him
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of anxiety as if it were a heavy burden that a person places on God, rather than carrying it himself. Alternate translation: "Trust him with everything that worries you" or "Let him take care of all the things that trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Be sober
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the devil is walking around like a roaring lion, looking for someone to devour
|
||||
|
||||
Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
### walking around
|
||||
|
||||
The context indicates that this is part of the simile of the "roaring lion," so if your language has a word for the way an animal walks when it is hunting, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-simile]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Stand against him
|
||||
|
||||
Standing is a metonym for fighting. Alternate translation: "Fight against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your brotherhood in the world is enduring
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of fellow believers as members of the same family. Alternate translation: "your fellow believers who are in the world are enduring" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### in the world
|
||||
|
||||
"in various places throughout the world"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:10
|
||||
|
||||
### for a little while
|
||||
|
||||
"for a short time"
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of all grace
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "grace" may refer either to the things that God gives or to God's character. Possible meanings are 1) "the God who always gives us what we need" or 2) "the God who is always gracious."
|
||||
|
||||
### who called you to his eternal glory in Christ
|
||||
|
||||
"who chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ"
|
||||
|
||||
### perfect you
|
||||
|
||||
"make you perfect" or "restore you" or "make you well again"
|
||||
|
||||
### establish you, strengthen you
|
||||
|
||||
These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This is the end of Peter's letter. Here he gives his final remarks about his letter and his closing greetings.
|
||||
|
||||
### I have written to you briefly through him
|
||||
|
||||
Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
|
||||
### what I have written is the true grace of God
|
||||
|
||||
"I have written about the true grace of God." Here the word "grace" refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Stand in it
|
||||
|
||||
The word "it" refers to "the true grace of God." Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: "Remain strongly committed to it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:13
|
||||
|
||||
### The woman who is in Babylon
|
||||
|
||||
Here "The woman" probably refers to the group of believers who live in "Babylon." Possible meanings for "Babylon" are 1) it is a symbol for the city of Rome, 2) it is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or 3) it refers literally to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
||||
### who is chosen together with you
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God has chosen as he has chosen you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my son
|
||||
|
||||
Peter speaks of Mark as if he were his spiritual son. Alternate translation: "my spiritual son" or "who is like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Peter 5:14
|
||||
|
||||
### a kiss of love
|
||||
|
||||
"a loving kiss" or "a kiss to show your love for each other"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 1
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Ramathaim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a small village possibly located eight kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Zuphites
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a people group that descended from Zuph. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah ... Jeroham ... Elihu ... Tohu ... Zuph
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Peninnah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:3
|
||||
|
||||
### This man
|
||||
|
||||
"This man" refers to Elkanah.
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
|
||||
|
||||
### Eli, Hophni and Phinehas
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Hannah
|
||||
|
||||
This is a woman's name. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### closed her womb
|
||||
|
||||
"made her barren" or "prevented her from becoming pregnant"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Her rival provoked her severely
|
||||
|
||||
The other wife would often grieve and shame Hannah.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:7
|
||||
|
||||
### her rival
|
||||
|
||||
This is Peninnah, the other wife of Elkanah. A rival is someone who competes against another person. In this case Peninnah was competing against Hannah to try to get Elkanah to love her best.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Hannah, why do you weep? Why do you not eat? Why is your heart sad? Am I not better to you than ten sons?
|
||||
|
||||
These rhetorical questions can be translated as statements, if necessary. Alternate translation: "Hannah, you should not weep. You should eat, and your heart should be glad because I am better to you than ten sons!" or "You have little reason for sadness. I favor you and that should be enough." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### than ten sons
|
||||
|
||||
Elkanah is exaggerating to emphasize how important Hannah is to him. Alternate translation: "than any son could be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah begins to pray to Yahweh, and Eli watches.
|
||||
|
||||
### Hannah rose up after
|
||||
|
||||
Implicit information here can be made explicit. Either Hannah's tent was next to the tabernacle tent or she walked from her tent to the tabernacle to pray. Alternate translation: "Hannah rose up and went to the house of Yahweh to pray after" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Now Eli the priest
|
||||
|
||||
"Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author tells about a new person in the story. This person is the priest Eli. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the temple of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The "temple" was actually a tent, but it was where the people worshiped, so it is best to translate as "temple" here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:10
|
||||
|
||||
### She was deeply distressed
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah was deeply troubled or grieved because of not having any children and being ridiculed regularly by Peninnah, her husband's other wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah's prayer to Yahweh continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### the affliction of your servant
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "affliction" can be translated as a verb phrase. This refers either to 1) Hannah being unable to become pregnant. Alternate translation: "how I am suffering because I cannot become pregnant" or 2) the way Peninnah always insulted her. Alternate translation: "how that woman is afflicting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### call me to mind
|
||||
|
||||
This is a special plea to God to take action on Hannah's behalf. God does know what is happening to Hannah; he has not forgotten.
|
||||
|
||||
### do not forget your servant
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase says almost the same thing as "call me to mind." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Eli watched her
|
||||
|
||||
Eli was the chief priest, so he was in the tabernacle of God and in charge of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:15
|
||||
|
||||
### I am a woman of a sorrowful spirit
|
||||
|
||||
"I am a woman who is deeply sad"
|
||||
|
||||
### pouring out my soul before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means "telling Yahweh my deepest emotions." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not consider your servant to be
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah speaks of herself in the second person to show her humility. It can be stated in first person. Alternate translation: "Do not consider me, your servant, to be" or "Do not consider me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### I have been speaking out of the abundance of my great concern and provocation
|
||||
|
||||
This is another way of saying that she has a "sorrowful spirit," as in 1:15. The abstract nouns "abundance," "concern," and "provocation" can be translated as adjectives and verbs. Alternate translation: "I have been speaking because I am very sad, and my rival has greatly provoked me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### concern and provocation
|
||||
|
||||
These words both mean that Hannah is sad and annoyed because her rival has been provoking her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### concern
|
||||
|
||||
Peninnah irritates and annoys her.
|
||||
|
||||
### provocation
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah is referring to the grief and shame she feels because Peninnah is being cruel to her.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Eli answered
|
||||
|
||||
Eli was the head priest residing over the tabernacle.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Let your servant find
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah speaks of herself in the second person to show respect for Eli, the head priest. This can be stated in the first person. Alternate translation: "Let me, your servant, find" or "Let me find" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### find favor in your eyes
|
||||
|
||||
Here "find favor" is an idiom that means be approved of or that he is pleased with her. Here the eyes are a metonym for sight, and seeing represents judging or deciding the value of something. Alternate translation: "evaluated me and approve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### ate; her face was
|
||||
|
||||
Here "her face" represents Hannah herself. You can make this a separate sentence, if needed. Alternate translation: "ate. She was" or "ate. People could see that she was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Elkanah knew Hannah
|
||||
|
||||
This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: "Elkanah had sexual relations with Hannah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### remembered her
|
||||
|
||||
God knew what was happening to Hannah; he had not forgotten her. See how you translated similar words in [1 Samuel 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Hannah conceived
|
||||
|
||||
"Hannah became pregnant"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:21
|
||||
|
||||
### his house
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" is a metonym for the people who lived in the house. Alternate translation: "his family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:22
|
||||
|
||||
### is weaned
|
||||
|
||||
stops drinking milk and starts eating only solid food
|
||||
|
||||
### he may appear before Yahweh and live there forever
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah had promised God that she would allow Samuel to live and work with Eli the priest in the temple ([1 Samuel 1:11](../01/11.md)).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:23
|
||||
|
||||
### nursed her son
|
||||
|
||||
"gave her son milk"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:24
|
||||
|
||||
### ephah
|
||||
|
||||
An ephah is about 22 liters of dry material. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
|
||||
### bottle
|
||||
|
||||
Wine was kept in animal skins, not glass bottles.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Oh, my master! As you live, my master
|
||||
|
||||
Here the idiom "As you live" shows that Hannah is being sincere and truthful. Alternate translation: "Sir, what I am going to tell you is certainly true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:27
|
||||
|
||||
### has given me my petition which I asked of him
|
||||
|
||||
The noun "petition" refers to a formal request for another person to do something. It can be translated with a verb. The idiom "to give a petition" means to do what the person requests. Alternate translation: "has agreed to do what I solemnly requested that he do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 1:28
|
||||
|
||||
### he is lent to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am loaning him to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he worshiped Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings: 1) "He" refers to Elkanah or 2) "he" is a synecdoche referring to both Elkanah and his family. Alternate translation: "Elkanah and his family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,439 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 2
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah recites a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### My heart exults
|
||||
|
||||
"I have great joy"
|
||||
|
||||
### in Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"because of who Yahweh is" or "because Yahweh is so great"
|
||||
|
||||
### My horn is exalted
|
||||
|
||||
A horn is a symbol of strength. Alternate translation: "I am now strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### there is no rock like our God
|
||||
|
||||
This is another way of saying that God is strong and faithful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### rock
|
||||
|
||||
This is a rock large enough to hide behind or to stand on and so be high above one's enemies.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. She speaks as if other people were listening to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### no arrogance
|
||||
|
||||
"no arrogant words"
|
||||
|
||||
### by him actions are weighed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he weighs people's actions" or "he understands why people act as they do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The bow of the mighty men are broken
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the bows themselves are broken or 2) the men who carry the bows are prevented from acting. Alternate translation: "Mighty bowmen are kept from acting"
|
||||
|
||||
### The bow of the mighty men are broken
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh breaks the bows of the mighty men" or "Yahweh can make even the strongest of people weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### those who stumble put on strength like a belt
|
||||
|
||||
This metaphor means they will no longer stumble, but their strength will remain with them as tightly as a belt. Alternate translation: "he will make those who stumble strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### put on ... a belt
|
||||
|
||||
This is the general term for putting something around one's waist to prepare for work.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### gives birth to seven
|
||||
|
||||
"gives birth to seven children"
|
||||
|
||||
### languishes
|
||||
|
||||
becomes weak and sad and lonely
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh kills ... brings to life ... brings down ... raises up
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is in control of everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### makes some people poor ... some rich ... humbles ... lifts up
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is in control of everything. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### out of the dust ... from the ash heap
|
||||
|
||||
These are metaphors for the lowest position in society. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the needy
|
||||
|
||||
people who do not have the things that they need
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### guard the feet of his faithful people
|
||||
|
||||
Here "feet" is a metonym for the way a person walks, which in turn is a metaphor for the way a person decides how to live his life. Alternate translation: "keep his faithful people from making foolish decisions" or "enable his faithful people to make wise decisions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the wicked will be put to silence in darkness
|
||||
|
||||
This polite way of saying that Yahweh will kill the wicked can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will put the wicked to silence in darkness" or "Yahweh will put the wicked in the dark and silent world of the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the wicked will be put to silence
|
||||
|
||||
The words "be put to silence" are an idiom for "be made silent." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will make them silent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### by strength
|
||||
|
||||
"because he is strong"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah continues to recite a song to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Those who oppose Yahweh will be broken
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will break those who oppose him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### broken to pieces
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means "defeated." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the ends of the earth
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means everywhere. Alternate translation: "the whole earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### exalt the horn of his anointed
|
||||
|
||||
A horn is a symbol of strength. See how you translated similar words in [1 Samuel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "he will make the leader he has chosen stronger than his enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his anointed
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of the person that Yahweh chose and empowered for his purposes as if Yahweh had anointed the person with oil. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the one he has anointed" or "the one he has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
When people would offer animals as sacrifices, they would first burn the animal's fat and then boil the meat and eat it.
|
||||
|
||||
### did not know Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"did not listen to Yahweh" or "did not obey Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:13
|
||||
|
||||
### custom
|
||||
|
||||
A custom is an action that people regularly do.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:14
|
||||
|
||||
### into the pan, or kettle, or cauldron, or pot
|
||||
|
||||
These are containers in which food could be cooked. If your language does not have separate words for these items it can be stated more generally. Alternate translation: "into whatever the people were cooking the meat in"
|
||||
|
||||
### pan
|
||||
|
||||
a small metal container for boiling and cooking
|
||||
|
||||
### kettle
|
||||
|
||||
a large, heavy metal container for boiling and cooking
|
||||
|
||||
### cauldron
|
||||
|
||||
a large, heavy metal container for boiling and cooking
|
||||
|
||||
### pot
|
||||
|
||||
a clay container for cooking
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
When people would offer animals as sacrifices, they would first burn the animal's fat and then boil the meat, give some to the priest, and eat the rest.
|
||||
|
||||
### Worse, before
|
||||
|
||||
"They even did something worse than that. Before"
|
||||
|
||||
### they burned
|
||||
|
||||
The person who actually did the burning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the man who was sacrificing took his sacrifice to the priests and the priests burned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Give meat to roast for the priest
|
||||
|
||||
"Give me some meat so I can give it to the priest so he can roast it"
|
||||
|
||||
### roast
|
||||
|
||||
cook over a fire
|
||||
|
||||
### boiled
|
||||
|
||||
cooked in water
|
||||
|
||||
### raw
|
||||
|
||||
not cooked
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:17
|
||||
|
||||
### despised Yahweh's offering
|
||||
|
||||
The young men did not like Yahweh's instructions regarding the offering and paid no attention to them.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:20
|
||||
|
||||
### because of the request she made of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Hannah had asked Yahweh for a baby and promised him that she would give the baby to serve in the temple.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:21
|
||||
|
||||
### before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This means where Yahweh could see him and Samuel could learn about Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:22
|
||||
|
||||
### they were lying with the women
|
||||
|
||||
This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: "they were having sexual relations with the women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Why do you do such things?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is terrible that you do such things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:25
|
||||
|
||||
### who will speak for him?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "there is certainly no one who can speak for him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### speak for him
|
||||
|
||||
"ask Yahweh to have mercy on him"
|
||||
|
||||
### the voice of their father
|
||||
|
||||
Here the father's "voice" represents the father. Alternate translation: "their father" or "what their father said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:27
|
||||
|
||||
### man of God
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase usually means a prophet of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "a man who hears and tells words from God"
|
||||
|
||||
### Did I not reveal myself ... house of Pharaoh?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should know that I revealed myself ... house of Pharaoh." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of your father
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" is a metonym for the people who lived in the house, and "father" refers to a distant ancestor. Alternate translation: "the family of your ancestor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your father
|
||||
|
||||
Aaron
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:28
|
||||
|
||||
### to go up to my altar, and to burn incense
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to making an offering to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### to wear an ephod before me
|
||||
|
||||
The words "wear an ephod" are a metonym for the work of the priests who wear the ephod. Alternate translation: "to do what I had commanded the priests to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:29
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
The man of God continues to speak to Eli.
|
||||
|
||||
### Why, then, do you scorn my sacrifices ... live?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question is a rebuke. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not scorn my sacrifices ... where I live." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the place where I live
|
||||
|
||||
"the place where my people bring offerings to me"
|
||||
|
||||
### making yourselves fat with the best of every offering
|
||||
|
||||
The best part of the offering was to be burned up as an offering to Yahweh, but the priests were eating it.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:30
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of your father
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" is a metonym for the people who lived in the house, and "father" in this case refers to a distant ancestor. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "the family of your ancestor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### should walk before me
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means "live in obedience to me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Far be it from me to do this
|
||||
|
||||
"I will certainly not allow your family to serve me forever"
|
||||
|
||||
### those who despise me will be lightly esteemed
|
||||
|
||||
The words "lightly esteemed" is an ironic euphemism for "greatly despised." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will lightly esteem those who despise me" or "I will greatly despise those who despise me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:31
|
||||
|
||||
### See
|
||||
|
||||
"Listen carefully to what I am about to say" or "What I am about to say is very important"
|
||||
|
||||
### I will cut off your strength and the strength of your father's house
|
||||
|
||||
The words "cut off ... strength" are probably a euphemism for the death of strong, young men; the words "your father's house" are a metonym for "your family." Alternate translation: "I will kill you and all strong, young male descendants in your family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### be any old man
|
||||
|
||||
"be any old men" or "be any men who grow old"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:32
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:33
|
||||
|
||||
### cause your eyes to fail
|
||||
|
||||
"cause you to lose your eyesight" or "cause you to go blind"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:34
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:35
|
||||
|
||||
### I will raise up ... a faithful priest
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "I will cause a man to become priest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for myself
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "to serve me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### what is in my heart and in my soul
|
||||
|
||||
"what I want him to do and what I tell him to do"
|
||||
|
||||
### I will build him a sure house
|
||||
|
||||
Here "house" is an idiom used for "descendants." Alternate translation: "I will ensure that he always has a descendant who serves as high priest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 2:36
|
||||
|
||||
### him
|
||||
|
||||
the faithful priest whom God will raise up
|
||||
|
||||
### so I can eat a piece of bread
|
||||
|
||||
Here "piece of bread" is used for "food. "Alternate translation: "so I can have something to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 3
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh's word was rare
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh did not often speak to people"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:3
|
||||
|
||||
### The lamp of God
|
||||
|
||||
This is the seven-candle lampstand in the holy place of the tabernacle that burned every day and through the night until it was empty.
|
||||
|
||||
### the temple of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The "temple" was actually a tent, but it was where the people worshiped, so it is best to translate the word as "temple" here. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:9](../01/09.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:6
|
||||
|
||||
### my son
|
||||
|
||||
Eli was not Samuel's true father. Eli speaks as if he were Samuel's father to show Samuel that he is not angry but that Samuel needs to listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:7
|
||||
|
||||
### nor had any message from Yahweh ever been revealed to him
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "nor had Yahweh ever revealed any message to him" or "and Yahweh had never revealed any message to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:9
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant is
|
||||
|
||||
Eli tells Samuel to speak to Yahweh as if Samuel were another person so that Samuel would show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: "I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh came and stood
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Yahweh actually appeared and stood before Samuel or 2) Yahweh made his presence known to Samuel.
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant is
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel speaks to Yahweh as if Samuel were another person to show respect to Yahweh. Alternate translation: "I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:11
|
||||
|
||||
### at which the ears of everyone who hears it will tingle
|
||||
|
||||
Here "ears ... will tingle" is an idiom that means everyone will be shocked by what they hear. Alternate translation: "that will shock everyone who hears it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### tingle
|
||||
|
||||
This means to feel like someone is gently poking with small, sharp objects, usually because of the cold or because someone has slapped that body part with their hand.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:12
|
||||
|
||||
### from beginning to end
|
||||
|
||||
This is a merism for completeness. Alternate translation: "absolutely everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:13
|
||||
|
||||
### brought a curse upon themselves
|
||||
|
||||
"did those things which Yahweh had said he would punish those who did them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:14
|
||||
|
||||
### the sins of his house will never be atoned for by sacrifice or offering
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "there is no sacrifice or offering that anyone can offer that will atone for the sins of his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the sins of his house
|
||||
|
||||
"the sins that the people in his family have committed"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:15
|
||||
|
||||
### the house of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
The "house" was actually a tent, but it would be best to translate "house" here.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:16
|
||||
|
||||
### my son
|
||||
|
||||
Eli was not Samuel's true father. Eli speaks as if he were Samuel's father to show Samuel that he is not angry but that Samuel needs to answer him. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the word he spoke
|
||||
|
||||
"the message Yahweh gave"
|
||||
|
||||
### May God do so to you, and even more
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom to emphasize how serious Eli is. Alternate translation: "May God punish you the same way he said he will punish me, and even more" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:19
|
||||
|
||||
### he let none of his prophetic words fall to the ground
|
||||
|
||||
Here messages that do not come true are spoken of as if they fell to the ground. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "he made all the things he prophesied happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:20
|
||||
|
||||
### All Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"All the people in Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
### from Dan to Beersheba
|
||||
|
||||
This is a merism for "in every part of the land." Alternate translation: "from one end of the land to the other" or "from Dan in the very north to Beersheba in the very south" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel was appointed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh had appointed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 3:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 4
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Ebenezer ... Aphek
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel was defeated by the Philistines, who killed
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Philistines defeated the Israelites and killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### about four thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
Here the number four thousand is a round number. There may have been a few more than that or a few less than that. The word "about" shows that it is not an exact number. Alternate translation: "about 4,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:3
|
||||
|
||||
### the people
|
||||
|
||||
the soldiers who had been fighting the battle
|
||||
|
||||
### Why has Yahweh defeated us today before the Philistines? Let us bring ... enemies
|
||||
|
||||
The elders truly did not know why Yahweh had defeated them, but they wrongly thought they knew how to make sure it did not happen again, by bringing the ark to be with them.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:4
|
||||
|
||||
### who sits above the cherubim
|
||||
|
||||
You may need to make explicit that the cherubim are those on the lid of the ark of the covenant. The biblical writers often spoke of the ark of the covenant as if it were Yahweh's footstool upon which he rested his feet as he sat on his throne in heaven above. Alternate translation: "who sits on his throne above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Phinehas
|
||||
|
||||
This Phinehas is not the same as the grandson of Aaron in Exodus and Numbers.
|
||||
|
||||
### were there
|
||||
|
||||
were in Shiloh
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:5
|
||||
|
||||
### When the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came into the camp
|
||||
|
||||
"When the people carried the ark of the covenant of Yahweh into the camp" Some languages may need to add understood information to make the meaning clear. Alternate translation: "The people, along with Hophni and Phinehas, picked up the ark of the covenant of Yahweh and carried it into the camp. When the people carried the ark into the camp" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:6
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of Yahweh had come into the camp
|
||||
|
||||
"the people had carried the ark of Yahweh into the camp"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:7
|
||||
|
||||
### they said ... They said
|
||||
|
||||
"they said to themselves ... They said to each other" or "they said to each other ... They said to each other." The second clause clearly refers to what the Philistines said to each other. The first clause probably refers to what they thought, though it could also refer to what they said to each other. If possible, avoid stating who was spoken to.
|
||||
|
||||
### A god has come
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistines worshiped many gods, so they probably believed that one of those gods, or one whom they did not worship, had come into the camp. Another possible meaning is that they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel: "Yahweh has come." Because 4:8 speaks of "gods," some translations read, "Gods have come," that is, "It is gods who have come." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Who will protect us from the strength of these mighty gods?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question is an expression of deep fear. It can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is no one who can protect us from these mighty gods." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### these mighty gods ... the gods who attacked
|
||||
|
||||
Because the word "god" (or "God") in 4:7 is singular, many translations read "this mighty god ... the god who attacked," referring to any one of many possible gods, or "this mighty God ... the God who attacked," using the proper name of the God of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:9
|
||||
|
||||
### be men
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "be strong and fight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel was defeated
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Also, "Israel" refers to the army of Israel. Alternate translation: "they defeated the army of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:11
|
||||
|
||||
### The ark of God was taken
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Philistines also took the ark of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:12
|
||||
|
||||
### clothes torn and earth on his head
|
||||
|
||||
This is a way to express deep mourning in Israelite culture.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:13
|
||||
|
||||
### his heart trembled with concern
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom which means he was very fearful or terribly concerned about something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the whole city
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metonym for "all the people in the city." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:14
|
||||
|
||||
### The man
|
||||
|
||||
"The man of Benjamin"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:16
|
||||
|
||||
### my son
|
||||
|
||||
Eli was not the other man's true father. Eli speaks as if he were the man's father to show the man that he is not angry but that the man needs to answer him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel fled from the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
This is a general statement about what happened. The rest of the man's words give details.
|
||||
|
||||
### Also, there has been ... people. Also, your two sons
|
||||
|
||||
"I will now tell you something worse ... I will now tell you something worse" or "Not only has there been ... people, but your two sons"
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of God has been taken
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Philistines have taken the ark of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:18
|
||||
|
||||
### When he mentioned
|
||||
|
||||
"When the man of Benjamin mentioned"
|
||||
|
||||
### mentioned
|
||||
|
||||
"spoke of"
|
||||
|
||||
### His neck was broken
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "His neck broke because he fell" or "He broke his neck when he fell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:19
|
||||
|
||||
### his daughter-in-law
|
||||
|
||||
Eli's daughter-in-law
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of God was captured
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Philistines had captured the ark of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:20
|
||||
|
||||
### take what they said to heart
|
||||
|
||||
"pay any attention to what they said" or "allow herself to feel better"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Ichabod
|
||||
|
||||
The name is actually a phrase that means "no glory." The name of a person sometimes reveals information about the person, place, or thing it refers to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### for the ark of God had been captured
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Philistines had captured the ark of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 4:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of God has been captured
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the Philistines have captured the ark of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 5
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This word marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a word or phrase that does the same, you could use it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### ark of God
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 3:3](../03/03.md). This is the a same as the "ark of the covenant of Yahweh" in [1 Samuel 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:2
|
||||
|
||||
### house of Dagon
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the temple of Dagon, the god of the Philistines.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:3
|
||||
|
||||
### behold, Dagon
|
||||
|
||||
"they were very surprised to see that Dagon"
|
||||
|
||||
### Dagon had fallen facedown on the ground
|
||||
|
||||
The reader should understand that Yahweh had caused the statue to fall on its face during the night. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Dagon had fallen
|
||||
|
||||
The reader should understand that Yahweh had caused Dagon to fall.
|
||||
|
||||
### The head of Dagon and both of his hands were lying cut off
|
||||
|
||||
It was as if Yahweh were a soldier who had defeated his enemy and cut off the enemy's head and hands.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:5
|
||||
|
||||
### This is why, even today
|
||||
|
||||
The writer is about to give some background information separate from the main story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### even today
|
||||
|
||||
Here "today" means up to the day when the author was writing this book.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh's hand was heavy upon
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. "Yahweh severely judged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids.
|
||||
|
||||
### both Ashdod and its territories
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the town is a metonym for the people living in the town. "both the people of Ashdod and the people in the land surrounding Ashdod" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:7
|
||||
|
||||
### the men of Ashdod realized
|
||||
|
||||
"the men of Ashdod understood"
|
||||
|
||||
### ark of the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 3:3](../03/03.md). This is the a same as the "ark of the covenant of Yahweh" in [1 Samuel 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh's hand was against
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "Yahweh punished" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### both small and great
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) this is a merism that refers to age. Alternate translation: "men of all ages" or 2) this is a merism that refers social class. Alternate translation: "from the poorest and weakest men to the richest and most powerful men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md)
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:10
|
||||
|
||||
### cried out
|
||||
|
||||
Why they cried out can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "cried out in fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:11
|
||||
|
||||
### the ark of the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
See how you translated similar words in [1 Samuel 3:3](../03/03.md). This is the a same as the "ark of the covenant of Yahweh" in [1 Samuel 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel or 2) they believed that Israel worshiped one of many gods, "the god of Israel." See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:7](../05/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### there was a deathly panic throughout the city
|
||||
|
||||
"people all over the city were afraid that they were going to die"
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of God was very heavy there
|
||||
|
||||
The hand is a metonym for God punishing the people. "Yahweh was punishing the people there very severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 5:12
|
||||
|
||||
### The men who did not die
|
||||
|
||||
This implies that many men actually died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### the cry of the city went up to the heavens
|
||||
|
||||
The word "city" is a metonym for the people of the city. Possible meanings are 1) the words "went up to the heavens" is an idiom for "was very great." Alternate translation: "the people of the city cried out very loudly" or 2) the words "the heavens" is a metonym for the people's gods. Alternate translation: "the people of the city cried out to their gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 6
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:2
|
||||
|
||||
### the priests and the diviners
|
||||
|
||||
These were pagan priests and diviners who worshiped Dagon.
|
||||
|
||||
### Tell us how we should send it
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistines wanted to know how to get rid of the ark without angering Yahweh any further.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:3
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel or 2) they believed that Israel worshiped one of many gods, "the god of Israel." See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:7](../05/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### by all means send him a guilt offering
|
||||
|
||||
The words "by all means" are a forceful way of saying something. Alternate translation: "you must send a guilt offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you will be healed
|
||||
|
||||
"you will no longer be ill"
|
||||
|
||||
### you
|
||||
|
||||
The pronoun "you" is plural, referring to all of the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
||||
### why his hand has not been lifted off of you
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" is a metonym used to represent God's power to afflict or discipline. Alternate translation: "why he has not relieved your suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:4
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### mice
|
||||
|
||||
more than one mouse
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:5
|
||||
|
||||
### models
|
||||
|
||||
A model is something that looks like a real thing.
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### that ravage
|
||||
|
||||
"that are destroying"
|
||||
|
||||
### the God of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) they were speaking the proper name of the God of Israel or 2) they believed that Israel worshiped one of many gods, "the god of Israel." See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:7](../05/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### lift his hand from you, from your gods, and from your land
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" is a metonym used to represent God's power to afflict or discipline. Alternate translation: "stop punishing you, your gods and your land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Why should you harden your hearts, as the Egyptians and Pharaoh hardened their hearts?
|
||||
|
||||
The priests and diviners use a rhetorical question to urge the Philistines to think very seriously about what will happen if they refuse to obey God. This can be translated as a warning. Alternate translation: "Do not be stubborn like the Egyptians and Pharaoh were!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### harden your hearts
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means to be stubborn or unwilling to obey God. Alternate translation: "refuse to obey God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### did not the Egyptians send away the people, and they left?
|
||||
|
||||
This is another rhetorical question used to remind the Philistines how the Egyptians finally sent the Israelites out of Egypt so that God would stop afflicting the Egyptians. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "remember that the Egyptians sent the Israelites out of Egypt." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:7
|
||||
|
||||
### two nursing cows
|
||||
|
||||
"two cows that have calves that are still drinking milk"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Then send it off and let it go its own way
|
||||
|
||||
Normally the two cows would head back home to their calves.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:9
|
||||
|
||||
### if it goes ... to Beth Shemesh, then it is Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
It is unlikely that the cows would choose to wander to Beth Shemesh when their calves are back in the Philistine area.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:10
|
||||
|
||||
### two nursing cows
|
||||
|
||||
"two cows that have calves that are still drinking milk" See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 6:7](../06/07.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:11
|
||||
|
||||
### mice
|
||||
|
||||
Translated this as in [1 Samuel 6:4](../06/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### castings of their tumors
|
||||
|
||||
"models of their tumors"
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:12
|
||||
|
||||
### The cows went straight in the direction of Beth Shemesh
|
||||
|
||||
Nursing cows would normally return to their calves, but these cows went to Beth Shemesh.
|
||||
|
||||
### lowing as they went
|
||||
|
||||
Lowing is the noise cows make with their voices.
|
||||
|
||||
### they did not turn aside either to the right or to the left
|
||||
|
||||
"they did not wander off of the highway." This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "they stayed on the highway" or "they went straight ahead"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
The writer is introducing a new part of the story. If your language has a way of marking the beginning of a new part of the story, you could use it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### people of Beth Shemesh
|
||||
|
||||
These were Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### lifted up their eyes
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "looked up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:14
|
||||
|
||||
### A great stone was there
|
||||
|
||||
The people used this stone as an altar when they offered the cows as sacrifices.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:15
|
||||
|
||||
### The Levites took down the ark of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This actually happened before they chopped the cart into firewood to use in offering the cows to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### The Levites took down the ark
|
||||
|
||||
According to the law of Moses, only the Levites were permitted to handle the ark.
|
||||
|
||||
### the box that was with it, where the golden figures were
|
||||
|
||||
"the box containing the gold models of the rats and the tumors"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:16
|
||||
|
||||
### the five rulers of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
"the five Philistine kings"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:17
|
||||
|
||||
### tumors
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) painful swelling under the skin or 2) hemorrhoids. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:18
|
||||
|
||||
### mice
|
||||
|
||||
Translated this as in [1 Samuel 6:4](../06/04.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### fortified cities
|
||||
|
||||
These are cities with high walls around them to protect the people inside from attack by their enemies.
|
||||
|
||||
### The great stone ... remains a witness
|
||||
|
||||
The stone is referred to as if it is a person who can see. Alternate translation: "The great stone ... is still there, and people remember what happened on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Joshua
|
||||
|
||||
This is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the Bethshemite
|
||||
|
||||
This is what a person from Beth Shemesh is called. Alternate translation: "from Beth Shemesh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to this day
|
||||
|
||||
to the time at which the writer wrote the book
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:19
|
||||
|
||||
### they had looked into the ark
|
||||
|
||||
The ark was so holy that no one was permitted to look inside it. Only the priests were allowed to even see the ark.
|
||||
|
||||
### 50,070 men
|
||||
|
||||
"fifty thousand and seventy men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Who is able to stand before Yahweh, this holy God?
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses the people's fear of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "There is no one who can resist Yahweh because he is so holy!" or 2) this is a question asking for information. The phrase "stand before Yahweh" may refer to priests who serve Yahweh. It is implied that the people were looking for a priest whom Yahweh would permit to handle the ark. Alternate translation: "Is there a priest among us who serves this holy God, Yahweh, and is able to handle this ark?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### To whom will the ark go up from us?
|
||||
|
||||
This is a question asking for information. It is implied that the people want Yahweh and the ark to go somewhere else so he will not punish them again. Alternate translation: "Where can we send this ark so that Yahweh will not punish us again?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 6:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Kiriath Jearim
|
||||
|
||||
This was a town in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 7
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Kiriath Jearim
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Abinadab ... Eleazar
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:2
|
||||
|
||||
### twenty years
|
||||
|
||||
"20 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:3
|
||||
|
||||
### the entire house of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" is a metonym for the people who live in the house and their descendants. Alternate translation: "all of the descendants of Israel" or "all of the Israelite people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### return to Yahweh with your whole heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "with your whole heart" is an idiom that means to be completely devoted to something. Alternate translation: "become completely devoted to worshiping and obeying Yahweh only" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:5
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"all the people of Israel" or "all the Israelites"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:6
|
||||
|
||||
### drew water and poured it out before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the people denied themselves water as part of fasting or 2) they got water out of a stream or well and poured it on the ground as an outward sign of being sorry for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:7
|
||||
|
||||
### the rulers of the Philistines attacked Israel
|
||||
|
||||
It can be stated plainly that it was the army and not the rulers by themselves who attacked Israel. Alternate translation: "the Philistine rulers led their army and attacked Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:8
|
||||
|
||||
### save us from the hand of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
The "hand" is a metonym for the power of the person. Alternate translation: "save us from the Philistine army" or "keep the Philistine army from harming us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:9
|
||||
|
||||
### nursing lamb
|
||||
|
||||
a lamb that is still drinking its mother's milk
|
||||
|
||||
### cried out
|
||||
|
||||
"cried out for help"
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh answered him
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh did what Samuel asked him to do"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:10
|
||||
|
||||
### As Samuel ... they were routed before Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This begins to explain what the writer means by "Yahweh answered him" in ([1 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md)).
|
||||
|
||||
### threw them into confusion
|
||||
|
||||
The word "confusion" here is used as a casual way of saying the Philistines were unable to think clearly. Alternate translation: "made them unable to think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they were routed before Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "Yahweh routed them before Israel" or 2) "Israel routed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### routed
|
||||
|
||||
To rout people is to defeat them before they can cause any harm.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:11
|
||||
|
||||
### The men of Israel ... Beth Kar
|
||||
|
||||
This finishes explaining what the writer means by "Yahweh answered him" in ([1 Samuel 7:9](../07/09.md)).
|
||||
|
||||
### Beth Kar
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:12
|
||||
|
||||
### took a stone and set it
|
||||
|
||||
The Israelites and other peoples in that land would place a large stone where important events had happened as a reminder of God's help.
|
||||
|
||||
### Mizpah ... Shen
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:13
|
||||
|
||||
### So the Philistines were subdued
|
||||
|
||||
The writer has just finished telling how the Philistines were subdued. If your language has a way of marking the end of a description, you could use it here.
|
||||
|
||||
### the Philistines were subdued
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Yahweh subdued the Philistines" or "Yahweh kept the Philistines from causing harm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they did not enter the border of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistines did not enter Israel's border to attack them.
|
||||
|
||||
### The hand of Yahweh was against the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
The word "hand" is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: "Yahweh used his power against the Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:14
|
||||
|
||||
### The towns ... from Israel were restored to Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) Here "Israel" refers to the "land" of Israel. "Yahweh restored to the land of Israel the towns ... from Israel" or 2) "Israel" is a metonym for the people who live there. Alternate translation: "the people of Israel were able to reclaim the towns ... from Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:16
|
||||
|
||||
### went on a circuit
|
||||
|
||||
traveled from place to place in a rough circle
|
||||
|
||||
### He decided disputes
|
||||
|
||||
Disputes are arguments or disagreements between two or more people.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 7:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 8
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:3
|
||||
|
||||
### chased after dishonest gain
|
||||
|
||||
The writer speaks of money that people would give Samuel's sons as if it were a person or animal running away from Samuel's sons, and he speaks of Samuel's sons as if they were physically chasing that person or animal. Alternate translation: "they worked hard to gain money by being dishonest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### perverted justice
|
||||
|
||||
"judged in favor of those who did evil"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:5
|
||||
|
||||
### do not walk in your ways
|
||||
|
||||
The way a person lives is spoken of as walking on a path. Alternate translation: "do not do the things you do" or "do not do what is just the way you do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Appoint for us a king to judge us like all the nations
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "Appoint for us a king like the kings of all the nations so that he can judge us" or 2) "Appoint for us a king who will judge us the way the kings of the nations judge them"
|
||||
|
||||
### Appoint for us a king to judge us
|
||||
|
||||
The leaders wrongly believed that a king, and his sons after him, would rule justly.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:6
|
||||
|
||||
### But it displeased Samuel ... Give us a king to judge us
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel was unhappy that the people did not just want him to remove his corrupt sons and to appoint honest judges, but they wanted a king to rule over them like other countries had.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Obey the voice of the people
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the voice" is a metonym for the will or the desire of the people. Alternate translation: "Do what the people say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but they have rejected me
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh knew that the people were not just rejecting corrupt judges, but they were rejecting Yahweh as their king.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:8
|
||||
|
||||
### I brought them out of Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to Yahweh freeing the Israelites from slavery in Egypt many years before.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Now listen to them
|
||||
|
||||
"Now do what they are asking you to do"
|
||||
|
||||
### warn them solemnly
|
||||
|
||||
"be very serious as you warn them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:11
|
||||
|
||||
### This will be the practice ... He will take
|
||||
|
||||
The practice of the king will be to take. This begins the list of things he will take.
|
||||
|
||||
### This will be the practice of the king who will reign over you
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "practice" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "This is how the king who will reign over you will act" or "This is what the king who will reign over you will do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### appoint them to his chariots
|
||||
|
||||
"have them drive chariots in battle"
|
||||
|
||||
### be his horsemen
|
||||
|
||||
They will ride horses into battle.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel continues to tell what things the king will take.
|
||||
|
||||
### to be perfumers
|
||||
|
||||
"to make good-smelling oils to put on his body"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:14
|
||||
|
||||
### olive orchards
|
||||
|
||||
"fields of olive trees"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:15
|
||||
|
||||
### a tenth of your grain
|
||||
|
||||
They will have to divide their grain into ten equal parts and give one of those parts to the king's officers and servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a tenth ... of your vineyards
|
||||
|
||||
They will have to divide the wine that they produce in their vineyards into ten equal parts and give one of those parts to the king's officers and servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### officers
|
||||
|
||||
These are the leaders of the king's army.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel continues to tell what things the king will take.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:17
|
||||
|
||||
### the tenth of your flocks
|
||||
|
||||
They will have to divide their flocks into ten equal parts and give one of those parts to the king's officers and servants. See how you translated "tenth" in [1 Samuel 8:15](../08/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
|
||||
### you will be his slaves
|
||||
|
||||
"you will feel as if you are his slaves"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:18
|
||||
|
||||
### you will cry out
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the people will ask Yahweh to rescue them from the king or 2) the people will ask the king to stop treating them so badly .
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:21
|
||||
|
||||
### he repeated them in the ears of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the ears of Yahweh" refers to Yahweh. Samuel prayed to Yahweh repeating all that the people said. Alternate translation: "he repeated them to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 8:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Obey their voice
|
||||
|
||||
Here the metonym "their voice" refers to the will of the people. Alternate translation: "Obey the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### cause someone to be king for them
|
||||
|
||||
"make someone king over them." Use the common term in your language for making someone king.
|
||||
|
||||
### go to his own city
|
||||
|
||||
"go home"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 9
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
If your language has a way of telling the reader that the writer is giving background information in these verses, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a man of influence
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) he was a wealthy man or 2) he was a nobleman or 3) he was a mighty and brave man.
|
||||
|
||||
### Kish ... Abiel ... Zeror ... Bekorath ... Aphiah
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of the men of Saul's family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Benjamite
|
||||
|
||||
A Benjamite is someone who belongs to the tribe of Benjamin.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:2
|
||||
|
||||
### handsome
|
||||
|
||||
someone who looks good
|
||||
|
||||
### From his shoulders upward he was taller than any of the people
|
||||
|
||||
The other tall people in Israel did not even come up to his shoulders.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
The writer has ended the background information that began in ([1 Samuel 9:1](../09/01.md)) and starts a new main part of the story.
|
||||
|
||||
### arise and go
|
||||
|
||||
"stop what you are doing and go"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:4
|
||||
|
||||
### the hill country of Ephraim ... the land of Shalishah ... the land of Shaalim ... the land of the Benjamites
|
||||
|
||||
These are all areas in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### did not find them ... they were not there ... did not find them
|
||||
|
||||
The words "them" and "they" all refer to the donkeys.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:5
|
||||
|
||||
### land of Zuph
|
||||
|
||||
This is an area in Israel just north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:6
|
||||
|
||||
### man of God
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase usually means a prophet of Yahweh. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "a man who hears and tells words from God"
|
||||
|
||||
### which way we should go on our journey
|
||||
|
||||
"which way we should go to find the donkeys"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:7
|
||||
|
||||
### what can we bring the man?
|
||||
|
||||
Giving a gift is a sign of respect for the man of God.
|
||||
|
||||
### man of God
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase usually means a prophet of Yahweh. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "a man who hears and tells words from God"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:8
|
||||
|
||||
### one-fourth of a shekel
|
||||
|
||||
"1/4 of a shekel." A shekel is a type of money used in the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Formerly in Israel ... seer
|
||||
|
||||
This is cultural information added by the Hebrew author. If it is not natural in your language to state this information here, it can be moved to the end of verse 11. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
### For today's prophet was formerly called a seer
|
||||
|
||||
"Seer is the old name for what we call a prophet today"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:12
|
||||
|
||||
### the people are sacrificing today
|
||||
|
||||
These are likely the feast or first-fruit sacrifices, not the sin sacrifices, which must be held at the tabernacle.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:14
|
||||
|
||||
### to go up to the high place
|
||||
|
||||
This is a place that the people had designated as holy to make sacrifices and offerings to Yahweh. The writer writes as though it were outside the wall that was around the city.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The writer stops telling the story and gives background information so the reader can understand what happens next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:16
|
||||
|
||||
### you will anoint him to be prince
|
||||
|
||||
The term prince is used here instead of king. This is the man whom God has chosen to be king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the land of Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
"the land where people from the tribe of Benjamin live"
|
||||
|
||||
### from the hand of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
Here the word "hand" is a metonym for control. Alternate translation: "from the control of the Philistines" or "so the Philistines will no longer control them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### For I have looked on my people with pity
|
||||
|
||||
"My people are suffering and I want to help them"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh told him
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh told Samuel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:18
|
||||
|
||||
### the seer
|
||||
|
||||
"the prophet of Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Then on whom are all the desires of Israel set? Is it not on you and all your father's house?
|
||||
|
||||
These questions are an expression of deep conviction that Saul is the one whom Yahweh wants to be the king that the Israelites are looking for. The questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: "You should know that it is on you that all the desires of Israel are set. They are set on you and your father's family." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:21
|
||||
|
||||
### Am I not a Benjamite ... of Israel? Is not my clan ... Benjamin? Why then have you spoken to me in this manner?
|
||||
|
||||
Saul is expressing surprise because Benjamin was the smallest tribe in Israel, and other Israelites considered the tribe unimportant. Also, Benjamites considered the clan of which Saul was a member as unimportant. These questions can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: "I am from the tribe of Benjamin, the least important of all tribes. And my clan is the least important clan in our tribe. I do not understand why you are saying that the Israelite people want me and my family to do something important." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the hall
|
||||
|
||||
The writer assumes that the reader knows that near the place where they would offer sacrifices there was a large building in which people would eat together.
|
||||
|
||||
### head place
|
||||
|
||||
This is the seat of honor.
|
||||
|
||||
### thirty people
|
||||
|
||||
"30 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:24
|
||||
|
||||
### what was on it
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the other food that Saul was to eat along with the meat or 2) other parts of the bull.
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Samuel said
|
||||
|
||||
In the original language it is not clear who is speaking. It is possible that the cook is speaking to Saul. Alternate translation: "Then the cook said"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:25
|
||||
|
||||
### on the rooftop
|
||||
|
||||
This is a normal place for family and guests to eat, visit, and sleep. It tends to be cooler in the evening and at night than the inside of the house.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:26
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel called to Saul on the rooftop and said
|
||||
|
||||
What Saul was doing on the rooftop can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "while Saul was sleeping on the rooftop, Samuel called to him and said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 9:27
|
||||
|
||||
### ahead of us"—and he went ahead—"but you must stay
|
||||
|
||||
It is possible that Samuel speaks all of these words. Alternate translation: "ahead of us, and when he has gone ahead, you must stay"
|
||||
|
||||
### that I may announce the message of God to you
|
||||
|
||||
"so that I can tell you God's message for you"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 10
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:1
|
||||
|
||||
### took a flask of oil, poured it on Saul's head
|
||||
|
||||
In Israelite culture, when a prophet poured oil on someone's head, that person received a blessing from Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
### flask
|
||||
|
||||
a small container made from baked clay
|
||||
|
||||
### Has not Yahweh anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel knows the answer to his question. He is reminding Saul that Yahweh has chosen him to be king of Israel. Alternate translation: "Yahweh has certainly anointed you to be a ruler over his inheritance." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Zelzah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### What should I do about my son?
|
||||
|
||||
Saul's father is now concerned about Saul and wants to find him.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Tabor
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:4
|
||||
|
||||
### take from their hands
|
||||
|
||||
The hands are a synecdoche for the person. "take from them" or "accept" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:5
|
||||
|
||||
### tambourine
|
||||
|
||||
This is a musical instrument with a head like a drum that can be hit and with pieces of metal around the side that sound when the instrument is shaken. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:6
|
||||
|
||||
### The Spirit of Yahweh will rush upon you
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "rush upon" means that Yahweh's Spirit will influence Saul. In this case it means it means he will make Saul prophesy and act like a different person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:7
|
||||
|
||||
### do whatever your hand finds to do
|
||||
|
||||
Here Samuel speaks of Saul's hand as if it were a person trying to find things. Alternate translation: "do whatever you think is right to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:9
|
||||
|
||||
### God gave him another heart
|
||||
|
||||
God enabled Samuel to think differently from the way he had thought before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the Spirit of God rushed upon him
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel speaks as if the Spirit of Yahweh were a person running up to Saul and taking complete control of him. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 10:6](../10/06.md). Alternate translation: "the Spirit of Yahweh took complete control of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:11
|
||||
|
||||
### What has happened to the son of Kish?
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the people are asking for information or 2) this is a rhetorical question that means Saul is not important. Alternate translation: "Kish is not an important person, so it cannot be true that his son has become a prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the son of Kish
|
||||
|
||||
"Saul, the son of Kish"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Then who is their father?
|
||||
|
||||
This man uses a rhetorical question to remind people that being a prophet has nothing to do with who one's parents are. The question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "It does not matter who the parents of these other prophets are. What matters is that, amazingly, Saul is speaking messages from God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Because of this, it became a saying, "Is Saul also one of the prophets?"
|
||||
|
||||
This became a proverb among the Israelites. Apparently people said this to express surprise when a person unexpectedly did something that he had not done before. The implied meaning of the question can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "And that is why, when people cannot believe some report, they think about what happened to Saul and say, 'Is Saul really one of the prophets?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Saul's uncle said to him
|
||||
|
||||
"Then the brother of Saul's father said to Saul"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:16
|
||||
|
||||
### he did not tell him about the matter of the kingdom
|
||||
|
||||
"Saul did not tell his uncle that God had appointed him to be the king of Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:18
|
||||
|
||||
### I brought up Israel out of Egypt
|
||||
|
||||
The name "Israel" is a metonym for the people of Israel. "I brought the people of Israel out of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of the Egyptians ... the hand of all the kingdoms
|
||||
|
||||
The word "hand" is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: "the power of the Egyptians ... the power of all the kingdoms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:19
|
||||
|
||||
### today
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel is speaking of the time since Israel had begun to reject God, not only the time since the sun had last set.
|
||||
|
||||
### Set a king over us
|
||||
|
||||
"Give us a king to rule us"
|
||||
|
||||
### present yourselves before Yahweh by your tribes and by your clans
|
||||
|
||||
"gather together by tribes and clans and come to stand before Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:20
|
||||
|
||||
### the tribe of Benjamin was chosen
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. It is probably best not to say how the people knew whom Yahweh had chosen. Alternate translation: "Yahweh chose the tribe of Benjamin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:21
|
||||
|
||||
### the clan of the Matrites was chosen ... Saul son of Kish was chosen
|
||||
|
||||
This can be translated in active form. It is probably best not to say how the people knew whom Yahweh had chosen. Alternate translation: "Yahweh chose the clan of the Matrites ... Yahweh chose Saul son of Kish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:23
|
||||
|
||||
### he was taller than any of the people from his shoulders upward
|
||||
|
||||
The other tall people in Israel did not even come up to his shoulders. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:25
|
||||
|
||||
### the customs and rules of kingship
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "kingship" can be translated with a noun clause. Alternate translation: "the customs and rules that a king would be required to follow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:26
|
||||
|
||||
### whose hearts God had touched
|
||||
|
||||
God touching a person's heart is an idiom that means God put something in their mind or moved them to do something. Alternate translation: "who wanted to go with Saul because God had changed their thinking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 10:27
|
||||
|
||||
### How can this man save us?
|
||||
|
||||
This is a rhetorical question that is used to express sarcasm. Alternate translation: "This man has no power to save us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### despised
|
||||
|
||||
strongly disliked or hated
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 11
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:1
|
||||
|
||||
### Nahash
|
||||
|
||||
This is a man from Ammon, a descendent of Lot, Abraham's nephew. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jabesh Gilead
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:2
|
||||
|
||||
### I gouge out
|
||||
|
||||
"I cut out" or "I pluck out"
|
||||
|
||||
### bring disgrace on
|
||||
|
||||
"bring shame on" or "bring a bad reputation to"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:3
|
||||
|
||||
### seven days
|
||||
|
||||
"7 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:4
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:6
|
||||
|
||||
### the Spirit of God rushed upon him
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "rushed upon" means Yahweh's Spirit influenced Saul. In this case he enabled Saul to cause the people to fearfully respect him as their king and to join his army. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Samuel 10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:7
|
||||
|
||||
### does not come out after
|
||||
|
||||
Saul was calling all the men of Israel to come fight against Nahash and the Ammonites.
|
||||
|
||||
### Then the terror of Yahweh fell on the people
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh enabled people to fearfully respect Saul as their king. The result was that the men rallied together with Saul at Bezek.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Bezek
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town near Jabesh Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the people of Israel were three hundred thousand, and the men of Judah thirty thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"the people of Israel were 300,000, and the men of Judah were 30,000" ( See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:9
|
||||
|
||||
### They said to the messengers
|
||||
|
||||
"They" refers to Samuel and Saul.
|
||||
|
||||
### by the time the sun is hot
|
||||
|
||||
"before the hottest part of the day" or "before noon"
|
||||
|
||||
### Jabesh Gilead ... Jabesh
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. See how you translated them in [1 Samuel 11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:10
|
||||
|
||||
### Nahash
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a king. See how you translated this name in [1 Samuel 11:1](../11/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:11
|
||||
|
||||
### the morning watch
|
||||
|
||||
This was before dawn when most people in the camp were still asleep.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:13
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 11:15
|
||||
|
||||
### made Saul king before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"made Saul king while Yahweh watched"
|
||||
|
||||
### There they sacrificed peace offerings before Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Part of Samuel's service to Yahweh is to offer sacrifices even though he is not from the line of Aaron or Levi.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 12
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:2
|
||||
|
||||
### the king walking before you ... I have walked before you
|
||||
|
||||
These expressions mean that people can actually see the kind of lives Saul and Samuel are living. Alternate translation: "the king's life was seen ... My life was seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Here I am; testify against me before Yahweh and before his anointed one
|
||||
|
||||
By this statement, Samuel is challenging the people to speak up if he has done anything wrong to anyone. Alternate translation: "I stand in front of you now. I ask you to speak in front of Yahweh and his anointed king if I have done you any wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Whose ox have I taken? Whose donkey have I taken?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel uses rhetorical questions to remind the people that he has never stolen their animals. Alternate translation: "I have never stolen a prized animal from anyone." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Whom have I defrauded?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel uses another rhetorical question to say he has always been honest. Alternate translation: "I have never cheated or bribed any man." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Testify against me, and I will restore it to you
|
||||
|
||||
"If I have done any of these evil things, speak now, and I will pay back what I owe. I will make right any wrong"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:4
|
||||
|
||||
### from any man's hand
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase means what a person possesses or what they have done to obtain favor from others. This is a polite way of saying he has not stolen, nor has he given or taken bribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:5
|
||||
|
||||
### in my hand
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase means what a person possesses or what they have done to obtain favor from others. This is a polite way of saying he has not stolen, nor has he given or taken bribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:7
|
||||
|
||||
### all of the righteous deeds of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel is calling their attention to the history of Yahweh's dealing with Israel, which has been filled with goodness and purpose.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Jacob ... Moses ... Aaron
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:9
|
||||
|
||||
### into the hand of Sisera ... Philistines ... king of Moab
|
||||
|
||||
"into the power of Sisera ... Philistines ... king of Moab"
|
||||
|
||||
### Sisera
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Hazor
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he sold them
|
||||
|
||||
This is an expression for God giving them over to their enemies to be their slaves.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:10
|
||||
|
||||
### They cried out to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"They" refers to the nation of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### have served the Baals and the Ashtoreths
|
||||
|
||||
Serving here is referring to acting worshipful towards the false gods. Alternate translation: "have worshiped false gods and goddesses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of our enemies
|
||||
|
||||
This statement is using "hand" to refer to power. Alternate translation: "the power or control of our enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:11
|
||||
|
||||
### Jerub Baal
|
||||
|
||||
This is sometimes translated Jerubbaal. This is a name of godly honor and strength to fight the false god.
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh sent ... and gave you victory
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel is telling the story of what God did after the people's confession of sin and plea for help. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jerub Baal, Bedan, Jephthah, and Samuel
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of some judges that God raised up. Samuel included himself in this list. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:13
|
||||
|
||||
### whom you have chosen, whom you have asked for
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that this is the king whom the people wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:14
|
||||
|
||||
### fear ... serve ... obey ... not rebel
|
||||
|
||||
These similar words are used to emphasize how important this is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh's hand will be against you, as it was against your ancestors
|
||||
|
||||
This speaks of Yahweh punishing the people as his "hand" being against them. The word "hand" here represents Yahweh's power and control. Alternate translation: "Yahweh will punish you, just as he punished your ancestors" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:16
|
||||
|
||||
### before your eyes
|
||||
|
||||
The word "eyes" here represents the people of the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "out in the open where all of the nation of Israel may see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Is it not the wheat harvest today?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel knows it is harvest time. He is using a rhetorical question to emphasize that it does not usually rain at this time so the people will know that the rain that will ruin their harvest is a judgment from Yahweh. Alternate translation: "It is harvest time and does not usually rain at this time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he may send thunder and rain
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel is asking Yahweh to punish Israel for asking for a king by sending a rainstorm during the harvest which will ruin the grain.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:19
|
||||
|
||||
### so that we do not die
|
||||
|
||||
The ultimate punishment for sin is death. The nation of Israel had seen Yahweh destroy the nations that had oppressed them. They were concerned that they had become "dedicated for destruction" like those nations.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not be afraid
|
||||
|
||||
The people did evil and were afraid of God destroying them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid that God will be angry and destroy you because of this sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:21
|
||||
|
||||
### turn away after empty things
|
||||
|
||||
"pursue worship of false gods"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:22
|
||||
|
||||
### For the sake of his great name
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" refers to the reputation of Yahweh. Alternate translation: "So that people will continue to honor and respect Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:23
|
||||
|
||||
### far be it from me that I should sin against Yahweh by ceasing to pray for you
|
||||
|
||||
The people are filled with fear because of the rain and thunder that Yahweh sent when Samuel prayed. Some people may believe Samuel would use his prayers to harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 12:25
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,257 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 13
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel has renewed Saul's kingdom at Gilgal and Samuel has reminded the people to follow the Lord.
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul was thirty years old ... over Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The text of this verse in ancient copies is uncertain, so modern versions have many different translations. They are all attempts to represent the most probable meaning of the original text.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:2
|
||||
|
||||
### chose three thousand men
|
||||
|
||||
"chose 3,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Two thousand were with him
|
||||
|
||||
"2,000 men were with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Michmash
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeah of Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
Gibeah is a town. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 10:26](../10/26.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### The rest of the soldiers he sent home
|
||||
|
||||
"He sent the rest of the soldiers home"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:3
|
||||
|
||||
### garrison of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
"military base of the Philistines" or "military camp of the Philistines"
|
||||
|
||||
### Geba
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of the town that the Philistine garrison was stationed in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:4
|
||||
|
||||
### All Israel heard that Saul had defeated
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are that 1) Saul was taking responsibility for Jonathan's actions or 2) Saul was taking credit for Jonathan's actions.
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel had become a rotten smell to the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistines hating the Israelites is spoken of as if the Israelites had become a bad smell that offended the Philistines. Alternate translation: "the Philistines hated the Israelites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the soldiers were summoned together to join Saul at Gilgal
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Saul called the soldiers together to join him at Gilgal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:5
|
||||
|
||||
### three thousand ... six thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"3,000 ... 6,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### troops as numerous as the sand on the seashore
|
||||
|
||||
This is an exaggeration that means a group of soldiers so large that it was difficult to count them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Michmash
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Beth Aven
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:6
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistines had gathered together to fight against Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### the people
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase refers to the nation of Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### the people were distressed
|
||||
|
||||
"the people worried greatly"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:7
|
||||
|
||||
### followed him trembling
|
||||
|
||||
The people were greatly afraid.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:8
|
||||
|
||||
### the time Samuel had set
|
||||
|
||||
"according to the time Samuel had told them he would come"
|
||||
|
||||
### the people were scattering from Saul
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people had started to leave Saul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Then he offered the burnt offering
|
||||
|
||||
Only the line of Aaron was permitted to perform the burnt offering sacrifice to God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:11
|
||||
|
||||
### What have you done
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel was not really asking a question, but giving a rebuke to Saul. Saul sought to defend his actions even though they were wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Michmash
|
||||
|
||||
Michmash is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:12
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:13
|
||||
|
||||
### You have not kept the command of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Saul was to wait for Samuel to come and sacrifice the burnt offering to God. He was not to perform the sacrifice himself.
|
||||
|
||||
### established your rule
|
||||
|
||||
"set up your rule" or "authorized your rule" or "appointed your rule"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:14
|
||||
|
||||
### your rule will not continue
|
||||
|
||||
This is a litotes that can be stated in the positive form. Alternate translation: "your rule will end soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a man after his own heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" represents Yahweh's desire or will. The phrase "man after his own heart" is an idiom that means to be a person who does what Yahweh desires. Alternate translation: "a man who is the kind of person he wants" or "a man who will obey him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:15
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel arose and went up
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom for "Samuel left and went up." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### went up from Gilgal
|
||||
|
||||
Gilgal is a city. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 7:15](../07/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeah of Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
Gibeah is a town. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 10:26](../10/26.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### six hundred men
|
||||
|
||||
"600 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Geba of Benjamin
|
||||
|
||||
Geba is a town. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 13:3](../13/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Philistines camped at Michmash
|
||||
|
||||
Michmash is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Raiders came
|
||||
|
||||
Raiders are normally military people who attack enemy villages for their food and other supplies.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ophrah, to the land of Shual
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Beth Horon ... Valley of Zeboyim
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrative shifts to background information regarding blacksmiths in Israel.
|
||||
|
||||
### No blacksmith could be found
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one could find a blacksmith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### blacksmith
|
||||
|
||||
Here "blacksmith" refers to someone who made or sharpened metal tools and weapons.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:20
|
||||
|
||||
### sharpen his plow points
|
||||
|
||||
The words "plow points" refer to the point of a metal tool used for digging up the ground for planting crops.
|
||||
|
||||
### mattock ... ax ... sickle
|
||||
|
||||
These are common garden tools.
|
||||
|
||||
### mattock
|
||||
|
||||
A "mattock" is a broad-bladed axe, with a horizontal blade that is used for breaking up hard soil.
|
||||
|
||||
### sickle
|
||||
|
||||
a curved blade for cutting grasses and grain stalks
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:21
|
||||
|
||||
### two-thirds of a shekel
|
||||
|
||||
The shekel is divided into 3 parts, 2 of 3 parts are given. "2/3 of a shekel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
||||
### straightening the goads
|
||||
|
||||
"taking out the bend and making the ox goad straight again so it could be used"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The narrative continues.
|
||||
|
||||
### there were no swords or spears
|
||||
|
||||
This explains in part why Saul's army was afraid. They did not have any weapons to fight.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 13:23
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,543 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 14
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Jonathan begins his second raid on the Philistines' army.
|
||||
|
||||
### his young armor bearer
|
||||
|
||||
a teenage boy who is responsible for caring for his master's weapons of war
|
||||
|
||||
### Philistines' garrison
|
||||
|
||||
This is an outpost staffed by the Philistine army.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:2
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a hill north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### under the pomegranate tree
|
||||
|
||||
a tree whose fruit is thick skinned, round, red and has many seeds to eat
|
||||
|
||||
### that is in Migron
|
||||
|
||||
"Migron" is the name of a place north of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### six hundred men were with him
|
||||
|
||||
"600 men were with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:3
|
||||
|
||||
### son of Ahitub (Ichabod's brother)
|
||||
|
||||
"Ahitub" and "Ichabod" are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Phinehas son of Eli
|
||||
|
||||
Phinehas was one of the priests. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:4
|
||||
|
||||
### One rocky cliff was called Bozez
|
||||
|
||||
A "cliff" is a rocky height with a steep drop. The cliff was well-known and given the name "Bozez." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the other rocky cliff was called Seneh
|
||||
|
||||
This was the name of the other cliff. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:5
|
||||
|
||||
### Michmash ... Geba
|
||||
|
||||
towns north of Jerusalem (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:6
|
||||
|
||||
### his young armor bearer
|
||||
|
||||
This was a teenage boy who was responsible for caring for his master's weapons of war. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 14:1](../14/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### uncircumcised fellows
|
||||
|
||||
a derogatory term used for non-Jewish men
|
||||
|
||||
### work on our behalf
|
||||
|
||||
"work for our support" or "help us"
|
||||
|
||||
### nothing can stop Yahweh from saving
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh can save"
|
||||
|
||||
### by many or by few people
|
||||
|
||||
These extremes also include everything in between. Alternate translation: "by any number of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:7
|
||||
|
||||
### everything that is in your heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" refers to Jonathan's desires. Alternate translation: "everything that you desire to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:9
|
||||
|
||||
### will not cross over to them
|
||||
|
||||
"will not go over to the other side of the valley where the Philistines are"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:10
|
||||
|
||||
### has given them into our hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" refers to the power to defeat them. Alternate translation: "will enable us to defeat them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### This will be the sign to us
|
||||
|
||||
"This will confirm that the Lord will be with us"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:11
|
||||
|
||||
### revealed themselves to the garrison of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
"allowed the Philistine soldiers to see them"
|
||||
|
||||
### the garrison
|
||||
|
||||
the army camp
|
||||
|
||||
### coming out of the holes where they have hidden themselves
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistines implied that the Hebrews had been hiding in holes in the ground like animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:12
|
||||
|
||||
### we will show you something
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means "we will teach you a lesson." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has given them into the hand of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" refers to power to defeat the Philistines. Alternate translation: "will enable Israel to defeat them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:13
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan climbed up on his hands and feet
|
||||
|
||||
He did this because it was very steep. This could be made explicit. Alternate translation: "So Jonathan climbed up, using his hands and his feet because it was very steep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The Philistines were put to death before Jonathan
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jonathan killed the Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his armor bearer put some to death behind him
|
||||
|
||||
"Jonathan's armor bearer followed him and also killed Philistine soldiers"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:15
|
||||
|
||||
### There was a panic in the camp, in the field, and among the people
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "panic" can be translated as a verb or as an adjective. Alternate translation: "The Philistine soldiers in the camp and in the field, and all the people with them, panicked" or "The Philistine soldiers in the camp and in the field, and all the people with them, became very afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the raiders
|
||||
|
||||
the Philistines who were raiding Israelite cities
|
||||
|
||||
### The earth quaked
|
||||
|
||||
It may be helpful to state the cause. Alternate translation: "God caused the ground to shake" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Gibeah
|
||||
|
||||
This was the town where Saul was born. Translated "Gibeah" as in [1 Samuel 10:26](../10/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### was dispersing ... going here and there
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that the soldiers were running away in every direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Bring the ark of God here
|
||||
|
||||
A few versions have "ephod" here instead of "ark of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:19
|
||||
|
||||
### commotion
|
||||
|
||||
great noise and confusion
|
||||
|
||||
### Withdraw your hand
|
||||
|
||||
This seems to be an idiom the means "Stop what you are doing." Saul did not want Ahijah to continue to use the ark to ask God for direction. Alternate translation: "Do not bring the sacred chest at this time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:20
|
||||
|
||||
### the people who were with him
|
||||
|
||||
the remnant of the Israelite army that remained with Saul
|
||||
|
||||
### Every Philistine's sword was against his fellow countrymen
|
||||
|
||||
The swords are spoken of as if they were living people. Alternate translation: "The Philistine soldiers were striking each other with their swords" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:22
|
||||
|
||||
### the men of Israel who had hidden themselves in the hills
|
||||
|
||||
This does not refer to an ambush. These soldiers were hiding because they were afraid of the Philistines. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "the Israelite soldiers who were afraid and had hidden themselves in the hills" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Beth Aven
|
||||
|
||||
This is a place in Israel. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:24
|
||||
|
||||
### So none of the troops tasted food
|
||||
|
||||
It was understood by the troops that no refreshment was permitted under Saul's oath.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:25
|
||||
|
||||
### the people entered the forest
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistine soldiers fled through the forests and the Israelite soldiers followed them there.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:26
|
||||
|
||||
### the honey flowed
|
||||
|
||||
This is an exaggeration to emphasize how much honey there was in the forest. Alternate translation: "there was a lot of honey everywhere" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### no one put his hand to his mouth
|
||||
|
||||
Here putting one's "hand to his mouth" is a metonym that means to eat. Alternate translation: "no one ate any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the people feared the oath
|
||||
|
||||
The people were not afraid of the oath, but of the punishment that was associated with breaking the oath. Alternate translation: "the people were afraid of what Saul would do to them if they broke his oath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Jonathan learns of his father's oath.
|
||||
|
||||
### bound the people with an oath
|
||||
|
||||
Here the obligation to obey an oath is spoken of as if the people were bound with ropes. Alternate translation: "commanded that the people obey his oath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### He raised his hand to his mouth
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand to his mouth" is a metonym that means to eat. Alternate translation: "He ate some honey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his eyes brightened
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that he was strengthened. Alternate translation: "he regained his strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:28
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:29
|
||||
|
||||
### for the land
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metonym that represents the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "for Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### my eyes have become brightened
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom means that he was strengthened. Alternate translation: "I regained my strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:30
|
||||
|
||||
### How much better if the people ... that they found?
|
||||
|
||||
Jonathan uses this rhetorical question to say that the people should have been allowed to eat the food in the plunder they had taken. Alternate translation: "It would have been much better if the people had eaten freely today of the plunder that they took from their enemies." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
||||
### plunder
|
||||
|
||||
This word refers to the things the people had taken from the battle with their enemy.
|
||||
|
||||
### Because now the slaughter has not been great
|
||||
|
||||
Because the troops were not able to eat during the battle, as the day progressed, they became weaker. Because of this, they were not able to kill as many of the Philistines.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:31
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Jonathan's words lead the army to sin against God in their great hunger.
|
||||
|
||||
### Michmash
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 13:2](../13/02.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Aijalon
|
||||
|
||||
a place in Zebulun in Israel (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The people
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:32
|
||||
|
||||
### ate them with the blood
|
||||
|
||||
The were so hungry they did not drain the blood first before eating. This was a violation of the Law which was given to Moses for the nation of Israel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "ate them without draining the blood first as required by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:33
|
||||
|
||||
### by eating with the blood
|
||||
|
||||
This was a violation of the Law which was given to Moses for the nation of Israel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "by eating meat without draining the blood first as required by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You have acted unfaithfully
|
||||
|
||||
Saul is accusing his whole army of acting unfaithfully though this is a generalization because not every soldier acted unfaithfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Now, roll a big stone here to me
|
||||
|
||||
The stone would hold the animals up and make it easier to drain the blood from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:34
|
||||
|
||||
### slaughter them here and eat them
|
||||
|
||||
This would allow Saul to observe if the blood was properly drained from the animals.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:35
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Saul had told the people to bring their animals to a big stone to kill and eat.
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul built an altar to Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
It is unclear if Saul built this altar with the large stone that the people brought to him in [1 Samuel 14:33](../14/33.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:36
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Saul seeks to continue the fight against the Philistines.
|
||||
|
||||
### let us not leave one of them alive
|
||||
|
||||
This is stated in a negative way to emphasize the slaughter. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "let us kill every one of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do whatever seems good to you
|
||||
|
||||
Saul had the support of his army to continue the fight.
|
||||
|
||||
### Let us approach God here
|
||||
|
||||
Here "approaching God" is associated with asking him counsel. Alternate translation: "Let us ask God what we should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:37
|
||||
|
||||
### give them into the hand of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "hand" refers to the power to defeat them. Alternate translation: "enable us to defeat them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### But God did not answer him that day
|
||||
|
||||
This implies that God was not willing to help Saul.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:38
|
||||
|
||||
### the people
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the Israelites.
|
||||
|
||||
### learn and see how this sin has happened
|
||||
|
||||
"find who sinned"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:39
|
||||
|
||||
### even if it is in Jonathan my son, he will surely die
|
||||
|
||||
The word "it' refers to the guilt. Alternate translation: "Even if Jonathan my son is the guilty one, he will surely die"
|
||||
|
||||
### But none of the men among all the people answered him
|
||||
|
||||
The people remained silent because most of them knew that Jonathan had broken Saul's oath. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "His men knew who was guilty, but none of them said anything to Saul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:40
|
||||
|
||||
### Then he said to all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This was a generalization since only the Israelite soldiers were present. Alternate translation: "Then he said to the Israelite soldiers who were there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:41
|
||||
|
||||
### give the Thummim
|
||||
|
||||
The Israelites at that time used special stones called the Urim and the Thummim to receive direction from God. Alternate translation: "Show us by means of the Thummim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Thummim
|
||||
|
||||
This is a borrowed word from the original language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan and Saul were taken by lot, but the army was exonerated
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The lots indicated that either Jonathan or Saul was guilty, but the army was not guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:42
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Jonathan was taken by lot
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then the lot indicated that Jonathan was guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:43
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The lots had just showed that Jonathan had sinned.
|
||||
|
||||
### Tell me what you have done
|
||||
|
||||
"Tell me how you have sinned" or "Tell me what you have done that was wrong"
|
||||
|
||||
### I will die
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "I am willing to die" or 2) "do I deserve to be executed because of doing that?"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:44
|
||||
|
||||
### God do so and more also to me, if you do not die, Jonathan
|
||||
|
||||
Saul makes a second foolish oath in less than one day. Alternate translation: "May God kill me if I do not kill you, Jonathan"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:45
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
The Army defends and protects Jonathan from Saul.
|
||||
|
||||
### Should Jonathan die, who has accomplished this great victory for Israel? Far from it!
|
||||
|
||||
The people scold Saul. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Jonathan has just accomplished this great victory for Israel. He should surely not die." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### As Yahweh lives
|
||||
|
||||
The people were expressing their certainty that they would not let anything happen to Jonathan.
|
||||
|
||||
### not one hair of his head will fall to the ground
|
||||
|
||||
This exaggeration shows how the people of Israel would protect Jonathan and keep him safe. This litotes can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "we will protect him from any harm" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:46
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:47
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
For a brief period Saul served with great courage in defeating Israel's enemies.
|
||||
|
||||
### Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is a metonym that represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "the Israelites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Moab
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the people of Moab. Alternate translation: "the Moabites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Edom
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the people of Edom. Alternate translation: "the Edomites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Wherever he turned
|
||||
|
||||
"Wherever he sent his army"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:48
|
||||
|
||||
### out of the hands
|
||||
|
||||
The word "hand" represents control. Alternate translation: "out of the control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:49
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This is background information on Saul's family.
|
||||
|
||||
### Ishvi ... Malki-Shua
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Merab ... Michal
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:50
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahinoam
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Ahimaaz ... Abner ... Ner
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:51
|
||||
|
||||
### Kish ... Ner ... Abner ... Abiel
|
||||
|
||||
These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 14:52
|
||||
|
||||
### all the days of Saul
|
||||
|
||||
"all of Saul's life"
|
||||
|
||||
### he attached him to himself
|
||||
|
||||
"he forced him to join his army"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,389 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 15
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:1
|
||||
|
||||
### the words of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"the message of Yahweh"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:3
|
||||
|
||||
### completely destroy all that they have ... kill both man and woman, child and infant, cattle and sheep, camel and donkey
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean the same thing. The second phrase gives specific details about what they are to destroy completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Do not spare them
|
||||
|
||||
"Do not allow any of them to live"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:4
|
||||
|
||||
### the people
|
||||
|
||||
"the army"
|
||||
|
||||
### numbered them
|
||||
|
||||
"counted them"
|
||||
|
||||
### two hundred thousand men on foot, and ten thousand men of Judah
|
||||
|
||||
"200,000 men on foot, and 10,000 men of Judah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:5
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:6
|
||||
|
||||
### Kenites
|
||||
|
||||
a nomad people group that had always been friendly to the nation of Israel (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Havilah ... Shur
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:8
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh had told Saul to destroy everything, but here Saul disobeys Yahweh's command.
|
||||
|
||||
### he took Agag
|
||||
|
||||
Here Saul represents himself accompanied by his army. Alternate translation: "Saul and his army took Agag" or "Saul and his army captured Agag" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he completely destroyed all the people with the edge of the sword
|
||||
|
||||
The "edge of the sword" represents the swords and other weapons that soldiers used in battle. Here Saul represents himself accompanied by his army. Alternate translation: "they completely destroyed all of the people with their swords" or "they killed all of the people with their swords" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul ... spared Agag
|
||||
|
||||
Saul disobeyed God by letting Agag live.
|
||||
|
||||
### as well as the best of the sheep
|
||||
|
||||
Saul disobeyed God by keeping the best of the livestock.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:10
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh came to Samuel, saying,
|
||||
|
||||
The idiom "the word of Yahweh came to" is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: "Yahweh gave a message to Samuel. He said," or "Yahweh spoke this message to Samuel:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:11
|
||||
|
||||
### It grieves me
|
||||
|
||||
"I am sorry"
|
||||
|
||||
### he has turned back from following me
|
||||
|
||||
Saul not obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if Saul had physically turned away from walking behind God. Alternate translation: "he has stopped following me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has not performed my commandments
|
||||
|
||||
"has not obeyed what I commanded him to do." Saul was to completely destroy everything and everyone. God had placed a ban on the Amalekites. But Saul permitted some livestock to live.
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel was angry
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) Samuel was angry with Saul for his disobedience or 2) Samuel was disturbed.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel was told
|
||||
|
||||
"Someone told Samuel"
|
||||
|
||||
### he set up a monument to himself
|
||||
|
||||
Saul was full of pride.
|
||||
|
||||
### down to Gilgal
|
||||
|
||||
Gilgal was lower in elevation than Carmel.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:13
|
||||
|
||||
### I have fulfilled the command of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
It is not clear if Saul understood that he had not fully obeyed God's command to completely destroy the Amalekites.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel questions why Saul did not utterly destroyed the Amalekites.
|
||||
|
||||
### bleating of sheep ... lowing of the cattle
|
||||
|
||||
These are the sounds that these animals make. Your language may have different terms for these.
|
||||
|
||||
### in my ears ... that I hear
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean the same thing. Here "in my ears" refers to hearing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:15
|
||||
|
||||
### They have brought ... the people spared
|
||||
|
||||
The word "they" and the phrase "the people" here both represent Saul's army. Saul is blaming the people rather than himself.
|
||||
|
||||
### to sacrifice to Yahweh your God
|
||||
|
||||
Saul is arguing that animals for sacrifice were an exception to Yahweh's command to destroy everything.
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh your God
|
||||
|
||||
Saul here does not describe Samuel's God as his own God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:16
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:17
|
||||
|
||||
### in your own sight
|
||||
|
||||
Here sight represents judgment or evaluation. Alternate translation: "in your own opinion" or "in your judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### were you not made the head of the tribes of Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel uses this question to remind Saul of now much God had given him. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Yahweh made you the ruler of the tribes of Israel!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:18
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:19
|
||||
|
||||
### Why did you not obey ... Yahweh?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel asks this question to rebuke Saul for disobeying Yahweh. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should have obeyed ... Yahweh!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the voice of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "voice" refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: "the things that Yahweh commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### but instead you seized the booty
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel is accusing Saul of direct disobedience. Yahweh commanded Saul to completely destroy everything belonging to the Amalekites, and not to bring anything back to camp.
|
||||
|
||||
### the booty
|
||||
|
||||
"the plunder" or "the possessions you took from the enemy"
|
||||
|
||||
### what was evil in the sight of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "sight" refers to Yahweh's thoughts or opinion. Alternate translation: "what Yahweh considers to be evil" or "what is evil in Yahweh's judgement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:20
|
||||
|
||||
### I have indeed obeyed the voice of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
This is an emphatic statement. It is unclear if Saul thought this was true, or if he was simply making excuses for his sin.
|
||||
|
||||
### the voice of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "voice" refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: "the things that Yahweh commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Agag
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of the king of the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:21
|
||||
|
||||
### But the people took
|
||||
|
||||
This appears to be shifting the blame to the people.
|
||||
|
||||
### things devoted to destruction
|
||||
|
||||
"animals that Yahweh commanded them to destroy"
|
||||
|
||||
### Gilgal
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Has Yahweh as much delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the voice of Yahweh?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel asks this question to emphasize that obedience is much more important than sacrifice. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Yahweh does not delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices as much as in obeying his voice!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the voice of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "voice" refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: "the things that Yahweh commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Obedience is better than sacrifice
|
||||
|
||||
God wanted Saul's complete obedience in the destruction of the Amalekites. Nothing in the land was fit for sacrifice.
|
||||
|
||||
### better than the fat of rams
|
||||
|
||||
"better than to sacrifice the fat of rams as a burnt offering"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:23
|
||||
|
||||
### rebellion is like the sin of divination
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "rebellion" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "to rebel is as sinful as practicing divination" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### stubbornness is like wickedness and iniquity
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "stubbornness" can be translated with a verb and the abstract noun "wickedness" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "being stubborn is as bad as doing wicked things and practicing iniquity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh's message" or "Yahweh's command"
|
||||
|
||||
### rejected you from being king
|
||||
|
||||
"decided that you will no longer be king"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:24
|
||||
|
||||
### I have broken Yahweh's commandment
|
||||
|
||||
This is an idiom that means he had disobeyed the commandment. Alternate translation: "I have disobeyed what Yahweh commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### because I was afraid of the people
|
||||
|
||||
This is the reason Saul gives for not obeying God. Alternate translation: "because I was afraid of the soldiers"
|
||||
|
||||
### obeyed their voice
|
||||
|
||||
Here "voice" refers to what the soldiers asked Saul to do. Alternate translation: "did what they asked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:25
|
||||
|
||||
### return with me
|
||||
|
||||
Saul and Samuel were apparently talking in private away from the other people.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:26
|
||||
|
||||
### for you have rejected the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel made it clear that Saul understood that he was disobeying God at the time when he spared the best animals and did not kill Agag.
|
||||
|
||||
### rejected the word of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
"rejected Yahweh's command" or "rejected Yahweh's message." This means that he refused to obey Yahweh's command. Alternate translation: "refused to obey Yahweh's command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:27
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul took hold of the hem of his robe
|
||||
|
||||
Saul did this to try to stop Samuel from leaving. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "Saul tried to stop him by grabbing the edge of Samuel's robe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the hem of his robe
|
||||
|
||||
"the edge of his robe" or "the fringe of his robe"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh has torn the kingdom of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This refers back to when Saul tore Samuel's robe in [1 Samuel 15:27](../15/27.md). This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Just as you tore my robe, Yahweh has torn the kingdom of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### has given it to a neighbor of yours, one who is better than you
|
||||
|
||||
God had already decided who would be the next king after Saul.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:29
|
||||
|
||||
### the Strength of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here Yahweh is referred to as "the Strength of Israel" because he gives strength to the Israelites. Alternate translation: "Yahweh, who is the strength of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### will not lie nor change his mind
|
||||
|
||||
This is stated as a negative to emphasize that God tells the truth. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "will always tell the truth and do what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his mind
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to his thoughts and decisions. Alternate translation: "what he has decided to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he is not a man, that he should change his mind
|
||||
|
||||
This is stated as a negative to emphasize that God is trustworthy. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "he is God, and will do what he says he will do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:30
|
||||
|
||||
### But please honor me now before the elders
|
||||
|
||||
Saul may have been more interested in being honored by the people than in actually worshipping God.
|
||||
|
||||
### before the elders of my people and before Israel
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel" refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "before the people of Israel and the elders who lead them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Turn again with me
|
||||
|
||||
"Come back with me" or "Return with me"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:31
|
||||
|
||||
### So Samuel turned again after Saul
|
||||
|
||||
This implies that Samuel changed his mind, and that they went together to where the people were. Alternate translation: "So Samuel finally agreed to do that, and they went together back to where the people were"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Agag came to him confined with chains and said
|
||||
|
||||
"They brought Agag to him bound by chains and Agag said"
|
||||
|
||||
### Surely the bitterness of death has past
|
||||
|
||||
This idiom appears to mean that Agag no longer thought he would be killed. Alternate translation: "Surely I am no longer in danger or dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:33
|
||||
|
||||
### As your sword has made women childless, so shall your mother be childless among women
|
||||
|
||||
Both of these phrases have similar meaning and may be intended to be in poetic form. Alternate translation: "Since you have killed people, you will also be killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### made women childless, so shall your mother be childless
|
||||
|
||||
This is a polite way of referring to killing people. Alternate translation: "killed the sons of other women, so shall I kill your mother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Then Samuel chopped Agag to pieces
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel is the one who completed this task that Yahweh commanded Saul to do. Alternate translation: "Then Samuel cut Agag into pieces with his sword"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Ramah ... Gibeah
|
||||
|
||||
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### went up to his house at Gibeah
|
||||
|
||||
Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 15:35
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death
|
||||
|
||||
"Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 16
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:1
|
||||
|
||||
### How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Fill your horn with oil
|
||||
|
||||
The term "horn" was sometimes used to refer to a "flask" that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:2
|
||||
|
||||
### How can I go?
|
||||
|
||||
Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: "I cannot go!" or "I am afraid to go." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Take a heifer with you and say
|
||||
|
||||
You can state the understood information. Alternate translation: "Take a heifer with you to Bethlehem and say to the people there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### say, 'I have come to sacrifice to Yahweh.'
|
||||
|
||||
This has a quotation within a quotation. The direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "say to the people there that you have come to sacrifice to Yahweh." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:4
|
||||
|
||||
### The elders of the city were trembling as they came to meet him
|
||||
|
||||
It seems the elders were trembling because they were worried that Samuel came to rebuke them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:5
|
||||
|
||||
### In peace
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "Yes, I have come in peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to set ... apart
|
||||
|
||||
To set someone apart means to get that person ready for Yahweh's purposes by making sure that person is ritually clean according to the law of Moses.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:6
|
||||
|
||||
### When they came
|
||||
|
||||
Here "they" refers to Jesse and his sons.
|
||||
|
||||
### he looked at Eliab
|
||||
|
||||
Here "he" refers to Samuel.
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliab
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of Jesse's oldest son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### standing before him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "him" refers to Yahweh.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:7
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh does not see as man sees
|
||||
|
||||
Here "see" means to evaluate something. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### For Yahweh does not see ... Yahweh looks
|
||||
|
||||
Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "For I, Yahweh, do not see ... I, Yahweh, look" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### on the heart
|
||||
|
||||
Here "heart" represents a person's inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Abinadab
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of one of Jesse's sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
### made him pass before Samuel
|
||||
|
||||
"told him to go to Samuel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:9
|
||||
|
||||
### Jesse then made Shammah pass by
|
||||
|
||||
It is understood that Shammah passed by Samuel. Alternate translation: "Jesse then made Shammah pass before Samuel" or "Jesse then told Shammah to go to Samuel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Shammah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of one of Jesse's sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:10
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:11
|
||||
|
||||
### There remains yet the youngest
|
||||
|
||||
"There is still my youngest son"
|
||||
|
||||
### we will not sit down
|
||||
|
||||
It is understood that they were waiting to sit down and eat. Alternate translation: "we will not sit down to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Now ... appearance
|
||||
|
||||
The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells about a new person in the story.
|
||||
|
||||
### this son was ruddy
|
||||
|
||||
The word "ruddy" means David was healthy looking.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:13
|
||||
|
||||
### the horn of oil
|
||||
|
||||
The term "horn" was sometimes used to refer to a "flask" that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Samuel 16:1](../16/01.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### Samuel rose up and went
|
||||
|
||||
It is implied that he rose up after they sat down to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The Spirit of Yahweh rushed on David
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "rushed on" means Yahweh's Spirit influenced David. In this case it means he enabled David to fulfill whatever Yahweh wanted him to do. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Samuel 10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:14
|
||||
|
||||
### Now
|
||||
|
||||
This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
||||
### harmful spirit
|
||||
|
||||
This may refer to either a "spirit that causes trouble" or an "evil spirit."
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:16
|
||||
|
||||
### Let our master now command
|
||||
|
||||
The servants refer to Saul in the third person as "our master." Alternate translation: "We ask that you, our master, command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### command your servants who are before you to look
|
||||
|
||||
The servants refer to themselves in the third person as "your servants." Alternate translation: "command us, your servants who attend to you, to look" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### is on you
|
||||
|
||||
"troubles you"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:17
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:18
|
||||
|
||||
### a strong, courageous man
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) "a great warrior" or 2) "a very brave man."
|
||||
|
||||
### one prudent in speech
|
||||
|
||||
"one wise in speech" or "one who speaks wisely"
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh is with him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "with him" means Yahweh helps and blesses David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:19
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:21
|
||||
|
||||
### David came to Saul
|
||||
|
||||
Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
||||
### entered his service
|
||||
|
||||
The abstract noun "service" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "began to serve him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he became his armor bearer
|
||||
|
||||
"David became Saul's armor bearer"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:22
|
||||
|
||||
### Let David stand before me
|
||||
|
||||
Here "stand before me" is an idiom that means to continue in Saul's service. Alternate translation: "Let David stay in my service" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he has found favor in my eyes
|
||||
|
||||
Here "eyes" are a metonym for sight, and "my sight" represents how Saul judges or evaluates David. Alternate translation: "he has found favor in my judgment" or "I am pleased with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 16:23
|
||||
|
||||
### harmful spirit
|
||||
|
||||
Here "harmful spirit" may refer to either a "spirit that causes trouble" or an "evil spirit." See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 16:14](../16/14.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### was upon Saul
|
||||
|
||||
"troubled Saul"
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul would be refreshed and well
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the music would refresh Saul and make him well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,523 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 17
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:1
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:2
|
||||
|
||||
### the Valley of Elah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:3
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:4
|
||||
|
||||
### six cubits and a span
|
||||
|
||||
A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. A span is a unit of measurement equal to about 23 centimeters. Alternate translation: "about 3 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:5
|
||||
|
||||
### he was armed with a coat of chainmail
|
||||
|
||||
A "coat of chainmail" is a flexible piece of body armor covered with protective scales or small plates. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he protected himself by wearing a coat of chainmail" or "he wore a coat of chainmail" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### five thousand shekels
|
||||
|
||||
A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "about 55 kilograms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:6
|
||||
|
||||
### a javelin of bronze
|
||||
|
||||
A "javelin" is a small spear that is meant to be thrown.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:7
|
||||
|
||||
### staff of his spear
|
||||
|
||||
"the handle of his spear"
|
||||
|
||||
### loop of cord
|
||||
|
||||
"rope rolled up into a circle"
|
||||
|
||||
### His spear's head
|
||||
|
||||
"The point of his spear"
|
||||
|
||||
### six hundred shekels of iron
|
||||
|
||||
A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: "about 7 kilograms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:8
|
||||
|
||||
### Why have you come out to draw up for battle?
|
||||
|
||||
"Why have you come to fight in battle against us?" Goliath uses this question to mock the Israelites. Alternate translation: "You are fools if you think you can fight in battle against us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Am I not a Philistine, and are you not servants of Saul?
|
||||
|
||||
Goliath uses this question to mock the Israelites. When he says that he is a Philistine, he is implying that he is strong. Alternate translation: "I am a great Philistine, and you are merely servants of Saul." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:10
|
||||
|
||||
### I challenge the ranks of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"I challenge the army of Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:11
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the Israelite soldiers who were there.
|
||||
|
||||
### they were discouraged and greatly afraid
|
||||
|
||||
The words "discouraged" and "greatly afraid" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:12
|
||||
|
||||
### He had eight sons
|
||||
|
||||
"He" refers to Jesse.
|
||||
|
||||
### Jesse was an old man ... very old among men
|
||||
|
||||
The two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:13
|
||||
|
||||
### second to him Abinadab, and the third Shammah
|
||||
|
||||
"Abinadab the second born, and Shammah the third born." This phrase shows birth order.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:14
|
||||
|
||||
### The three oldest
|
||||
|
||||
The implied information is that these are the sons of Jesse. Alternate translation: "The three oldest sons of Jesse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:15
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:16
|
||||
|
||||
### For forty days
|
||||
|
||||
"For 40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to present himself for battle
|
||||
|
||||
"to show that he was ready to fight"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:17
|
||||
|
||||
### ephah
|
||||
|
||||
An ephah is a unit of measurement equal to about 22 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:18
|
||||
|
||||
### the captain of their thousand
|
||||
|
||||
"the captain of your brothers' thousand." Possible meanings are 1) the word "thousand" represents the exact amount of soldiers that this captain led. Alternate translation: "the captain of your brothers' unit of 1,000 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "thousand" does not represent exact number, but is the name of a large military division. Alternate translation: "the captain of your brothers' military division" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### See how your brothers are doing
|
||||
|
||||
"Check and find out how your brothers are doing"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:19
|
||||
|
||||
### all the men of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
"all the soldiers of Israel"
|
||||
|
||||
### the Valley of Elah
|
||||
|
||||
This is the name of a place. See how you translated it in [1 Samuel 17:2](../17/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:20
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:21
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:22
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Goliath by name
|
||||
|
||||
"whose name was Goliath"
|
||||
|
||||
### came out of the ranks of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
"stepped forward from the Philistines' battle line"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:25
|
||||
|
||||
### Have you seen this man who has come up?
|
||||
|
||||
The soldiers were saying this to draw one another's attention to the man Goliath. Alternate translation: "Look at this man who has come up!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### The king
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the king of Israel. Alternate translation: "Our king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
### his daughter
|
||||
|
||||
This refers to the king's daughter.
|
||||
|
||||
### to him ... his father's house
|
||||
|
||||
The words "him" and "his" refer to the man who kills Goliath.
|
||||
|
||||
### will make his father's house free from taxation in Israel
|
||||
|
||||
The word "house" refers to the household or family. Alternate translation: "will no longer require his family to pay taxes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:26
|
||||
|
||||
### takes away the disgrace from Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be expressed with the verb "disgrace." Alternate translation: "stops Israel from being disgraced" or "stops him from disgracing Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Who is this uncircumcised Philistine that he should defy the armies of the living God?
|
||||
|
||||
David said this to show his anger that this Philistine was defying God's army. Alternate translation: "This uncircumcised Philistine certainly has no power that he should defy the armies of the living God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### this uncircumcised Philistine
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is an insult and indicates that Goliath does not belong to the living God.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:27
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Eliab's anger was kindled against David
|
||||
|
||||
Here anger is spoken of as if it were a fire that could be kindled. Alternate translation: "Eliab became angry with David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Why did you come down here?
|
||||
|
||||
Eliab uses this question to show that he is angry that David came down. He was probably implying that David did not have a good reason for coming. Alternate translation: "You had no good reason to come here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### With whom have you left those few sheep in the wilderness?
|
||||
|
||||
Eliab uses this question to insult David by making his work seem unimportant and by accusing him of not taking care of his father's sheep. Alternate translation: "You simply had the responsibility of watching over a few sheep in the wilderness. You could not even carry out that simple responsibility!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your pride, and the mischief in your heart
|
||||
|
||||
These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:29
|
||||
|
||||
### What have I done now? Was it not just a question?
|
||||
|
||||
David used these questions to express his frustration and to justify himself. Alternate translation: "I have done nothing wrong. I was only asking a question!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:30
|
||||
|
||||
### He turned away from him
|
||||
|
||||
"He" refers to David and the word "him" refers to Eliab.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:31
|
||||
|
||||
### When the words that David said were heard
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When the soldiers heard what David said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:32
|
||||
|
||||
### Let no man's heart fail
|
||||
|
||||
The heart failing represents being terrified and losing confidence. Alternate translation: "Do not let anyone be terrified" or "Do not let anyone lose their confidence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant will go
|
||||
|
||||
David spoke of himself as "your servant" to show respect to Saul. Alternate translation: "I, your servant, will go" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:33
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:34
|
||||
|
||||
### Your servant used to keep his father's sheep
|
||||
|
||||
David spoke of himself as "your servant" to show respect to Saul. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 17:32](../17/32.md). Alternate translation: "I, your servant, used to keep my father's sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
||||
### used to keep his father's sheep
|
||||
|
||||
"used to take care of his father's sheep"
|
||||
|
||||
### a bear
|
||||
|
||||
A bear is a large animal with thick fur and long claws and that walks on four legs but can stand on two legs as a person does.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:35
|
||||
|
||||
### chased after him and attacked him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "him" refers to the lion or bear. Some languages would use the word "it" instead of "him."
|
||||
|
||||
### rescued it out of his mouth
|
||||
|
||||
Here "it" refers to the lamb.
|
||||
|
||||
### he rose up against me
|
||||
|
||||
Here "rose up against" is an idiom that refers to attacking. Alternate translation: "it attacked me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
### caught him by his beard
|
||||
|
||||
The "beard" refers to the lion's mane or the hair on the bear's face.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:36
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to King Saul.
|
||||
|
||||
### This uncircumcised Philistine
|
||||
|
||||
This phrase is an insult and indicates that Goliath does not belong to the living God. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 17:26](../17/26.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### will be like one of them
|
||||
|
||||
David is saying that he will be able to kill the Philistine just as he was able to kill the lion and bear.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:37
|
||||
|
||||
### from the paw of the lion and from the paw of the bear
|
||||
|
||||
Bears and lions use their paws when they attack, so the word "paw" represents the attack. Alternate translation: "from the attack of the lion and from the attack of the bear" or "from the lion and the bear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the hand of this Philistine
|
||||
|
||||
The Philistine's hand represents his power in fighting. Alternate translation: "the power of this Philistine" or "the Philistine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:38
|
||||
|
||||
### coat of chainmail
|
||||
|
||||
a flexible piece of body armor covered with protective scales or small plates
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:39
|
||||
|
||||
### his sword on his armor
|
||||
|
||||
"Saul's sword on the armor"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:40
|
||||
|
||||
### his staff in his hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his" refers to David.
|
||||
|
||||
### His sling was in his hand
|
||||
|
||||
A sling is a weapon for throwing stones.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:41
|
||||
|
||||
### with his shield bearer in front of him
|
||||
|
||||
"and his shield bearer walked in front of him"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:42
|
||||
|
||||
### he despised him
|
||||
|
||||
"he hated him"
|
||||
|
||||
### and ruddy
|
||||
|
||||
"and healthy looking"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:43
|
||||
|
||||
### Am I a dog, that you come to me with sticks?
|
||||
|
||||
Here a dog represents a small animal that a person can easily kill. The word "sticks" refers to David's staff and shows Goliath's opinion that it is not a good weapon. Goliath uses this question to accuse David of insulting him. Alternate translation: "You insult me by coming at me with mere sticks as if I were just a dog!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:44
|
||||
|
||||
### I will give your flesh to the birds of the heavens and to the wild animals of the field
|
||||
|
||||
Goliath speaks of killing David and leaving his body on the ground for the animals to eat it as if he were to give David's body to the animals. Alternate translation: "I will kill you, and the birds of the heavens and the wild animals of the field will eat your body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### birds of the heavens
|
||||
|
||||
"birds of the sky" or "birds"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:45
|
||||
|
||||
### in the name of Yahweh
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" represents God's power or authority. Alternate translation: "with the power of Yahweh" or "with the authority of Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### whom you have defied
|
||||
|
||||
"whom you have provoked" or "whom you have insulted"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:46
|
||||
|
||||
### Connecting Statement:
|
||||
|
||||
David continues speaking to Goliath.
|
||||
|
||||
### I will give the dead bodies ... to the birds ... and to the wild beasts of the earth
|
||||
|
||||
David speaks of leading the Israelites in killing the Philistines and leaving their bodies on the ground for the animals to eat them as if he were to give their bodies to the animals. Alternate translation: "We Israelites will kill the Philistine army, and the birds of the heavens and the wild beasts of the earth will eat them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
### all the earth may know
|
||||
|
||||
The word "earth" refers to the people on earth. Alternate translation: "all the people of the earth may know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:47
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh does not give victory with sword or spear
|
||||
|
||||
Swords and spears are examples of battle weapons. They represent human ways of fighting. Alternate translation: "The victory that Yahweh gives does not depend on sword and spear" or "when Yahweh gives us victory, he does not depend on how we fight" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### the battle is Yahweh's
|
||||
|
||||
Winning the battle is spoken of as owning the battle. Alternate translation: "Yahweh always wins the battle" or "the victory belongs to Yahweh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### he will give you into our hand
|
||||
|
||||
Giving the Philistines into Israel's hand represents helping Israel to defeat the Philistines in battle. Alternate translation: "he will help us defeat you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:48
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:49
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:50
|
||||
|
||||
### David defeated ... He hit ... killed ... There was no sword in David's hand
|
||||
|
||||
Verse 50 is a summary of David's amazing victory over Goliath. The details about how he hit and killed Goliath are in [1 Samuel 17:49](../17/49.md) and 17:51. Some languages do not use summary statements like this. In those situations, translators may restructure the verses as they are in the UDB.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:51
|
||||
|
||||
### Then David ran and stood over the Philistine
|
||||
|
||||
David did this after Goliath fell to the ground in [1 Samuel 17:49](../17/49.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### took his sword
|
||||
|
||||
"took the Philistine's sword." Here the word "his" refers to Goliath.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:52
|
||||
|
||||
### The dead Philistines lay along the way to Shaaraim
|
||||
|
||||
It can be stated clearly that the Israelites were killing the Philistines as they chased them. Alternate translation: "And they killed the Philistines as they chased them, and the bodies of the dead Philistines were on the ground along the way to Shaaraim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:53
|
||||
|
||||
### they plundered their camp
|
||||
|
||||
"the Israelites plundered the Philistines' camp"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:54
|
||||
|
||||
### he put his armor in his tent
|
||||
|
||||
"he put Goliath's armor in his own tent"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:55
|
||||
|
||||
### When Saul saw David
|
||||
|
||||
The conversation in 17:55-56 happened before David killed Goliath. Alternate translation: "When Saul had seen David" or "Earlier when Saul saw David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-events]])
|
||||
|
||||
### go out against the Philistine
|
||||
|
||||
"go to fight against the Philistine"
|
||||
|
||||
### whose son is this youth
|
||||
|
||||
"who is this youth's father"
|
||||
|
||||
### As you live
|
||||
|
||||
This was a way of swearing that what he was about to say was true.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:56
|
||||
|
||||
### whose son the boy is
|
||||
|
||||
"who the boy's father is"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:57
|
||||
|
||||
### in his hand
|
||||
|
||||
Here "his" refers to David.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 17:58
|
||||
|
||||
### Whose son are you
|
||||
|
||||
"Who is your father"
|
||||
|
||||
### I am the son of your servant Jesse the Bethlehemite
|
||||
|
||||
"My father is your servant Jesse, the Bethlehemite"
|
||||
|
||||
### your servant Jesse
|
||||
|
||||
David referred to his father as "your servant" to show that his father was faithful to King Saul.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# 1 Samuel 18
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:1
|
||||
|
||||
### the soul of Jonathan was bound to the soul of David
|
||||
|
||||
Very close friendship is spoken of as if it were binding together the souls of two people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jonathan felt a strong affection towards David" or "Jonathan committed himself to David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan loved him as his own soul
|
||||
|
||||
Here "loved" refers to the love between friends, not romantic love. The word "soul" represents the person or the person's life. Alternate translation: "Jonathan loved David as much as he loved himself" or "Jonathan loved David as he loved his own life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:2
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:3
|
||||
|
||||
### Jonathan loved him as his own soul
|
||||
|
||||
Here "loved" refers to the love between friends, not romantic love. The word "soul" represents the person or the person's life. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: "Jonathan loved David as much as he loved himself" or "Jonathan loved David as he loved his own life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:4
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:5
|
||||
|
||||
### he succeeded
|
||||
|
||||
"he prospered"
|
||||
|
||||
### This was pleasing in the eyes of all the people and also in the sight of Saul's servants
|
||||
|
||||
The phrases "in the eyes of" and "in the sight of" mean the same thing. The opinion of the people is spoken of as something that they view as either good or bad. Alternate translation: "This was pleasing in the opinions of all the people and of Saul's servants" or "This pleased all the people and Saul's servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:6
|
||||
|
||||
### from all the cities of Israel
|
||||
|
||||
This is generalization that emphasizes the great number of women who came from many cities. Alternate translation: "from many of the cities throughout Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
||||
### with tambourines, with joy, and with musical instruments
|
||||
|
||||
"joyfully playing tambourines and other musical instruments"
|
||||
|
||||
### with tambourines
|
||||
|
||||
A "tambourine" is a small handheld drum.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:7
|
||||
|
||||
### his thousands ... his ten thousands
|
||||
|
||||
"thousands of enemy soldiers ... ten thousand enemy soldiers"
|
||||
|
||||
### David his ten thousands
|
||||
|
||||
The verb may be supplied from the previous line. Alternate translation: "David has killed his ten thousands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:8
|
||||
|
||||
### They have ascribed
|
||||
|
||||
"They have credited"
|
||||
|
||||
### What more can he have but the monarchy?
|
||||
|
||||
This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "The only thing left for him to have is the kingship." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:9
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:10
|
||||
|
||||
### a harmful spirit from God
|
||||
|
||||
Here "harmful spirit" may refer to either "a spirit that causes trouble" or "an evil spirit." See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 16:15](../16/15.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### a harmful spirit from God rushed upon Saul
|
||||
|
||||
The phrase "rushed upon" means the harmful spirit influenced Saul. In this case it means it caused Saul to be troubled and act crazy. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Samuel 10:6](../10/06.md).
|
||||
|
||||
### he raved
|
||||
|
||||
"he acted crazy"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:11
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:12
|
||||
|
||||
### Yahweh was with him
|
||||
|
||||
"Yahweh was with David"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:13
|
||||
|
||||
### So Saul removed him from his presence
|
||||
|
||||
"So Saul removed David from his presence"
|
||||
|
||||
### a commander of a thousand
|
||||
|
||||
Possible meanings are 1) the word "thousand" represents the exact amount of soldiers that he would lead. Alternate translation: "a commander of 1,000 soldiers" or 2) the word translated as "thousand" does not represent exact number, but is the name of a large military division. Alternate translation: "a commander of a large military division" See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Samuel 17:18](../17/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### David went out and came in before the people
|
||||
|
||||
Here "the people" refers to the soldiers under David's command. The phrases "went out" and "came in" are idioms that refer to leading the people into battle and leading them home from battle. Alternate translation: "David led his soldiers into battle and led them home from battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:14
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:15
|
||||
|
||||
### he stood in awe of him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "stood in awe" is an idiom that means to fear. Alternate translation: "he feared David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:16
|
||||
|
||||
### all Israel and Judah loved David
|
||||
|
||||
Here "Israel and Judah" represent the people of all of the tribes. Alternate translation: "all the people in Israel and Judah loved David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
||||
### went out and came in before them
|
||||
|
||||
The phrases "went out" and "came in" are idioms that refer to leading the people into battle and leading them home from battle. See how you translated this in [1 Samuel 18:13](../18/13.md). Alternate translation: "led his soldiers into battle and led them home from battle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:17
|
||||
|
||||
### Let not my hand be on him, but let the hand of the Philistines be on him
|
||||
|
||||
Harming someone is spoken of as if it were placing one's hand on that person. Here, Saul is referring to killing David. Alternate translation: "I will not be the one to kill him; I will let the Philistines kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:18
|
||||
|
||||
### Who am I, and who are my relatives, or my father's clan in Israel ... to the king?
|
||||
|
||||
David uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that he is not worthy of being Saul's son-in-law. Alternate translation: "I am nobody and neither my relatives nor my father's family are important enough in Israel ... to the king." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
### son-in-law to the king
|
||||
|
||||
"husband of the king's daughter"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:19
|
||||
|
||||
### when Merab, Saul's daughter, should have been given to David
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when Saul should have given his daughter Merab to David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### she was given to Adriel
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Saul gave her to Adriel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:20
|
||||
|
||||
### Michal ... loved David
|
||||
|
||||
Here "loved" means she had romantic feelings for David.
|
||||
|
||||
### They told Saul
|
||||
|
||||
Here "they" refers to people who found out about Michal's feelings, not to David and Michal.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:21
|
||||
|
||||
### that the hand of the Philistines may be against him
|
||||
|
||||
Harming someone is spoken of as if it were placing one's hand on that person. Here, Saul is referring to killing David. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Samuel 18:17](../18/17.md). Alternate translation: "so that the Philistines may kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
||||
### You will be my son-in-law
|
||||
|
||||
"You will be the husband of my daughter"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:22
|
||||
|
||||
### all his servants love you
|
||||
|
||||
"all of his servants admire you"
|
||||
|
||||
### Now then
|
||||
|
||||
"For these reasons you should"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:23
|
||||
|
||||
### Is it a small matter to you to be the king's son-in-law, since I am a poor man, and lightly esteemed?
|
||||
|
||||
David asks this rhetorical question to emphasize that he is not worthy to be the king's son-in-law. Alternate translation: "It is a great matter to be the king's son-in-law, and I am too poor and unimportant for that." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:24
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:25
|
||||
|
||||
### The king does not desire any price for the bride except a hundred foreskins
|
||||
|
||||
This double negative emphasizes that a hundred foreskins is the only price that the king desires. The verb for the second phrase may be supplied from the first. Alternate translation: "The king desires only a hundred foreskins as price for the bride" or "The king does not desire any price for the bride; he desires only that you bring to him a hundred foreskins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
||||
### a hundred
|
||||
|
||||
100
|
||||
|
||||
### foreskins
|
||||
|
||||
The foreskin is a fold of skin on a man's private part that is removed during circumcision.
|
||||
|
||||
### to be avenged from the king's enemies
|
||||
|
||||
This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to get revenge on the king's enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
### to make David fall by the hand of the Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
Here "fall" means to die. The phrase "by the hand" is an idiom that tells us the means by which something will happen, in this case, David will be killed by the Philistines. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to have the Philistines kill David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:26
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:27
|
||||
|
||||
### two hundred Philistines
|
||||
|
||||
This can be rendered numerically. Alternate translation: "200 Philistines" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
||||
### they gave them in full number to the king
|
||||
|
||||
"David and his men gave all of them to the king"
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:28
|
||||
|
||||
### Saul saw, and he knew
|
||||
|
||||
Here the words "saw" and "knew" share similar meanings and emphasize that Saul knew with certainty. Alternate translation: "Saul recognized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
||||
### Michal, Saul's daughter, loved him
|
||||
|
||||
Here "loved" means she had romantic feelings for David.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:29
|
||||
|
||||
### General Information:
|
||||
|
||||
This page has intentionally been left blank.
|
||||
|
||||
## 1 Samuel 18:30
|
||||
|
||||
### so that his name was highly regarded
|
||||
|
||||
Here "name" is a metonym for David. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that people greatly respected David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/jit/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue